2013 Cruze

Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 6/11/12 Black plate (1,1)
2013 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Performance and Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Keys, Doors, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-14
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-26
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-32 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-34
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-39
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-56
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Trademarks and License Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
2013 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar Additional
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-15
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens
options that you did not purchase or A French language copy of this
due to changes subsequent to the manual can be obtained from your
printing of this owner manual. dealer or from:
Please refer to the purchase
The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du
vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, suivante:
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, substitute the name “General
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Helm, Incorporated
Motors of Canada Limited” for Attention: Customer Service
CRUZE are trademarks and/or Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
service marks of General Motors 47911 Halyard Drive
appears in this manual. Plymouth, MI 48170
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 22771025 A First Printing I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: 2012 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols

{ WARNING
To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and
the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of
back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with
alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or
manual and the page number where information relating to a specific
it can be found. component, control, message,
Notice: This means there is
gauge, or indicator.
something that could result in
Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when
Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual
vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or
Warning messages found on vehicle
information.
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when
reduce them. you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
Danger indicates a hazard with a
information.
high level of risk which will result in
serious injury or death.
Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a
hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do
death. Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart . : Fuel Gauge

Here are some additional symbols + : Fuses
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
information on the symbol, refer to Changer
the Index. j : LATCH System Child
9 : Airbag Readiness Light Restraints
# : Air Conditioning * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) : : Oil Pressure
% : Audio Steering Wheel Controls } : Power
or OnStar® / : Remote Vehicle Start
$ : Brake System Warning Light > : Safety Belt Reminders
" : Charging System 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
I : Cruise Control d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
B : Engine Coolant Temperature M : Windshield Washer Fluid
O : Exterior Lamps
# : Fog Lamps
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Vehicle Features

Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Instrument Panel Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-15
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-16
Initial Drive Information Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Driver Information
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-18
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Performance and Maintenance
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-8 Traction Control
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-9 StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-19
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Tire Sealant and
Steering Wheel
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-20
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Driving for Better Fuel
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-12
Roadside Assistance
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
In Brief 1-3
1. Exterior Lamp Controls on 9. Infotainment on page 7‑1. 20. Ignition Switch or Keyless
page 6‑1. Satellite Radio on page 7‑10 (If Ignition Button (If Equipped).
Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑4 (If Equipped). See Ignition Positions (Key
Equipped). Access) on page 9‑14 or
10. Infotainment Display Screen. Ignition Positions (Keyless
Instrument Panel Illumination 11. Instrument Panel Storage on Access) on page 9‑17.
Control on page 6‑5. page 4‑1. 21. Driver Knee Airbag. See Where
2. Air Vents on page 8‑6. 12. Light Sensor. See Automatic Are the Airbags? on page 3‑19.
3. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Headlamp System on 22. Power Door Locks on
Changer on page 6‑2. page 6‑3. page 2‑11.
Turn and Lane-Change Lever. 13. Passenger Airbag. See Where 23. Hazard Warning Flashers on
See Turn and Lane-Change Are the Airbags? on page 3‑19. page 6‑4.
Signals on page 6‑4. 14. Hood Release. See Hood on 24. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Driver Information Center (DIC) page 10‑4. Transmission on page 9‑26 or
Buttons. See Driver Information 15. Data Link Connector (DLC) Manual Transmission on
Center (DIC) on page 5‑22. (Out of View). See Malfunction page 9‑30.
4. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑8. Indicator Lamp on page 5‑13. 25. Traction Control System (TCS)
5. Horn on page 5‑3. 16. Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 9‑34.
6. Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 10‑38. StabiliTrak® System on
on page 5‑22. 17. Cruise Control on page 9‑37. page 9‑35.
7. Steering Wheel Controls on 18. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5‑2. page 5‑2.
8. Windshield Wiper/Washer on 19. Driver Airbag. See Where Are
page 5‑3. the Airbags? on page 3‑19.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
1-4 In Brief
26. Climate Control Systems on Initial Drive

page 8‑1 (If Equipped).
Automatic Climate Control
Information
System on page 8‑3 (If This section provides a brief
Equipped). overview about some of the
Heated Front Seats on important features that may or may
page 3‑5 (If Equipped). not be on your specific vehicle.
27. Passenger Airbag Status For more detailed information, refer

Indicator on page 5‑12. to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
28. Passenger Knee Airbag. See
Where Are the Airbags? on Remote Keyless Entry
page 3‑19. RKE Transmitter with Remote
(RKE) System Start Shown
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Press the key release button to
transmitter may work up to 60 m extend the key blade. The key can
(195 ft) away from the vehicle. be used for the ignition and all
locks.
Press K to unlock the driver door or
all doors.
Press Q to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑32.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
In Brief 1-5
Press and hold V briefly to open 3. Immediately after completing Door Locks
the trunk. Step 2, press and hold / for at
To lock or unlock the vehicle from
least two seconds or until the
Press and hold 7 briefly to initiate turn signal lamps flash.
outside, use the Remote Keyless
vehicle locator. Entry (RKE) transmitter or the key.
When the engine starts, the parking From inside the vehicle, use the
Press and hold 7 for at least lamps will turn on and remain on as power door lock switch.
three seconds to sound the panic long as the engine is running. The See Door Locks on page 2‑10.
alarm. doors will be locked and the climate
control system may come on. Power Door Locks
Press 7 again to cancel the panic
alarm. The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
See Keys on page 2‑1 and Remote 10-minute time extension. Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System start can be extended only once.
Operation on page 2‑3.
Canceling a Remote Start
Remote Vehicle Start To cancel a remote start, do one of
For vehicles with this feature, the the following:
engine can be started from outside . Aim the RKE transmitter at the
the vehicle. vehicle and press and hold /
Starting the Vehicle until the parking lamps turn off.
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
. Turn on the hazard warning
vehicle. flashers.
K: Press to unlock the doors.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
2. Press and release Q. Q: Press to lock the doors.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2‑9. See Power Door Locks on
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: page 2‑11.
1-6 In Brief
Safety Locks If the indicator light flashes, the 3. Try to move the seat back and
feature may not be working properly. forth to be sure it is locked in
The rear door safety locks prevent
See Safety Locks on page 2‑12. place.
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle. Seat Height Adjuster
Seat Adjustment
Manual Front Seats
Press o { to activate the safety If available, move the lever up or

locks. The indicator light comes on down to manually raise or lower
when activated. the seat.
To adjust a manual seat:
The rear door power windows are See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3.
1. Pull the handle at the front of
also disabled. See Power Windows
the seat.
on page 2‑18.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
Press o { again to deactivate the position and release the handle.
safety locks and power windows.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
In Brief 1-7
Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to an upright To adjust a power driver seat,
position: if equipped:
1. Lift the lever fully without . Move the seat forward or
applying pressure to the rearward by sliding the control
seatback, and the seatback forward or rearward.
returns to the upright position. . Raise or lower the front part of
2. Push and pull on the seatback to the seat cushion by moving the
make sure it is locked. front of the control up or down.
See Reclining Seatbacks on . Raise or lower the entire seat by
page 3‑4. moving the rear of the control up
or down.
Power Driver Seat
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3‑4.
To recline the seatback:
Rear Seats
1. Lift the lever.
The rear seatbacks can be folded.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, then release For detailed instructions, see Rear
the lever to lock the seatback in Seats on page 3‑6.
place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
1-8 In Brief
Heated Seats and then the off setting. Three lights Safety Belts
indicate the highest setting and one
light the lowest.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 3‑5.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
If available, the controls are on the recline angle as little as necessary Refer to the following sections for
center stack. The engine must be while keeping the seat and the head important information on how to use
running to operate the heated seats. restraint height in the proper safety belts properly:
position.
Press L or M to heat the driver or Safety Belts on page 3‑8.
.
passenger seat cushion and See Head Restraints on page 3‑2 . How to Wear Safety Belts
seatback. and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3.
Properly on page 3‑10.
Press the control once for the . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑11.
highest setting. With each press of
the control, the heated seat will
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for
change to the next lower setting, Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑38.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
In Brief 1-9
Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status 2. Move the control to adjust the
indicator will be visible on the mirror.
System instrument panel when the vehicle is 3. Turn the selector switch to
started. See Passenger Airbag the O position to deselect the
Status Indicator on page 5‑12. mirror.
Mirror Adjustment See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16.
If the vehicle has heated mirrors,
Exterior see Heated Mirrors on page 2‑17.
United States
Canada
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No
other airbag is affected by the Controls for the outside power Vehicles with a manual mirror
passenger sensing system. See mirrors are on the driver door. adjustment have controls next to
Passenger Sensing System on 1. Turn the selector switch to L each mirror.
page 3‑24 for important information. (Left) or R (Right) to choose the See Manual Mirrors on page 2‑16.
driver or passenger mirror.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
1-10 In Brief
Interior Mirror Steering Wheel Interior Lighting

Adjustment Adjustment Dome Lamps
Hold the rearview mirror in the
center and move it to view the area
behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
For vehicles with a manual rearview
mirror, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the
headlamps from behind. See
Manual Rearview Mirror on The dome lamp controls are located
page 2‑17. in the headliner.
Automatic Dimming Rearview * : Press to turn the lamps off,
Mirror To adjust the steering wheel: even when a door is open.
For vehicles with an automatic 1. Pull the lever down. I : Press to turn the lamps on
dimming rearview mirror, the mirror 2. Move the steering wheel up automatically when a door is
will automatically reduce the glare of or down. opened.
headlamps from behind. The +: Press to turn on the dome
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
dimming feature and indicator light lamps.
closer or away from you.
come on each time the vehicle is
started. See Automatic Dimming 4. Push the lever up to lock the
Rearview Mirror on page 2‑17. steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
In Brief 1-11
Reading Lamps Instrument Panel Illumination Exterior Lighting

Control
The reading lamps are located in The exterior lamp control is to the
the overhead console. This feature controls the brightness left of the steering column on the
m or n : Press the button near of the instrument panel controls and instrument panel.
each lamp to turn it on or off. infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is located to the left of O : Briefly turn to this position to
the steering column on the turn the automatic lamp control off
instrument panel. or on again.
D: Turn the thumbwheel up or AUTO: Turns the headlamps on
down and hold, to brighten or dim automatically at normal brightness,
the instrument panel controls and together with the parking lamps,
infotainment display screen. taillamps, license plate lamps,
sidemarker lamps, and instrument
panel lights.
; : Turns on the parking lamps,
taillamps, license plate lamps,
sidemarker lamps, and instrument
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
panel lights.
1-12 In Brief
5 : Turns on the headlamps, Windshield Wiper/Washer

parking lamps, taillamps, license
plate lamps, sidemarker lamps, and
instrument panel lights. A warning
chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.
# : For vehicles with fog lamps, INT: Move the lever up to INT for
press to turn the lamps on or off. intermittent wipes, then turn the
The windshield wiper/washer lever 3 INT band up for more frequent
See: is on the right side of the steering wipes or down for less frequent
column. With the ignition in ACC/ wipes.
. Exterior Lamp Controls on ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
page 6‑1 the windshield wiper lever to select OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) the wiper speed. 8 : For a single wipe, briefly move
on page 6‑2 HI: Use for fast wipes. the wiper lever down. For several
. Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑4 wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
LO: Use for slow wipes.
nL: Pull the windshield wiper
lever toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑3.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
In Brief 1-13
Climate Controls 7. Rear Window Defogger 7. Rear Window Defogger

The heating, cooling, defrosting, and 8. Defog 8. Recirculation
ventilation for the vehicle can be 9. Defrost 9. Defog
controlled with these systems.
Vehicles with Air Conditioning 10. Air Conditioning
Vehicles without Air Conditioning 11. Defrost
Automatic Climate Control System
1. Temperature Control
2. Bi-level Air Mode
2. Bi-level Air Mode
3. Floor Air Mode 1. Temperature Control
3. Floor Air Mode
4. Vent Air Mode 2. Rear Window Defogger
4. Vent Air Mode
5. Fan Control 3. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
5. Fan Control
6. Driver and Passenger Heated 4. Defrost
6. Driver and Passenger Heated Seats (If Equipped)
Seats (If Equipped) 5. Fan Control
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
1-14 In Brief
6. Driver and Passenger Heated Up‐Shift Light Vehicle Features

Seats (If Equipped)
7. Power Radio(s)
8. Recirculation O : Press to turn the system on
9. MODE (Air Delivery Mode) and off. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
10. AQS (Air Quality Sensor)
BAND: Press to choose between
11. Air Conditioning If the vehicle has a manual FM, AM, or SiriusXM®, if equipped.
See Climate Control Systems on transmission, it will have an up-shift
MENU/SEL: Turn to select radio
page 8‑1 or Automatic Climate light that indicates when to shift to
stations. Press to select a menu.
Control System on page 8‑3 (If the next higher gear for the best fuel
Equipped). economy. g: Press to seek the previous
station or track.
See Manual Transmission on
Transmission page 9‑30. l : Press to seek the next station
or track.
Manual Mode
Buttons 1 to 6: Press to save and
Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows select favorite stations.
the automatic transmission to be
shifted similar to a manual INFO: Press to show available
transmission. information about the current station
or track.
Electronic Range Select (ERS)
allows for the selection of a range of For more information about these
gears. and other radio features, see
See Manual Mode on page 9‑28.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
In Brief 1-15
Storing a Favorite Station 5. To save the settings, press the SiriusXM Satellite Radio
BACK on the radio faceplate. Service
Stations from all bands can be
stored in the favorite lists in any Setting the 12/24 Hour Format SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
order. Up to six stations can be based in the 48 contiguous United
To set the 12/24 hour format for the
stored in each favorite page and the States and 10 Canadian provinces.
radio with navigation:
number of available favorite pages SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
can be set. 1. Press H. variety of programming and
To store the station to a position in commercial-free music, coast to
2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
the list, press the corresponding coast, and in digital-quality sound.
numeric button 1 to 6 until a beep is 3. Press the MENU/SEL knob to A fee is required to receive the
heard. select the 12 hour or 24 hour SiriusXM service.
display format.
For more information, see “Storing a Refer to:
Station as a Favorite” in AM-FM 4. To save the settings, press the . www.siriusxm.com or call
Radio on page 7‑7. BACK on the radio faceplate.
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).
For detailed instructions on setting
Setting the Clock . www.xmradio.ca or call
the clock for the vehicle's specific
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
Adjusting the Time or Date audio system. See Clock on
page 5‑4. See Satellite Radio on page 7‑10.
To set the time and date for the
radio with navigation: Portable Audio Devices
Satellite Radio
1. Press H. Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm
2. Select Set Time or Set Date. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB
satellite radio subscription can port in the center console bin.
3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to receive SiriusXM programming. External devices such as iPods®,
adjust the highlighted number. laptop computers, MP3 players, CD
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select the next number. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
1-16 In Brief
changers, and USB drives may be Steering Wheel Controls b / g : For vehicles with a
connected, depending on the audio Bluetooth, OnStar, or navigation
system. system, press to interact with those
See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑16. systems. See Bluetooth (Overview)
on page 7‑18 or Bluetooth
Bluetooth® (Infotainment Controls) on
page 7‑20 or Bluetooth (Voice
The Bluetooth® system allows Recognition) on page 7‑24, OnStar
users with a Bluetooth-enabled Overview on page 14‑1, or the
mobile phone to make and receive infotainment manual.
hands-free calls using the vehicle
audio system and controls. $ / i : Press to silence the
vehicle speakers only. Press again
The Bluetooth-enabled mobile to turn the sound on. For vehicles
phone must be paired with the with OnStar or Bluetooth systems,
in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it For vehicles with audio steering press to reject an incoming call,
can be used in the vehicle. Not all wheel controls, some audio controls or to end a current call.
phones will support all functions. can be adjusted at the steering _ SRC ^ : Press to select a source
See Bluetooth (Overview) on wheel. or turn to change favorite stations.
page 7‑18 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls) on Press _ or ^ to select AM, FM, CD,
page 7‑20 or Bluetooth (Voice or MP3 track.
Recognition) on page 7‑24.
Turn _ or ^ to select the next or
previous saved favorite radio
stations.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
In Brief 1-17
+ x −: Press + to increase the SET/−: Move the thumbwheel down Driver Information
volume. Press − to decrease the to set a speed or to make the
vehicle decelerate.
Center (DIC)
volume.
*: Press to disengage cruise The DIC display is in the center of
For more information, see Steering the instrument cluster. It shows the
Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. control without erasing the set
speed from memory. status of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the turn
Cruise Control See Cruise Control on page 9‑37. signal lever.
Navigation System
If the vehicle has a navigation
system, there is a separate
navigation manual that includes
information on the radio, audio
players, and navigation system.
1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press
The navigation system provides
and hold to clear, the menu item
detailed maps of most major
displayed.
freeways and roads. After a
destination has been set, the 2. w / x : Use the thumbwheel to
system provides turn-by-turn scroll through the items in
instructions for reaching the each menu.
For vehicles with cruise control: destination. In addition, the system
1 : Press to turn the cruise control can help locate a variety of points of 3. MENU: Press to display the DIC
system on and off. interest (POIs), such as banks, menus. This button is also used
airports, restaurants, and more. to return to or exit the last
RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up to screen displayed on the DIC.
resume a previously set speed or to See the navigation manual for more
accelerate. information. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: on page 5‑22.
1-18 In Brief
Ultrasonic Parking Assist Power Outlets Performance and

If available, this system uses The accessory power outlets can be Maintenance
sensors on the rear bumper to used to plug in electrical equipment,
assist with parking and avoiding such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
objects while in R (Reverse).
Traction Control
There is one accessory power outlet System (TCS)
It operates at speeds less than located on the center floor console
8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible and one on the rear of the center The traction control system limits
beeps to provide distance and floor console. These outlets are wheel spin. The system is on when
system information. powered when the key is in ON/ the vehicle is started.
Keep the sensors on the vehicle's RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or until . To turn off traction control, press
rear bumper clean to ensure proper the driver door is opened within
and release g on the center
operation. 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
See Retained Accessory Power console. i illuminates in the
See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on
(RAP) on page 9‑22. instrument cluster.
page 9‑39.
See Power Outlets on page 5‑5. . Press and release g again to
turn traction control back on.
For more information, see Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑34.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
In Brief 1-19
StabiliTrak® System Tire Pressure Monitor This may be an early indicator that
the tire pressures are getting low
The StabiliTrak system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire and the tires need to be inflated to
directional control of the vehicle in Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). the proper pressure.
difficult driving conditions. The
system is on when the vehicle is The TPMS does not replace normal
started. monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
. To turn off both Traction
Control and StabiliTrak, press See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10‑48.
and hold g until g and i
illuminate in the instrument
cluster. The low tire pressure warning light Tire Sealant and
alerts to a significant loss in Compressor Kit
. Press g again to turn on both pressure of one of the vehicle's
systems. tires. If the warning light comes on, This vehicle may come with a spare
stop as soon as possible and inflate tire and tire changing equipment or
For more information, see a tire sealant and compressor kit.
the tires to the recommended
StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑35. The kit can be used to temporarily
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See seal small punctures in the tread
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. area of the tire. See Tire Sealant
The warning light will remain on until and Compressor Kit on page 10‑62.
the tire pressure is corrected. If the vehicle came with a spare tire
The low tire pressure warning light and tire changing equipment, see If
may come on in cool weather when a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑60.
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
1-20 In Brief
. When road and weather
Engine Oil Life System 2. Press the SET button to reset
conditions are appropriate, use
the oil life at 100%. When
The engine oil life system calculates prompted, use the thumbwheel cruise control.
engine oil life based on vehicle use to highlight YES or NO. Press . Always follow posted speed
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE the SET/CLEAR button to limits or drive more slowly when
OIL SOON DIC message or Code confirm. conditions require.
82 DIC message when it is
necessary to change the engine oil Be careful not to reset the oil life . Keep vehicle tires properly
and filter. display accidentally at any time inflated.
other than after the oil is changed.
Remember, the Oil Life display must It cannot be reset accurately.
. Combine several trips into a
be reset after each oil change. It will single trip.
not reset itself. Also, be careful not See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑12.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
to reset the Oil Life display the same TPC Spec number
accidentally at any time other than molded into the tire's sidewall
when the oil has just been changed. Driving for Better Fuel near the size.
It cannot be reset accurately until Economy . Follow recommended scheduled
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system press the SET Driving habits can affect fuel maintenance.
button while the Oil Life display is mileage. Here are some driving tips
active. to get the best fuel economy Roadside Assistance
possible.
Resetting the Oil Life System Program
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
1. Using the DIC MENU button and smoothly. U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
thumbwheel, scroll until you TTY Users (U.S. Only):
. Brake gradually and avoid
reach REMAINING OIL LIFE on 1-888-889-2438
abrupt stops.
the DIC (: % for Canada). Canada: 1-800-268-6800
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
In Brief 1-21
As the owner of a new Chevrolet,

you are automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13‑5.
Roadside Assistance and OnStar
If the vehicle has an active OnStar
subscription, contact OnStar and the
vehicle’s current GPS location will
be sent to an OnStar advisor to
assess the situation, contact
Roadside Assistance, and relay the
exact location to send help.
OnStar®
If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services. See OnStar Overview on
page 14‑1.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
1-22 In Brief
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Keys and Locks
Windows Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-16
2-16 Keys
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Keys and Locks Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 { WARNING
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Interior Mirrors
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-17 the ignition key is dangerous and
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) children or others could be
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 seriously injured or killed. They
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Windows could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 or other controls or make the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-11 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 function with the keys in the
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 ignition, and children or others
Roof could be caught in the path of a
Doors Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 closing window. Do not leave
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
children in a vehicle with the
Vehicle Security ignition key.
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-14
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-15
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle with
a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the RKE transmitter
in the vehicle, and children or
The key that is part of the Remote Press the button on the RKE
others could be caught in the path
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can transmitter to extend the key. Press
of a closing window. Do not leave be used for the ignition and all locks the button and the key blade to
children in a vehicle with an RKE if the vehicle is a key access retract the key.
transmitter. vehicle. If the vehicle has the If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
keyless ignition, the key can be inspect the key blade for debris.
used for the locks. Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
See your dealer if a new key is
needed.
If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13‑5.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
With an active OnStar subscription,

. Check the transmitter's battery.
an OnStar Advisor may remotely See “Battery Replacement” later
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar® on in this section.
page 1‑21. . If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
Remote Keyless Entry dealer or a qualified technician
(RKE) System for service.
See Radio Frequency Statement on Remote Keyless Entry
page 13‑15 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal (RKE) System Operation
Communications Commission (FCC) The transmitter functions may work
rules and Industry Canada up to 60 m (195 ft) away from the
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. vehicle. On vehicles with remote Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.
If there is a decrease in the RKE start the distance will be greater.
The turn signal indicators may flash
operating range: Keep in mind that other conditions, and/or the horn may sound to
. Check the distance. The such as those previously stated, can indicate locking. See “Locking
transmitter may be too far from impact the performance of the Feedback” under Vehicle
the vehicle. transmitter. Personalization on page 5‑32.
. Check the location. Other If the driver door is open when Q is
vehicles or objects may be pressed, all doors lock except the
blocking the signal. driver door, if enabled through the
vehicle personalization.
If the passenger door is open
when Q is pressed, all doors lock.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Pressing Q may also arm the Press and hold 7 for at least transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle three seconds to sound the panic of the door being opened. If the
Alarm System on page 2‑14. alarm. The horn sounds and the vehicle has this feature, there will be
turn signals flash for 30 seconds, a button on the outside door
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the handles.
driver door or all doors. See “Door or until 7 is pressed again or the
Unlock Options” under Vehicle vehicle is started. Keyless access can be programmed
Personalization on page 5‑32. to unlock all doors on the first lock/
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): For unlock press from the driver door.
The turn signal indicators may flash vehicles with this feature, press Q See Vehicle Personalization on
and/or the horn may sound to and then press and hold / within page 5‑32.
indicate unlocking. See “Unlock
five seconds to start the engine from Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
Feedback” under Vehicle
outside the vehicle using the RKE the Driver Door
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle
Pressing K will disarm the Start on page 2‑9. When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within range of
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle The buttons on the keys are the door handle, pressing the lock/
Alarm System on page 2‑14. disabled when there is a key in the unlock button on the driver door
V (Remote Trunk Release): ignition, if equipped. handle will unlock the driver door.
Press and hold to release the trunk. Keyless Access Operation If the lock/unlock button is pressed
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic again within five seconds, all
The keyless access system allows passenger doors will unlock.
Alarm): Press and hold briefly to for the doors and trunk to be locked
initiate vehicle locator. The exterior and unlocked without pressing the
lamps flash and the horn chirps RKE transmitter button. The RKE
three times.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from transmitter has been removed from

the Passenger Doors the interior of the vehicle, the doors
When the doors are locked and the will lock after eight seconds.
RKE transmitter is within range of Temporarily disable the locking
the door handle, pressing the lock/ feature by pressing and holding the
unlock button on a passenger door power door K switch for several
handle will unlock all doors. seconds with a door open. Passive
Pressing the lock/unlock button will locking will then remain disabled
cause all doors to lock if any of the
until the power door Q switch is
following occur:
pressed, or until the vehicle is
. The lock/unlock button was used turned on.
to unlock all doors.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger To customize whether the doors
Similar . Any vehicle door has been automatically lock when exiting the
opened and all doors are now vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,
Pressing the lock/unlock button will closed.
cause all doors to lock if any of the Start” under Vehicle Personalization
following occur: Passive Locking on page 5‑32.
. It has been more than If the vehicle has the keyless Keyless Trunk Opening
five seconds since the first lock/ access system, this feature allows Press the touch pad on the rear of
unlock button press. for selecting whether the doors the trunk above the license plate to
automatically lock during normal open the trunk when the RKE
. Two lock/unlock button presses
vehicle exit. When the vehicle is transmitter is in range.
were used to unlock all doors.
turned off and all doors are closed,
. Any vehicle door has been the vehicle will determine how many Keyed Access
opened and all doors are now RKE transmitters remain in the For accessing a vehicle with a dead
closed. vehicle interior. If at least one RKE transmitter battery, see Door Locks
on page 2‑10.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Programming Transmitters to 2. Insert the vehicle key of the new

the Vehicle transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the outside of the
Only RKE transmitters programmed driver door and turn the key to
to the vehicle will work. If a the unlock position five times
transmitter is lost or stolen, a within 10 seconds.
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer. The Driver Information Center
The vehicle can be reprogrammed (DIC) displays READY FOR
so that lost or stolen transmitters no REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5.
longer work. Any remaining 3. Remove the recognized key and
transmitters will need to be place the new transmitter into
reprogrammed. Each vehicle can the transmitter slot.
have up to eight transmitters 1. Remove the plastic trim piece
matched to it. from the small storage area next 4. Press the ignition. When the
to the accessory power outlet transmitter is learned, the DIC
Programming with a Recognized toward the front of the console, will show that it is ready to
Transmitter (Keyless Access to access the transmitter slot. program the next transmitter.
Vehicles Only) Push the button on the 5. Remove the transmitter from the
A new transmitter can be recognized transmitter to extend transmitter pocket and press K.
programmed to the vehicle when the key blade. Insert the key
there is one recognized transmitter. blade into the transmitter slot. To program additional
To program, the vehicle must be off transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.
and all of the transmitters, both When all additional transmitters
currently recognized and new, must are programmed, press and hold
be with you. the ignition for 10 seconds to
exit programming mode.
Replace the plastic trim piece
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: from the small storage area.
Programming without a 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC

Recognized Transmitter (Keyless displays PRESS ENGINE
Access Vehicles Only) START BUTTON TO LEARN
If there are no currently recognized and then press the ignition.
transmitters available, follow this The DIC displays will again
procedure to program up to five show REMOTE LEARN
transmitters. This feature is not PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
available in Canada. This procedure 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
will take approximately 30 minutes times. After the third time all
to complete. The vehicle must be off previously known transmitters
and all of the transmitters you wish will no longer work with the
to program must be with you. vehicle. Remaining transmitters
1. Insert the vehicle key of the can be relearned during the next 4. Remove the plastic trim piece
transmitter into the key lock steps. from the small storage area next
cylinder on the outside of the to the accessory power outlet
The DIC display should toward the front of the console,
driver door and turn the key to now show READY FOR
the unlock position five times to access the transmitter slot.
REMOTE # 1. Push the button on the
within 10 seconds.
recognized transmitter to extend
The Driver Information Center the key blade. Insert the key
(DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN blade into the transmitter slot.
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
5. Press the ignition. When the
transmitter is learned the DIC
will show that it is ready to
program the next transmitter.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6. Remove the transmitter from the 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or

transmitter slot and press K. N (Neutral), press the brake
pedal and the ignition button.
To program additional See Starting the Engine on
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. page 9‑18 for additional
When all additional transmitters information about the vehicle's
are programmed, press and hold keyless ignition with pushbutton
the ignition for 10 seconds to start.
exit programming mode. Replace the transmitter battery
Replace the plastic trim piece as soon as possible.
from the small storage area.
Battery Replacement
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery To start the vehicle: Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
If the transmitter battery is weak, the 1. Remove the plastic trim piece
message displays in the DIC. See
DIC may display NO REMOTE from the small storage area next
“Replace Battery in Remote Key”
DETECTED when you try to start to the accessory power outlet
under Key and Lock Messages on
the vehicle. The REPLACE toward the front of the console,
page 5‑29.
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY to access the transmitter slot.
message may also be displayed at The battery is not rechargeable. To
2. Push the button on the
this time. replace the battery:
recognized transmitter to extend
the key blade. Insert the key 1. Push the button on the
blade into the transmitter slot. transmitter to extend the key
blade.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Remote Vehicle Start Other conditions can affect the

performance of the transmitter. See
The vehicle may have this feature Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
that allows you to start the engine System on page 2‑3.
from outside the vehicle.
Starting the Vehicle
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): This
button will be on the RKE To start the engine using the remote
transmitter if the vehicle has remote start feature:
start. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
The climate control system will use vehicle.
the previous settings during a
remote start. The rear defog may
2. Press and release Q.
2. Remove the battery cover by come on during remote start based 3. Immediately after completing
prying it with a finger. on cold ambient conditions. The Step 2, press and hold / for at
3. Remove the battery by pushing rear fog indicator light does not least two seconds or until the
on the battery and sliding it come on during remote start. If the turn signal lamps flash. The turn
toward the key blade. vehicle has heated seats, they may signal lamps flashing confirms
come on during a remote start. See the request to remote start the
4. Insert the new battery, positive Heated Front Seats on page 3‑5. vehicle has been received.
side facing up. Push the battery
down until it is held in place. Laws in some local communities When the engine starts, the parking
Replace with a CR2032 or may restrict the use of remote lamps will turn on and remain on as
equivalent battery. starters. For example, some laws long as the engine is running. The
require a person using remote start doors will be locked and the climate
5. Snap the battery cover back on to have the vehicle in view. Check control system may come on.
to the transmitter. local regulations for any
requirements.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
The engine will continue to run for Canceling a Remote Start

. The oil pressure is low.
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a To cancel a remote start, do one of
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a
10-minute time extension. Remote the following: single remote start with an
start can be extended only once. extension, have already
. Aim the RKE transmitter at the been used.
Start the vehicle before driving.
vehicle and press and hold /
Extending Engine Run Time
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
until the parking lamps turn off.
For a 10-minute extension, repeat . Turn on the hazard warning Door Locks
Steps 1–3 while the engine is still flashers.
running. The remote start can be
extended once.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. { WARNING
When the remote start is extended, Conditions in Which Remote Start Unlocked doors can be
the second 10 minutes will start Will Not Work dangerous.
immediately. The remote vehicle start feature will . Passengers, especially
For example, if the engine has been not operate if: children, can easily open the
running for five minutes, and . The key is in the ignition (key doors and fall out of a moving
10 minutes are added, the engine access) or if the key is in the vehicle. The chance of being
will run for a total of 15 minutes. vehicle (keyless access). thrown out of the vehicle in a
A maximum of two remote starts, . The hood is not closed. crash is increased if the
or a single start with an extension, doors are not locked. So, all
is allowed between ignition cycles.
. The hazard warning flashers passengers should wear
are on. safety belts properly and the
The vehicle's ignition must be doors should be locked
turned on and then back off before
. The malfunction indicator lamp
is on. whenever the vehicle is
the remote start procedure can be driven.
used again. . The engine coolant temperature
is too high. (Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
WARNING (Continued)
The doors can also be unlocked Automatic Door Locks
from the inside by pulling the door
handle. Pulling the door handle Automatic Door Lock
. Young children who get into again unlatches the door.
unlocked vehicles may be The doors are programmed to
unable to get out. A child can automatically lock when the shift
be overcome by extreme heat Power Door Locks lever is moved out of P (Park).
and can suffer permanent The automatic door lock feature
injuries or even death from cannot be disabled.
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it. Automatic Door Unlock
. Outsiders can easily enter The doors will automatically unlock
through an unlocked door when the shift lever is moved into
when slowing or stopping the P (Park).
vehicle. Lock the doors to See Vehicle Personalization on
help prevent this from page 5‑32.
happening.
To lock or unlock a door from

outside the vehicle, use the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.
From inside the vehicle, use the
power door lock switch or the
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
doors.
manual lock knob. Pushing down
the manual lock knob on the driver
door will lock all doors.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Safety Locks The rear door power windows are Doors

also disabled. See Power Windows
The rear door safety locks prevent on page 2‑18.
passengers from opening the rear Trunk
doors from inside the vehicle. Press o { again to deactivate the
safety locks and power windows. { WARNING
If the indicator light flashes, the
feature may not be working properly. Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
If a rear door handle is pulled when liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with
the safety lock is deactivated, that any objects that pass through the
door will remain locked and the seal between the body and the
indicator light may flash. Release
trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
the handle, then press the safety
exhaust contains carbon
lock twice to deactivate the safety
locks. monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
Press o { to activate the safety the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:
locks. The indicator light comes on
when activated.
. Close all of the windows.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Remote Trunk Release If the engine is running, the doors

WARNING (Continued) must be unlocked. Vehicles with an
automatic transmission must be in
. Adjust the climate control P (Park), vehicles with a manual
system to a setting that transmission must have the park
brings in only outside air and brake applied.
set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See “Climate Emergency Trunk Release
Control Systems” in the Handle
Index.
Notice: Do not use the
. If the vehicle has a power emergency trunk release handle
liftgate, disable the power as a tie-down or anchor point
liftgate function. when securing items in the trunk
For more information about as it could damage the handle.
carbon monoxide, see Engine The emergency trunk release
To open the trunk from outside the
Exhaust on page 9‑25. handle is only intended to aid a
vehicle, press the V button on the person trapped in a latched trunk,
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) enabling them to open the trunk
transmitter, or by pressing the touch from the inside.
pad above the license plate when
the doors are unlocked.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Security Disarming the System

This vehicle has theft-deterrent To disarm the system press K on
features; however, they do not make the RKE transmitter.
the vehicle impossible to steal.
Turning off the System Alarm
Vehicle Alarm System If there is an attempt to open the
doors, trunk, or hood without first
This vehicle has a theft alarm
system. pressing K on the transmitter, the
system alarm will be activated. The
Arming the System exterior lamps will flash and the
To arm the system, use the power horn will sound for about
There is an emergency trunk door lock switch or the RKE 30 seconds.
release handle located inside the transmitter to lock the vehicle while To turn off the system alarm
trunk on the trunk lid. The release exiting with the vehicle turned off. press K on the RKE transmitter.
handle can be accessed by folding
The alarm arms after about
the rear seatback. See Rear Seats
on page 3‑6. Pull the release handle
30 seconds after all the doors have Immobilizer
been closed.
to open the trunk from the inside. See Radio Frequency Statement on
Press Q again and the system arms page 13‑15 for information
immediately. regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
The security light, in the center of rules and Industry Canada
the instrument cluster, will flash Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
slowly.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Immobilizer Operation If the engine still does not start, and

the key appears to be undamaged
This vehicle has a passive or the light continues to stay on, try
theft-deterrent system. another ignition key. If the engine
The system does not have to be does not start with the other key, the
manually armed or disarmed. vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
The security light in the instrument does start, the first key may be
The vehicle is automatically damaged. See your dealer who can
immobilized when the key is cluster comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming service the theft-deterrent system
removed from the ignition. and have a new key made.
the theft-deterrent system.
The system is automatically Do not leave the key or device that
disarmed when the vehicle is When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when disarms or deactivates the
started with the correct key. The key theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
uses a transponder that matches an the ignition is turned on.
immobilizer control unit in the If the engine does not start and the
vehicle and automatically disarms security light stays on, there is a
the system. Only an authorized key problem with the system. Turn the
starts the vehicle. The vehicle may ignition off and try again.
not start if the key is damaged.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{ WARNING
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
Vehicles with a manual mirror To adjust the mirror:
adjustment have controls next to 1. Turn the selector switch to L
The passenger side mirror is convex each mirror.
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is (Left) or R (Right) to choose the
curved so more can be seen from Adjust the inside rearview mirror by driver or passenger mirror.
the driver seat. moving it up and down or side to 2. Move the control to adjust the
side. Adjust the mirror to avoid glare mirror.
from the headlamps behind you.
Push the tab forward for daytime 3. Turn the selector switch to the O
use and pull it for nighttime use. position to deselect the mirror.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Folding Mirrors Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming

Manual Folding Mirrors Rearview Mirror
Manual Rearview Mirror To adjust the inside rearview mirror,
The vehicle has manual folding
mirrors. These mirrors can be folded To adjust the inside rearview mirror, hold the rearview mirror in the
inward to prevent damage when hold the rearview mirror in the center and move it to view the area
going through an automatic car center and move it to view the area behind the vehicle.
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward behind the vehicle. For vehicles with an automatic
the vehicle. Push the mirror outward For vehicles with a manual rearview dimming rearview mirror, the mirror
to return it to the original position. mirror, push the tab forward for will automatically reduce the glare
daytime use and pull it rearward for from the headlamps from behind.
Heated Mirrors nighttime use to avoid glare from The dimming feature and the
the headlamps from behind. indicator light come on when the
The vehicle may have heated vehicle is started.
mirrors. Vehicles with OnStar® have three
control buttons at the bottom of the Vehicles with OnStar have three
= (Rear Window Defogger): mirror. See a dealer for more control buttons at the bottom of the
Press to heat the outside rearview mirror. See a dealer for more
information about OnStar and how
mirrors. See “Rear Window information about OnStar and how
to subscribe to it. See OnStar
Defogger” under Automatic Climate to subscribe to it. See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1.
Control System on page 8‑3. Overview on page 14‑1.
Cleaning the Mirror
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
{ WARNING pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window
especially with the windows or the sunroof (if equipped).
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the Power Windows
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. { WARNING
Press the switch down to open the
Children could be seriously window. Pull the front of the switch
injured or killed if caught in the up to close it.
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with The switches work when the ignition
is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
children. When there are children
or in Retained Accessory Power
in the rear seat, use the window
(RAP). See Retained Accessory
lockout button to prevent Power (RAP) on page 9‑22.
operation of the windows. See
Keys on page 2‑1. Express Window Operation
This vehicle may have windows with
an express-up or down feature. This
feature allows the window to be
lowered or raised without holding
the switch. Passenger side and rear
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
windows only have express-down. fully pulled up position will activate 4. Continue holding the switch up
Pull a window switch up or push it the express-up and related obstacle for approximately two seconds
down all the way, release it, and the detection features. after the window is completely
window goes down or up closed.
automatically. Stop the window by Programming the Power
Windows The window is now reprogrammed.
pushing or pulling the switch. Repeat the process for the other
Obstacle Detection Feature If the battery on the vehicle has windows.
been recharged or disconnected,
If equipped with express-up, and an or is not working, the windows will Window Lockout
object is in the path of the window need to be reprogrammed for the
when closing, the window will stop express-up feature to work. Before
at the obstruction and auto-reverse reprogramming, replace or recharge
to a preset factory position. Weather the vehicle's battery.
conditions such as severe cold and/
To program each front window:
or ice may also cause the window to
auto-reverse. The window will return 1. With the ignition in ACC/
to normal operation once the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,
obstruction or condition is removed. or when RAP is active, close all
doors.
If conditions prevent the window
from closing and the window 2. Press and hold the power
continues to auto-reverse, it is window switch until the window
possible to close the window with is fully open.
the ignition in ON/RUN by holding 3. Pull the power window switch up This feature prevents the rear
the window switch in the partially or until the window is fully closed. passenger windows from operating,
fully pulled up position. Release of except from the driver position.
the switch from the partially pulled
up position will cause the window to
stop. Release of the switch from the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Press o { to activate the rear Sun Visors Roof

window lockout. The indicator light
comes on when activated. Sunroof
The rear door locks are also
disabled. See Safety Locks on
page 2‑12.
Press o { again to deactivate the
lockout and enable the rear door
locks.
If the indicator light flashes, the
feature may not be working properly. Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
Overload Feature center mount to pivot to the side
window, or to extend along the rod,
If the windows are operated
if available.
repeatedly in short intervals, the
window operation is disabled for a The sunroof only operates when the
short time. ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9‑22.
To open or close the sunroof, press
the open or close sunroof switch (1)
to the first detent position.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
To express open or close the Sunshade

sunroof with the safety function The sunshade is manually operated.
enabled, press the open or close Close or open the sunshade by
sunroof switch (1) to the second sliding. When the sunroof is
detent position and release. To stop opened, the sunshade is
the movement, press the switch always open.
again.
To automatically tilt or close the Safety Function
sunroof, press the tilt open or close If the sunroof has any resistance
sunroof switch (2). during automatic closing, it will Dirt and debris may collect on the
immediately stop and reverse. sunroof seal or in the track. This
If an object is in the path of the could cause an issue with sunroof
sunroof while it is closing, the To override the safety function, operation, noise, or plugging within
anti-pinch feature will detect the press and hold the close sunroof the water drainage system.
object and stop the sunroof. switch. The sunroof closes without Periodically open the sunroof and
The sunroof glass panel cannot be the safety function. To stop the remove any obstacles or loose
opened or closed if the vehicle has movement, release the switch. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
an electrical failure. roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Adding Equipment to the

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-15 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-28
Restraints Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-29
Replacing Safety Belt System Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Airbag System Child Restraints
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Front Seats Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-19 Infants and Young
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 When Should an Airbag Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-35
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 What Makes an Airbag Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-36
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Lower Anchors and Tethers
How Does an Airbag for Children (LATCH
Rear Seats
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
What Will You See after an Replacing LATCH System
Safety Belts Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Passenger Sensing Securing Child Restraints
How to Wear Safety Belts System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-45
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Securing Child Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints in
the outboard seating positions.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not designed to be
removed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
If you are installing a child restraint Front Seats To adjust a manual seat:
in the rear seat, see “Securing a 1. Pull the handle at the front of
Child Restraint Designed for the
LATCH System” under Lower Seat Adjustment the seat.
Anchors and Tethers for Children 2. Slide the seat to the desired
(LATCH System) on page 3‑38. { WARNING position and release the handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
You can lose control of the
forth to be sure it is locked in
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver place.
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when Seat Height Adjuster
the vehicle is not moving.
If available, move the lever up or

down to manually raise or lower
the seat.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see

Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑4.
Reclining Seatbacks
{ WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are To recline the seatback:
locked. 1. Lift the lever.
To adjust the power driver seat,
If necessary, move the safety
if equipped:
belt out of the way to access the
. Move the seat forward or lever.
rearward by sliding the control
2. Move the seatback to the
forward or rearward.
desired position, then release
. Raise or lower the front part of the lever to lock the seatback in
the seat cushion by moving the place.
front of the control up or down.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
. Raise or lower the entire seat by make sure it is locked.
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
To return the seatback to an upright Do not have a seatback reclined if

position: WARNING (Continued) the vehicle is moving.
1. Lift the lever fully without The lap belt could go up over
applying pressure to the your abdomen. The belt forces
Heated Front Seats
seatback, and the seatback would be there, not at your pelvic
returns to the upright position. bones. This could cause serious { WARNING
2. Push and pull on the seatback to internal injuries.
If you cannot feel temperature
make sure it is locked. For proper protection when the change or pain to the skin, the
vehicle is in motion, have the seat heater may cause burns. To
{ WARNING seatback upright. Then sit well reduce the risk of burns, people
back in the seat and wear the with such a condition should use
Sitting in a reclined position when
safety belt properly. care when using the seat heater,
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled especially for long periods of
up, the safety belts cannot do time. Do not place anything on
their job. the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
The shoulder belt will not be cover, or similar item. This may
against your body. Instead, it will cause the seat heater to
be in front of you. In a crash, you overheat. An overheated seat
could go into it, receiving neck or heater may cause a burn or may
other injuries. damage the seat.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
The passenger seat may take Rear Seats

longer to heat up.
Either side of the rear seatback can
Remote Start Heated Seats be folded.
When it is cold outside, the heated To fold the rear seatbacks:
seats can be turned on
automatically during a remote 1. Place the front seatbacks in the
vehicle start. The heated seats will upright position. See Reclining
be canceled when the ignition is Seatbacks on page 3‑4.
turned on. Press the control to use Notice: Folding a rear seat with
the heated seats after the vehicle is the safety belts still fastened may
started. cause damage to the seat or the
If available, the controls are on the The heated seat indicator lights on safety belts. Always unbuckle the
center stack. The engine must be the control do not turn on during a safety belts and return them to
running to operate the heated seats. remote start. their normal stowed position
before folding a rear seat.
Press L or M to heat the driver or The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced. 2. Unbuckle the rear safety belts
passenger seat cushion and and make sure the safety belt
This is normal.
seatback. buckles are stowed in the
The heated seats will not turn on pockets in the seat cushion.
Press the control once for the
during a remote start unless the
highest setting. With each press of
heated seat feature is enabled in
the control, the heated seat will
the vehicle personalization menu.
change to the next lower setting,
See Remote Vehicle Start on
and then the off setting. Three lights
page 2‑9 and Vehicle
indicate the highest setting and one
light the lowest.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
To raise the seatback:
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
3. Make sure the safety belt is in A tab near the seatback lever properly routed and attached, and
the guide on top of the seatback. raises when the seatback is are not twisted.
4. Reach under the safety belt and unlocked.
pull the lever to unlock the 5. Fold the seatback forward. 1. Make sure the safety belt is in
seatback. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other the guide on the top of the
seatback, if desired. seatback.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
2. Lift the seatback up and push it Safety Belts

rearward until it clicks into place. { WARNING
Keep the safety belts clear of the This section of the manual
seatback and untwisted. If the seatback is not locked, it describes how to use safety belts
could move forward in a sudden properly. It also describes some
A tab near the seatback lever stop or crash. That could cause things not to do with safety belts.
retracts when the seatback is injury to the person sitting there.
locked in place.
The center rear safety belt may
Always pull forward on the top of
the seatback at the area of the
{ WARNING
lock when you raise the latch to be sure it is locked. Do not let anyone ride where a
seatback. If this happens, let the safety belt cannot be worn
belt go back all the way and properly. In a crash, if you or your
start again. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked into passenger(s) are not wearing
position. safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other
safety belts. You can be seriously
seatback, if necessary.
injured or killed by hitting things
Keep the seat in the upright locked inside the vehicle harder or by
position when not in use. being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing

WARNING (Continued) safety belts makes such good
sense.
It is extremely dangerous to ride Questions and Answers About
in a cargo area, inside or outside Safety Belts
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
are more likely to be seriously after a crash if I am wearing a
injured or killed. Do not allow safety belt?
passengers to ride in any area of A: You could be — whether you are
the vehicle that is not equipped wearing a safety belt or not.
with seats and safety belts. Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
Always wear a safety belt, and can unbuckle and get out, is
check that all passenger(s) are much greater if you are belted.
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
restrained properly too. as fast as the vehicle does. If the Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety
This vehicle has indicators as a going until something stops you. belts?
reminder to buckle the safety belts. It could be the windshield, the
See Safety Belt Reminders on instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental
page 5‑10. systems only; so they work with
When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of
and the vehicle slow down together. them. Whether or not an airbag
There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still
you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the
when worn properly, your strongest most protection.
bones take the forces from the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Also, in nearly all states and in

. Wear the shoulder belt over the
all Canadian provinces, the law shoulder and across the chest.
requires wearing safety belts. These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
How to Wear Safety Belts forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
Properly
This section is only for people of { WARNING
adult size.
You can be seriously injured,
There are special things to know
or even killed, by not wearing
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller your safety belt properly.
children and infants. If a child will be . Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or
riding in the vehicle, see Older your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become
Children on page 3‑30 or Infants of you. loose or twisted.
and Young Children on page 3‑32. . Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder belt
Follow those rules for everyone's for your seating position. under both arms or behind
protection. your back.
. Wear the lap part of the belt low
It is very important for all occupants and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or
to buckle up. Statistics show that touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an
unbelted people are hurt more often this applies force to the strong armrest.
in crashes than those who are pelvic bones and you would be
wearing safety belts. less likely to slide under the lap
There are important things to know belt. If you slid under it, the belt
about wearing a safety belt properly. would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Lap-Shoulder Belt 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let it
All seating positions in the vehicle get twisted.
have a lap-shoulder belt.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
The following instructions explain you pull the belt across you very
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt quickly. If this happens, let the
properly. belt go back slightly to unlock it.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is Then pull the belt across you
adjustable, so you can sit up more slowly.
straight. To see how, see “Seats” If the shoulder portion of a
in the Index. passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged. 3. Push the latch plate into the
If this happens, let the belt go buckle until it clicks.
back all the way and start again. Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3‑15.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
If equipped with a shoulder belt Adjust the guide so the shoulder

height adjuster, move it to the portion of the belt is on the shoulder
height that is right for you. See and not falling off of it. The belt
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” should be close to, but not
later in this section for contacting, the neck. Improper
instructions on use and shoulder belt height adjustment
important safety information. could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3‑10.
To unlatch the belt, push the button

on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
4. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
Press the release button and move
height adjuster for the driver and
the height adjuster to the desired
right front passenger seating
position. The adjuster can be moved
positions.
up by pushing the slide/trim up.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
After the adjuster is set to the Pretensioners work only once. If the There is one guide, if equipped, for
desired position, try to move it down pretensioners activate in a crash, each outboard passenger position in
without pushing the release button the pretensioners and probably the rear seat. To install a comfort
to make sure it has locked into other parts of the vehicle's safety guide to the safety belt:
position. belt system will need to replaced.
See Replacing Safety Belt System
Safety Belt Pretensioners Parts after a Crash on page 3‑16.
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard Rear Safety Belt Comfort
occupants. Although the safety belt Guides
pretensioners cannot be seen, they This vehicle may have rear safety
are part of the safety belt assembly. belt comfort guides. If not, they are
They can help tighten the safety available through the dealer. The
belts during the early stages of a guides may provide added safety
moderate to severe frontal, near belt comfort for older children who
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold have outgrown booster seats and
conditions for pretensioner for some adults. When installed and
activation are met. properly adjusted, the comfort guide 1. Remove the guide from its
And, on vehicles with side impact positions the belt away from the storage pocket on the side of
airbags, safety belt pretensioners neck and head. the seat.
can help tighten the safety belts in a
side crash or a rollover event.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
WARNING (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is not
and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The
belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the
belt and the guide on top.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the 4. Buckle, position, and release the
protection needed in a crash. The safety belt as described
person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt is on the shoulder and not
belt should go over the shoulder
falling off of it. The belt should
(Continued) be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
5. To remove and store the comfort A pregnant woman should wear a use it for securing child seats. To
guide, squeeze the belt edges lap-shoulder belt, and the lap wear it, attach it to the regular safety
together so that the safety belt portion should be worn as low as belt. See the instruction sheet that
can be removed from the guide. possible, below the rounding, comes with the extender.
Store the guide in its storage throughout the pregnancy.
pocket on the seatback. The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check
to protect the mother. When a safety Now and then, check that the safety
Safety Belt Use During belt is worn properly, it is more likely belt reminder light, safety belts,
Pregnancy that the fetus will not be hurt in a buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
crash. For pregnant women, as for anchorages are all working properly.
Safety belts work for everyone,
anyone, the key to making safety Look for any other loose or
including pregnant women. Like all
belts effective is wearing them damaged safety belt system parts
occupants, they are more likely to
properly. that might keep a safety belt system
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts. from doing its job. See your dealer
Safety Belt Extender to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in a
around you, you should use it. crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
But if a safety belt is not long frayed, get a new one right away.
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder
order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt
will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑10.
long enough for you. To help avoid Keep safety belts clean and dry.
personal injury, do not let someone See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑16.
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Safety Belt Care WARNING (Continued)

New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
Keep belts clean and dry. system was not being used at the
crash. To help make sure the time of the crash.
{ WARNING safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them Have the safety belt pretensioners
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. inspected and any necessary checked if the vehicle has been in a
replacements made as soon as crash, or if the airbag readiness light
It may severely weaken them. In
possible. stays on after you start the vehicle
a crash, they might not be able to
or while you are driving. See Airbag
provide adequate protection. Readiness Light on page 5‑11.
Clean safety belts only with mild After a minor crash, replacement of
soap and lukewarm water. safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
Replacing Safety Belt have been stressed or damaged.
System Parts after a See your dealer to have the safety
Crash belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
{ WARNING
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:

. A roof-rail airbag for the front Airbags are designed to supplement
Airbag System outboard passenger and the the protection provided by safety
The vehicle has the following passenger seated directly belts. Even though today's airbags
airbags: behind the front outboard are also designed to help reduce
passenger. the risk of injury from the force of an
. A frontal airbag for the driver.
All vehicle airbags have the word inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
. A frontal airbag for the front AIRBAG on the trim or on a label very quickly to do their job.
outboard passenger. near the deployment opening. Here are the most important things
. A knee airbag for the driver. For frontal airbags, the word to know about the airbag system:
. A knee airbag for the front AIRBAG is on the center of the
outboard passenger. steering wheel for the driver and on { WARNING
the instrument panel for the front
. A seat-mounted side impact
outboard passenger. You can be severely injured or
airbag for the driver.
killed in a crash if you are not
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG
. A seat-mounted side impact wearing your safety belt, even
is on the lower part of the
airbag for the front outboard with airbags. Airbags are
instrument panel.
passenger. designed to work with safety
For seat-mounted side impact belts, not replace them. Also,
. Seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the airbags are not designed to inflate
airbags for the second row
side of the seatback closest to in every crash. In some crashes
outboard passengers.
the door.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver safety belts are the only restraint.
For roof-rail airbags, the word See When Should an Airbag
and the passenger seated
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. Inflate? on page 3‑21.
directly behind the driver.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

Wearing your safety belt during a you in position before and during Children who are up against,
crash helps reduce the chance of a crash. Always wear a safety or very close to, any airbag when
hitting things inside the vehicle or belt, even with airbags. The driver it inflates can be seriously injured
being ejected from it. Airbags are should sit as far back as possible or killed. Airbags plus
“supplemental restraints” to the while still maintaining control of lap-shoulder belts offer protection
safety belts. Everyone in the the vehicle. for adults and older children, but
vehicle should wear a safety belt Occupants should not lean on or not for young children and infants.
properly, whether or not there is sleep against the door or side Neither the vehicle's safety belt
an airbag for that person. windows in seating positions with system nor its airbag system is
seat-mounted side impact airbags designed for them. Young
and/or roof-rail airbags. children and infants need the
protection that a child restraint
{ WARNING system can provide. Always
Because airbags inflate with great secure children properly in the
force and faster than the blink of vehicle. To read how, see Older
an eye, anyone who is up Children on page 3‑30 or Infants
against, or very close to any and Young Children on
airbag when it inflates can be page 3‑32.
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Where Are the Airbags?
There is an airbag readiness light

on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness The driver knee airbag is below the
Light on page 5‑11 for more steering column. The front outboard
information. passenger knee airbag is below the
The driver frontal airbag is in the glove box.
center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
WARNING (Continued)
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, block the inflation path of a
Side Similar Passenger Side Similar seat-mounted side impact airbag.
The seat-mounted side impact On vehicles with second row seat‐ Never secure anything to the roof
airbags for the driver and front mounted side impact airbags, they of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
outboard passenger are in the side are in the sides of the rear seatback by routing a rope or tie‐down
of the seatbacks closest to the door. closest to the door. through any door or window
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, opening. If you do, the path of an
right front passenger, and second { WARNING inflating roof-rail airbag will be
row outboard passengers are in the blocked.
ceiling above the side windows. If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
When Should an Airbag straight on or at an angle, and level less than full deployment. For
whether the object is fixed or more severe frontal impacts, full
Inflate? moving, rigid or deformable, narrow deployment occurs.
This vehicle has advanced or wide. The vehicle has seat-mounted side
technology frontal airbags. Frontal Thresholds can also vary with impact airbags and roof-rail airbags.
airbags are designed to inflate in specific vehicle design. See Airbag System on page 3‑17.
moderate to severe frontal or near Seat-mounted side impact and
frontal crashes to help reduce the Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in roof-rail airbags are intended to
potential for severe injuries, mainly inflate in moderate to severe side
to the driver's or front outboard rear impacts, or in many side
impacts. crashes depending on the location
passenger's head and chest. of the impact. In addition, these
However, they are only designed to Advanced technology frontal airbags roof-rail airbags are intended to
inflate if the impact exceeds a adjust the restraint according to inflate during a rollover or in a
predetermined deployment crash severity. severe frontal impact. Seat-mounted
threshold. Deployment thresholds side impact and roof-rail airbags will
are used to predict how severe a Frontal knee airbags are designed
to inflate in moderate to severe inflate if the crash severity is above
crash is likely to be in time for the the system's designed threshold
airbags to inflate and help restrain frontal or near frontal impacts that
exceed a predetermined level. The threshold level can vary
the occupants. with specific vehicle design.
deployment threshold.
Whether the frontal airbags will or Roof-rail airbags are not intended
should inflate is not based primarily The vehicle has electronic frontal
sensors, which help the sensing to inflate in rear impacts.
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. A seat-mounted side impact airbag
It depends on what is hit, the system distinguish between a
moderate frontal impact and a more is intended to inflate on the side of
direction of the impact, and how the vehicle that is struck. Both
quickly the vehicle slows down. severe frontal impact. For moderate
frontal impacts, airbags inflate at a roof-rail airbags will inflate when
Frontal airbags may inflate at either side of the vehicle is struck or
different crash speeds depending on if the sensing system predicts that
whether the vehicle hits an object I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
the vehicle is about to roll over on wheel or the instrument panel. In Airbags should never be regarded
its side, or in a severe frontal moderate to severe side collisions, as anything more than a supplement
impact. even belted occupants can contact to safety belts.
In any particular crash, no one can the inside of the vehicle.
say whether an airbag should have Airbags supplement the protection What Will You See after
inflated simply because of the provided by safety belts by an Airbag Inflates?
vehicle damage or repair costs. distributing the force of the impact
After the frontal airbags and
more evenly over the
seat-mounted side impact airbags
What Makes an Airbag occupant's body.
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
Inflate? Rollover capable roof-rail airbags quickly that some people may not
are designed to help contain the even realize an airbag inflated.
In a deployment event, the sensing
head and chest of occupants in the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
system sends an electrical signal
outboard seating positions in the partially inflated for some time after
triggering a release of gas from the
first and second rows. The rollover they inflate. Some components of
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
capable roof-rail airbags are the airbag module may be hot for
airbag causing the bag to break out
designed to help reduce the risk of several minutes. For location of the
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
full or partial ejection in rollover airbags, see Where Are the
and related hardware are all part of
events, although no system can Airbags? on page 3‑19.
the airbag module.
prevent all such ejections.
For airbag location, see Where Are The parts of the airbag that come
But airbags would not help in many into contact with you may be warm,
the Airbags? on page 3‑19.
types of collisions, primarily but not too hot to touch. There may
because the occupant's motion is be some smoke and dust coming
How Does an Airbag not toward those airbags. See When from the vents in the deflated
Restrain? Should an Airbag Inflate? on airbags. Airbag inflation does not
page 3‑21. prevent the driver from seeing out of
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
the windshield or being able to steer off the fuel system after the airbags In many crashes severe enough to
the vehicle, nor does it prevent inflate. You can lock the doors, turn inflate the airbag, windshields are
people from leaving the vehicle. off the interior lamps, and turn off broken by vehicle deformation.
the hazard warning flashers by Additional windshield breakage may
{ WARNING using the controls for those
features.
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
When an airbag inflates, there . Airbags are designed to inflate
may be dust in the air. This dust { WARNING only once. After an airbag
could cause breathing problems inflates, you will need some new
for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate parts for the airbag system.
asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also If you do not get them, the
To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in airbag system will not be there
vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel to help protect you in another
it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering crash. A new system will include
breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle airbag modules and possibly
get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a other parts. The service manual
airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be for the vehicle covers the need
by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could to replace other parts.
If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate . The vehicle has a crash sensing
problems following an airbag the vehicle. and diagnostic module which
deployment, you should seek Use caution if you should attempt records information after a
medical attention. to restart the engine after a crash crash. See Vehicle Data
has occurred. Recording and Privacy on
page 13‑13 and Event Data
The vehicle has a feature that may
Recorders on page 13‑14.
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps, turn on the
hazard warning flashers, and shut
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:

. Let only qualified technicians The passenger sensing system
work on the airbag systems. works with sensors that are part of
Improper service can mean that the front outboard passenger seat.
an airbag system will not work The sensors are designed to detect
properly. See your dealer for the presence of a properly seated
service. occupant and determine if the front
Canada outboard passenger frontal airbag
Passenger Sensing and knee airbag should be allowed
System The words ON and OFF, or the to inflate or not.
symbol for on and off, will be visible
The vehicle has a passenger during the system check. If you use According to accident statistics,
sensing system for the front remote start, if equipped, to start the children are safer when properly
outboard passenger position. The vehicle, you may not see the system secured in a rear seat in the correct
passenger airbag status indicator check. When the system check is child restraint for their weight
will light on the instrument panel complete, either the word ON or and size.
when the vehicle is started. OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will We recommend that children be
be visible. See Passenger Airbag secured in a rear seat, including: an
Status Indicator on page 5‑12. infant or a child riding in a
The passenger sensing system rear-facing child restraint; a child
turns off the front outboard riding in a forward-facing child seat;
passenger frontal airbag and knee an older child riding in a booster
airbag under certain conditions. No seat; and children, who are large
other airbag is affected by the enough, using safety belts.
United States
passenger sensing system. Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:

. There is a critical problem with
{ WARNING WARNING (Continued) the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints
When the passenger sensing
restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the
system has turned off the front
or killed if the passenger frontal airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
outboard passenger frontal airbag
airbag inflates. This is because forward-facing child restraint in and knee airbag, the off indicator
the back of the rear-facing child the front outboard passenger will light and stay lit as a reminder
restraint would be very close to seat, always move the seat as far that the airbag(s) are off. See
the inflating airbag. A child in a back as it will go. It is better to Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
forward-facing child restraint can secure the child restraint in a on page 5‑12.
be seriously injured or killed if the rear seat.
passenger frontal airbag inflates The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
and the passenger seat is in a The passenger sensing system is outboard passenger frontal airbag
forward position. designed to turn off the front and knee airbag anytime the system
Even if the passenger sensing outboard passenger frontal airbag senses that a person of adult size is
system has turned off the front and knee airbag if: sitting properly in the front outboard
outboard passenger airbag(s), no . The front outboard passenger passenger seat. When the
system is fail-safe. No one can seat is unoccupied. passenger sensing system has
guarantee that an airbag will not allowed the airbag(s) to be enabled,
. The system determines that an the on indicator will light and stay lit
inflate under some unusual
infant is present in a child as a reminder that the airbag(s) are
circumstance, even though the restraint.
airbag(s) are off. active.
. A front outboard passenger
(Continued)
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
For some children, including If the On Indicator Is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child
children in child restraints, and for Child Restraint restraint and restarting the
very small adults, the passenger vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
sensing system may or may not turn If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
off the front outboard passenger and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback and
frontal airbag and knee airbag, 1. Turn the vehicle off. adjust the seat cushion,
depending upon the person's if adjustable, to make sure that
2. Remove the child restraint from
seating posture and body build. the vehicle seatback is not
the vehicle.
Everyone in the vehicle who has pushing the child restraint into
outgrown child restraints should 3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion. Also make
wear a safety belt properly — from the seat such as blankets, sure the child restraint is not
whether or not there is an airbag for cushions, seat covers, seat trapped under the vehicle head
that person. heaters, or seat massagers. restraint. If this happens, adjust
4. Reinstall the child restraint the head restraint. See Head
{ WARNING following the directions provided Restraints on page 3‑2.
by the child restraint 6. Restart the vehicle.
If the airbag readiness light ever manufacturer and refer to
comes on and stays on, it means The passenger sensing system may
Securing Child Restraints (Front
that something may be wrong or may not turn off the airbag(s) for
Passenger Seat) on page 3‑45
with the airbag system. To help a child in a child restraint depending
or Securing Child Restraints
avoid injury to yourself or others, upon the child's seating posture and
(Rear Seat) on page 3‑48.
body build. It is better to secure the
have the vehicle serviced right
child restraint in a rear seat.
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5‑11 for more
information, including important
safety information.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material in the Index for additional
Adult-Size Occupant from the seat, such as blankets, information about the importance of
cushions, seat covers, seat proper restraint use.
heaters, seat massagers, a A thick layer of additional material,
laptop, or other electronic such as a blanket or cushion,
devices. or aftermarket equipment such as
3. Place the seatback in the fully seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
upright position. massagers can affect how well the
4. Have the person sit upright in passenger sensing system
the seat, centered on the seat operates. We recommend that you
cushion, with legs comfortably not use seat covers or other
extended. aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
5. Restart the vehicle and have the vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
person remain in this position for the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
one minute after the on indicator page 3‑28 for more information
If a person of adult size is sitting in
is lit. about modifications that can affect
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be how the system operates.
Additional Factors Affecting
because that person is not sitting System Operation A wet seat can affect the
properly in the seat. Use the performance of the passenger
following steps to allow the system Safety belts help keep the sensing system. Here is how:
to detect that person and enable the passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and . The passenger sensing system
front outboard passenger frontal
braking, which helps the passenger may turn off the passenger
airbag and knee airbag:
sensing system maintain the airbag when liquid is soaked into
1. Turn the vehicle off. passenger airbag status. See the seat. If this happens, the off
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
indicator will be lit, and the

airbag readiness light on the { WARNING { WARNING
instrument panel will also be lit.
Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the
. Liquid pooled on the seat that passenger seat or between the vehicle is turned off and the
has not soaked in may make it passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag
more likely that the passenger seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper
sensing system will turn on the proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you
passenger airbag while a child sensing system. are close to an airbag when it
restraint or child occupant is on
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
the seat. If the passenger airbag
They are probably part of the
is turned on, the on indicator will Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow
be lit.
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and
If the passenger seat gets wet, dry make sure the person performing
the seat immediately. If the airbag Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts work for you is qualified to do so.
readiness light is lit, do not install a
child restraint or allow anyone to of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
occupy the seat. See Airbag
dealer and the service manual have
Adding Equipment to the
Readiness Light on page 5‑11 for Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
important safety information. information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To Adding accessories that change the
purchase a service manual, see vehicle's frame, bumper system,
Service Publications Ordering height, front end, or side sheet
Information on page 13‑11. metal, may keep the airbag
system from working properly.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
The operation of the airbag system of the seat fabric, could also Airbag System Check
can also be affected by changing or interfere with the operation of the
moving any parts of the front seats, passenger sensing system. This The airbag system does not need
safety belts, the airbag sensing and could either prevent proper regularly scheduled maintenance or
diagnostic module, steering wheel, deployment of the passenger replacement. Make sure the airbag
instrument panel, roof-rail airbag airbag(s) or prevent the passenger readiness light is working. See
modules, ceiling headliner or pillar sensing system from properly Airbag Readiness Light on
garnish trim, front sensors, side turning off the passenger airbag(s). page 5‑11.
impact sensors, or airbag wiring. See Passenger Sensing System on Notice: If an airbag covering is
Your dealer and the service manual page 3‑24. damaged, opened, or broken, the
have information about the location If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbag may not work properly. Do
of the airbag sensors, sensing and airbags, see Different Size Tires not open or break the airbag
diagnostic module, and airbag and Wheels on page 10‑57 for coverings. If there are any
wiring. additional important information. opened or broken airbag covers,
have the airbag covering and/or
In addition, the vehicle has a If you have to modify your vehicle airbag module replaced. For the
passenger sensing system for the because you have a disability and location of the airbags, see
front outboard passenger position, you have questions about whether Where Are the Airbags? on
which includes sensors that are part the modifications will affect the page 3‑19. See your dealer for
of the passenger seat. The vehicle's airbag system, or if you service.
passenger sensing system may not have questions about whether the
operate properly if the original seat airbag system will be affected if the
trim is replaced with non-GM vehicle is modified for any other
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with reason, call Customer Assistance.
GM covers, upholstery, or trim See Customer Assistance Offices
designed for a different vehicle. Any on page 13‑3.
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to Child Restraints
replace airbag system parts. See
Parts after a Crash your dealer for service.
Older Children
If the airbag readiness light stays on
{ WARNING after the vehicle is started or comes
A crash can damage the airbag on when you are driving, the airbag
systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have
A damaged airbag system may the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
not work properly and may
page 5‑11.
not protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown
possible. booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
The manufacturer instructions that

. Can proper safety belt fit be restraint system or infant restraint
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the system secured in a rear seating
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, position.
booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
In a crash, children who are not
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to buckled up can strike other people
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? who are buckled up, or can be
. Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a thrown out of the vehicle. Older
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the children need to use safety belts
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder properly.
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or { WARNING
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just Never allow more than one child
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs. to wear the same safety belt. The
belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the safety belt cannot properly spread
Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash. the impact forces. In a crash, they
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the can be crushed together and
page 3‑11. If the shoulder belt abdomen, which could cause seriously injured. A safety belt
still does not rest on the severe or even fatal internal must be used by only one person
shoulder, then return to the injuries in a crash. at a time.
booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
. Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
snug on the hips, touching the page 3‑11.
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, According to accident statistics,
return to the booster seat. children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
WARNING (Continued)
Infants and Young
Children
belt. The belt force would then be Everyone in a vehicle needs
applied right on the abdomen. protection! This includes infants and
That could cause serious or fatal all other children. Neither the
injuries. The shoulder belt should distance traveled nor the age and
go over the shoulder and across size of the traveler changes the
the chest. need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
{ WARNING restrained while in a vehicle.
Never allow a child to wear the

safety belt with the shoulder belt
{ WARNING
behind their back. A child can be Children can be seriously injured
seriously injured by not wearing or strangled if a shoulder belt is
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a wrapped around their neck and
crash, the child would not be the safety belt continues to
restrained by the shoulder belt. tighten. Never leave children
The child could move too far unattended in a vehicle and never
forward increasing the chance of allow children to play with the
head and neck injury. The child safety belts.
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer

protection for adults and older WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)
children, but not for young children
and infants. Neither the vehicle's arms. An infant should be child restraint in the right front
safety belt system nor its airbag secured in an appropriate seat. Secure a rear-facing child
system is designed for them. Every restraint. restraint in a rear seat. It is also
time infants and young children ride better to secure a forward-facing
in vehicles, they should have the child restraint in a rear seat. If you
protection provided by appropriate must secure a forward-facing
child restraints. child restraint in the right front
seat, always move the front
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people, passenger seat as far back as it
or can be thrown out of the vehicle. will go.
{ WARNING
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
{ WARNING
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) Children who are up against,
infant will suddenly become a or very close to, any airbag when
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's it inflates can be seriously injured
(Continued) or killed. Never put a rear-facing
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Q: What are the different types of The restraint manufacturer

add-on child restraints? instructions that come with the { WARNING
A: Add-on child restraints, which restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular A young child's hip bones are still
are purchased by the vehicle so small that the vehicle's regular
owner, are available in four basic child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low on
types. Selection of a particular the hip bones, as it should.
restraint should take into available for children with
special needs. Instead, it may settle up around
consideration not only the child's the child's abdomen. In a crash,
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will { WARNING the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used. To reduce the risk of neck and any bony structure. This alone
head injury during a crash, infants could cause serious or fatal
For most basic types of child injuries. To reduce the risk of
need complete support. In a
restraints, there are many serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, if an infant is in a
different models available. When
rear-facing child restraint, the crash, young children should
purchasing a child restraint, be
crash forces can be distributed always be secured in appropriate
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the across the strongest part of an child restraints.
restraint will have a label saying infant's body, the back and
that it meets federal motor shoulders. Infants should always
vehicle safety standards. be secured in rear-facing child
restraints.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats

Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child
against the back of the infant. to see out the window.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a locate the nearest child safety seat
Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not inspection station. For CPST
properly secured in the vehicle. availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
{ WARNING When securing an add-on child
Ministry of Transportation office.
restraint, refer to the instructions
A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which Securing the Child within the
killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a Child Restraint
restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual.
the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are
restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not { WARNING
using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement A child can be seriously injured or
LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer.
killed in a crash if the child is not
instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured properly secured in the child
child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a restraint. Secure the child
in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure properly following the instructions
people in the vehicle. Be sure to that came with that child restraint.
To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in
the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is
in the vehicle. Child restraint in it. Where to Put the
systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas, Certified Child Restraint
seats by lap belts or the lap belt Passenger Safety Technicians According to accident statistics,
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by (CPSTs) are available to inspect children and infants are safer when
the LATCH system. See Lower and demonstrate how to correctly properly restrained in a child
Anchors and Tethers for Children use and install child restraints. In restraint system or infant restraint
(LATCH System) on page 3‑38. the U.S., refer to the National system secured in a rear seating
Highway Traffic Safety position.
Administration (NHTSA) website to
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
We recommend that children and When securing a child restraint in a

child restraints be secured in a rear WARNING (Continued) rear seating position, study the
seat, including: an infant or a child instructions that came with the child
riding in a rear-facing child restraint; passenger airbag inflates and the restraint to make sure it is
a child riding in a forward-facing passenger seat is in a forward compatible with this vehicle.
child seat; an older child riding in a position.
Child restraints and booster seats
booster seat; and children, who are Even if the passenger sensing vary considerably in size, and some
large enough, using safety belts. system has turned off the right may fit in certain seating positions
Never put a rear-facing child seat in front passenger frontal airbag, no better than others. Always make
the front. This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can sure the child restraint is properly
the rear-facing child is so great if the guarantee that an airbag will not secured.
airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the
circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the
{ WARNING turned off. child restraint, you may not be able
Secure rear-facing child restraints to access adjacent safety belt
A child in a rear-facing child assemblies or LATCH anchors for
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
restraint can be seriously injured additional passengers or child
is off. If you secure a
or killed if the right front restraints. Adjacent seating
forward-facing child restraint in
passenger airbag inflates. This is positions should not be used if the
the right front seat, always move
because the back of the child restraint prevents access to or
the front passenger seat as far
rear-facing child restraint would interferes with the routing of the
back as it will go. It is better to
be very close to the inflating safety belt.
secure the child restraint in a
airbag. A child in a forward-facing Wherever a child restraint is
rear seat.
child restraint can be seriously installed, be sure to secure the child
injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System restraint properly.
(Continued) on page 3‑24 for additional
information.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Keep in mind that an unsecured a top tether, you must also use Lower Anchors
child restraint can move around in a either the lower anchors or the
collision or sudden stop and injure safety belts to properly secure the
people in the vehicle. Be sure to child restraint. A child restraint must
properly secure any child restraint in never be installed using only the top
the vehicle — even when no child is tether anchor.
in it. In order to use the LATCH system in
the vehicle, you need a child
Lower Anchors and restraint that has LATCH
Tethers for Children attachments. The child restraint
(LATCH System) manufacturer will provide you with
instructions on how to use the child
The LATCH system secures a child restraint and its attachments. The
restraint during driving or in a crash. following explains how to attach a
LATCH attachments on the child child restraint with these Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
restraint are used to attach the child attachments in the vehicle. built into the vehicle. There are two
restraint to the anchors in the lower anchors for each LATCH
vehicle. This system is designed to Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors seating position that will
make installation of a child restraint accommodate a child restraint with
easier. and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments. lower attachments (2).
Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
child restraint is properly installed
using the anchors, or use the
vehicle's safety belts to secure the
restraint, following the instructions
that came with that restraint, and
also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Anchor Locations
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of the instructions for the child
Rear Seat
the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint.
A top tether anchor is built into the I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
vehicle. The top tether positions with top tether anchors.
attachment (2) on the child restraint H (Lower Anchor): Seating
connects to the top tether anchor in positions with two lower anchors.
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
According to accident statistics,

children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
To assist in locating the lower Restraint on page 3‑36 for
anchors, each rear anchor position additional information.
has a label, near the crease Securing a Child Restraint
between the seatback and the seat Designed for the LATCH
cushion.
System
The top tether anchors are under
the covers, behind the rear seat, on { WARNING
the filler panel. Be sure to use an If a LATCH-type child restraint is
anchor on the same side of the not attached to anchors, the child
vehicle as the seating position
restraint will not be able to protect
where the child restraint will be
the child correctly. In a crash, the
To assist in locating the top tether placed.
child could be seriously injured or
anchors, the top tether anchor Do not secure a child restraint in a killed. Install a LATCH-type child
symbol is on the cover. position without a top tether anchor restraint properly using the
if a national or local law requires anchors, or use the vehicle safety
that the top tether be attached, or if belts to secure the restraint,
the instructions that come with the following the instructions that
child restraint say that the top tether came with the child restraint and
must be attached.
the instructions in this manual.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
This system is designed to make

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued) installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
Do not attach more than one child of the retractor to set the lock, use the vehicle's safety belts.
restraint to a single anchor. if the vehicle has one, after the Instead use the vehicle's anchors
Attaching more than one child child restraint has been installed. and child restraint attachments to
restraint to a single anchor could secure the restraints. Some
cause the anchor or attachment Notice: Do not let the LATCH restraints also use another vehicle
to come loose or even break attachments rub against the anchor to secure a top tether.
during a crash. A child or others vehicle’s safety belts. This may 1. Attach and tighten the lower
could be injured. To reduce the damage these parts. If necessary, attachments to the lower
risk of serious or fatal injuries move buckled safety belts to anchors. If the child restraint
during a crash, attach only one avoid rubbing the LATCH does not have lower
child restraint per anchor. attachments. attachments or the desired
Do not fold the empty rear seat seating position does not have
with a safety belt buckled. This lower anchors, secure the child
{ WARNING could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to the
Children can be seriously injured safety belt to its stowed position, child restraint manufacturer
or strangled if a shoulder belt is before folding the seat. instructions and the instructions
wrapped around their neck and in this manual.
If you need to secure more than one
the safety belt continues to child restraint in the rear seat, see 1.1. Find the lower anchors for
tighten. Buckle any unused safety Where to Put the Restraint on the desired rear outboard
belts behind the child restraint so page 3‑36 for additional information. seating position.
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
1.2. Put the child restraint on 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
the seat. the top tether according to
For outboard rear seating the child restraint
positions, if the head instructions and the
restraint interferes with the following instructions:
proper installation of the
child restraint, the head
restraint may be removed.
See “Head Restraint
Removal and If you are using a dual
Reinstallation” at the end of tether in a rear outboard
this section. seating position with an
adjustable head restraint,
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower raise the head restraint and
attachments on the child route the tether under the
restraint to the lower If you are using a single head restraint and around
anchors. tether in a rear outboard the head restraint posts.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer seating position with an
recommends that the top tether adjustable head restraint,
be attached, attach and tighten raise the head restraint and
the top tether to the top tether route the tether under the
anchor. Refer to the child head restraint and in
restraint instructions and the between the head restraint
following steps: posts.
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
Open the cover to expose
the anchor.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
If you are using a single 3. Before placing a child in the

tether in the center seating child restraint, make sure it is
position, or the rear securely held in place. To check,
outboard head restraint has grasp the child restraint at the
been removed, route the LATCH path and attempt to
single tether over the move it side to side and back
seatback. and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper
installation.
Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation
2. Press both buttons on the head
The rear outboard head restraints restraint posts at the same time,
can be removed if they interfere with and pull up on the head
the proper installation of the child restraint.
restraint.
If you are using a dual 3. Store the head restraint in the
To remove the head restraint: trunk of the vehicle.
tether in the center seating
position, or the rear 1. Partially fold the seatback 4. When the child restraint is
outboard head restraint has forward. See Rear Seats on removed, reinstall the head
been removed, route the page 3‑6 for additional restraint before the seating
dual tether over the information. position is used.
seatback.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
To reinstall the head restraint: 3. Try to move the head restraint to

{ WARNING make sure that it is locked in
place.
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
Replacing LATCH System
occupants will suffer a neck/ Parts After a Crash
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for { WARNING
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly. A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
1. Insert the head restraint posts death in a crash. To help make
into the holes in the top of the sure the LATCH system is
seatback. The notches on the working properly after a crash,
posts must face the driver side see your dealer to have the
of the vehicle.
system inspected and any
2. Push the head restraint down. necessary replacements made as
If necessary, press the height soon as possible.
adjustment release button to
further lower the head restraint. If the vehicle has the LATCH system
See Head Restraints on and it was being used during a
page 3‑2. crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
New parts and repairs may be A label on the sun visor says,
necessary even if the LATCH “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued)
system was not being used at the the front.” This is because the risk to
time of the crash. the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing
if the airbag deploys. system has turned off the right
Securing Child Restraints front passenger frontal airbag, no
(Front Passenger Seat) { WARNING system is fail-safe. No one can
This vehicle has airbags. A rear guarantee that an airbag will not
A child in a rear-facing child
seat is a safer place to secure a deploy under some unusual
restraint can be seriously injured
forward-facing child restraint. See circumstance, even though it is
or killed if the right front
Where to Put the Restraint on turned off.
passenger airbag inflates. This is
page 3‑36. because the back of the Secure rear-facing child restraints
In addition, the vehicle has a rear-facing child restraint would in a rear seat, even if the airbag
passenger sensing system which is be very close to the inflating is off. If you secure a
designed to turn off the right front airbag. A child in a forward-facing forward-facing child restraint in
passenger frontal airbag and child restraint can be seriously the right front seat, always move
passenger knee airbag under injured or killed if the right front the front passenger seat as far
certain conditions. See Passenger passenger airbag inflates and the back as it will go. It is better to
Sensing System on page 3‑24 and passenger seat is in a forward secure the child restraint in a
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator position. rear seat.
on page 5‑12 for more information,
including important safety (Continued) See Passenger Sensing System
information. on page 3‑24 for additional
information.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
If the child restraint has the LATCH You will be using the lap-shoulder
system, see Lower Anchors and belt to secure the child restraint in
Tethers for Children (LATCH this position. Follow the instructions
System) on page 3‑38 for how and that came with the child restraint.
where to install the child restraint 1. Move the seat as far back as it
using LATCH. If a child restraint is will go before securing the
secured using a safety belt and it forward-facing child restraint.
uses a top tether, see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children When the passenger sensing
(LATCH System) on page 3‑38 for system has turned off the right
top tether anchor locations. front passenger frontal airbag
and passenger knee airbag, the
Do not secure a child seat in a off indicator on the passenger
position without a top tether anchor airbag status indicator should 4. Push the latch plate into the
if a national or local law requires light and stay lit when you start buckle until it clicks.
that the top tether be anchored, or if the vehicle. See Passenger
the instructions that come with the Position the release button on
Airbag Status Indicator on the buckle, so that the safety
child restraint say that the top strap page 5‑12.
must be anchored. belt could be quickly unbuckled
2. Put the child restraint on if necessary.
In Canada, the law requires that the seat.
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
attached. the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side‐to‐side and back‐
and‐forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down status indicator will come on and
out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the stay on when the vehicle is started.
lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to If a child restraint has been installed
set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
into the retractor. When installing Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
a forward-facing child restraint, it System on page 3‑24 for more
may be helpful to use your knee information.
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt. To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
Try to pull the belt out of the let it return to the stowed position.
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions of
(Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be the vehicle's safety belt through
When securing a child restraint in a attached. or around the restraint. The child
rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have restraint instructions will show
instructions that came with the child the LATCH system, you will be you how.
restraint to make sure it is using the safety belt to secure the
compatible with this vehicle. child restraint in this position. Be
If the child restraint has the LATCH sure to follow the instructions that
system, see Lower Anchors and came with the child restraint. Secure
Tethers for Children (LATCH the child in the child restraint when
System) on page 3‑38 for how and and as the instructions say.
where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is needs to be installed in the rear
secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put
safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 3‑36.
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on 1. Put the child restraint on
page 3‑38 for top tether anchor the seat.
locations. If the head restraint interferes 3. Push the latch plate into the
Do not secure a child seat in a with the proper installation of the buckle until it clicks. If the latch
position without a top tether anchor child restraint, the head restraint plate will not go fully into the
if a national or local law requires may be removed. See “Head buckle, check if the correct
that the top tether be anchored, or if Restraint Removal and buckle is being used.
the instructions that come with the Reinstallation” under Lower Position the release button on
child restraint say that the top strap Anchors and Tethers for the buckle so that the safety belt
must be anchored. Children (LATCH System) on could be quickly unbuckled if
page 3‑38.InformationProvidedby: necessary.
Try to pull the belt out of the

retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑38.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down 7. Before placing a child in the
out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the child restraint, make sure it is
lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to securely held in place. To check,
set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, grasp the child restraint at the
not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back safety belt path and attempt to
into the retractor. When installing move it side to side and back
a forward-facing child restraint, it and forth. When the child
may be helpful to use your knee restraint is properly installed,
to push down on the child there should be no more than
restraint as you tighten the belt. 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
To remove the child restraint,

unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it. If the
head restraint was removed,
reinstall it before the seating
position is used. See “Head
Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑38.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Cupholders

Compartments Cupholders are in the center
console.
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 Instrument Panel Storage
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-1
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cupholders may be located in the

second row seat armrest. To
There may be a storage
access, pull the armrest down.
compartment on the instrument
panel. Pull the handle to open.
Center Console Storage
Glove Box The center console storage has a
storage area under the armrest. Pull
Open the glove box by lifting up on
up on the latch on the front of the
the lever.
armrest to access.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
4-2 Storage
Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Tie-Downs
Pull up on the latch and slide the

center console armrest to adjust the
position. Return the armrest to the
rear position to access the
storage area.
There may be an auxiliary jack
outlet and a USB port located in the On the driver side in the rear
center console. compartment is a retainer to hang
light items on.
See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑16.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-11

Passenger Airbag Status
Information Displays
Driver Information
Controls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-13
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Malfunction Vehicle Messages

Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Controls Battery Voltage and Charging
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-27
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-27
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Power Steering Warning Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Engine Cooling System
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-28
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-18
Traction Control System Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-29
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-18 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-29
Indicators Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-29
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-19 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-19 Object Detection System
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Reduced Engine Power Ride Control System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-30
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-21 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-31
Engine Coolant Temperature Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Starting the Vehicle
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-10 I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 Controls 4. Push the lever up to lock the

Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-32 steering wheel in place.
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 Steering Wheel Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Adjustment
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-32 Steering Wheel Controls
To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down. For vehicles with audio steering
2. Move the steering wheel up wheel controls, some audio controls
or down. can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicles + x − (Volume): Press + to

with a Bluetooth, OnStar, increase the volume. Press − to
or navigation system, press to decrease the volume.
interact with those systems. See
Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑18 Horn
or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
on page 7‑20 or Bluetooth (Voice Press a on the steering wheel pad
Recognition) on page 7‑24, OnStar to sound the horn. INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move
Overview on page 14‑1, or the the lever up to INT for intermittent
infotainment manual. Windshield Wiper/Washer wipes, then turn the 3 INT band
$ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to up for more frequent wipes or down
silence the vehicle speakers only. for less frequent wipes.
Press again to turn the sound on. OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
For vehicles with OnStar or
Bluetooth systems, press to reject 8 (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly
an incoming call, or end a move the wiper lever down. For
current call. several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down.
_ SRC ^ (Source/Favorite): Press The windshield wiper/washer lever
to select a source or turn to change is on the right side of the steering n L (Windshield Washer): Pull
favorite stations. column. With the ignition in ACC/ the windshield wiper lever toward
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move you to spray windshield washer fluid
Press _ or ^ to select AM, FM, CD, the windshield wiper lever to select and activate the wipers. The wipers
or MP3 track. the wiper speed. will continue until the lever is
released or the maximum wash time
Turn _ or ^ to select the next or HI: Use for fast wipes. is reached. When the windshield
previous saved favorite radio LO: Use for slow wipes. wiper lever is released, additional
stations. wipes may occur depending on how
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: long the windshield washer had
been activated. See Washer Fluid If the windshield wiper lever is then needing a signal from the GPS
on page 10‑21 for information on moved to off before the driver door satellites. When the compass
filling the windshield washer fluid is opened or within 10 minutes, the display shows CAL, drive the
reservoir. wipers will restart and move to the vehicle for a short distance in an
base of the windshield. open area where it can receive a
{ WARNING If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when
OFF while the wipers are performing
In freezing weather, do not use wipes due to windshield washing, the GPS signal is restored and
the washer until the windshield is the wipers continue to run until they provide a heading again. See
warmed. Otherwise the washer reach the base of the windshield. Compass Messages on page 5‑27
fluid can form ice on the for more information on the
windshield, blocking your vision. messages that may be displayed for
Compass the compass.
The vehicle may have a compass
Clear snow and ice from the wiper display in the Driver Information Clock
blades and windshield before using Center (DIC). The compass receives
them. If frozen to the windshield, its heading and other information The infotainment system controls
carefully loosen or thaw them. from the Global Positioning are used to access the time and
Damaged blades should be System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, date settings through the menu
replaced. See Wiper Blade and vehicle speed information. system. See Operation on page 7‑4
Replacement on page 10‑27. for information about how to use the
Avoid covering the GPS antenna, menu system. For vehicles with a
Heavy snow or ice can overload the located on the roof, for long periods connective radio or navigation
wiper motor. of time with objects that may system, see the infotainment
Wipe Parking interfere with the antenna's ability to manual.
receive a satellite signal. The
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ compass system is designed to
OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI, operate for a certain number of
or INT, they will immediately stop. miles or degrees of turn before
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Setting the Time and Date To set the time and date for the To set the 12/24 hour format for the
radio with navigation: radio without navigation:
To set the time and date for the
radio with CD: 1. Press H. 1. Press H.
1. Press H. 2. Select Set Time or Set Date. 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
2. Select Set Time or Set Date. 3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 3. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
adjust the highlighted number. select the 12 hour or 24 hour
3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to display format.
adjust the highlighted number.
select the next number. 4. To save the settings, press OK
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
5. To save the settings, press the screen button.
select the next number.
BACK on the radio faceplate. To set the 12/24 hour format for the
5. To save the settings, press the
radio with navigation:
MENU/SEL button. Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
To set the time and date for the To set the 12/24 hour format for the 1. Press H.
radio without navigation: radio with CD: 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
1. Press H. 1. Press H. 3. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
select the 12 hour or 24 hour
2. Select Set Time or Set Date. 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. display format.
3. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 3. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 4. To save the settings, press the
adjust the highlighted number. select the 12 hour or 24 hour BACK on the radio faceplate.
4. Press the MENU/SEL knob to display format.
select the next number. 4. To save the settings, press the Power Outlets
5. To save the settings, press OK MENU/SEL button.
The accessory power outlets can be
screen button. used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
There is one accessory power outlet When adding electrical equipment, element, or a fuse could be
located on the center floor console be sure to follow the installation blown. Do not hold a cigarette
and one on the rear of the center instructions included with the lighter in while it is heating.
floor console. These outlets are equipment. See Add-On Electrical
powered when the key is in ON/ Equipment on page 9‑56. Ashtrays
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or until Notice: Hanging heavy
the driver door is opened within For vehicles with a removable
equipment from the power outlet ashtray, the ashtray can be placed
10 minutes of turning off the vehicle. can cause damage not covered
See Retained Accessory Power into the front console cupholders.
by the vehicle warranty. The
(RAP) on page 9‑22. power outlets are designed for To open the ashtray, lift the lid of the
Open the cover to access. accessory power plugs only, such ashtray. After using, close the lid.
Notice: Leaving electrical as cell phone charge cords. To empty the ashtray for cleaning,
equipment plugged in for an slightly turn the upper part of the
extended period of time while the Cigarette Lighter ashtray counterclockwise and
vehicle is off will drain the remove it.
For vehicles with a cigarette lighter,
battery. Always unplug electrical it is on the center floor console near Notice: If papers, pins, or other
equipment when not in use and the shift lever. flammable items are put in the
do not plug in equipment that ashtray, hot cigarettes or other
exceeds the maximum 20 ampere To activate the cigarette lighter, smoking materials could ignite
rating. push it into the heating element and them and possibly damage the
let go. When the lighter is ready it vehicle. Never put flammable
Certain electrical accessories may will pop back out.
not be compatible with the items in the ashtray.
accessory power outlet and could Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter
overload vehicle or adapter fuses. in while it is heating does not let
If a problem is experienced, see the lighter back away from the
your dealer. heating element when it is hot.
Damage from overheating can
occur to the lighter
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
oor
dedheating
vi by:
Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there

could be a problem with a vehicle
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges
on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem,
Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what
Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Follow this manual's advice.
signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle Waiting to do repairs can be costly
before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning and even dangerous.
to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a
replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle.
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Instrument Cluster
English Automatic Transmission Cluster Shown, Metric Similar
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Speedometer Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge

The speedometer shows the The trip odometer can show how far
vehicle's speed in either kilometers the vehicle has been driven since
per hour (km/h) or miles per the trip odometer was last reset.
hour (mph). The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Odometer Center (DIC). See Driver
The odometer shows how far the Information Center (DIC) on
vehicle has been driven, in either page 5‑22.
kilometers or miles.
This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant
Tachometer
odometer. The digital odometer will The tachometer displays the engine
read 999,999 if it is turned back. speed in revolutions per
If the vehicle needs a new odometer minute (rpm). When the ignition is on, the fuel
installed, it must be set to the Notice: If the engine is operated gauge indicates about how much
mileage total of the old odometer. with the tachometer in the shaded fuel is left in the tank.
If that is not possible, then it must warning area, the vehicle could An arrow on the fuel gauge
be set at zero and a label must be be damaged, and the damages indicates the side of the vehicle the
put on the driver door to show the would not be covered by the fuel door is on.
old mileage reading when the new vehicle warranty. Do not operate
odometer was installed. A FUEL LEVEL LOW message may
the engine with the tachometer in
appear in the Driver Information
the shaded warning area.
Center (DIC) and a single chime
sounds. See Fuel System
Messages on page 5‑29 for more
information.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Here are four things that some Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Temperature Gauge Driver Safety Belt Reminder
. At the service station, the fuel Light
pump shuts off before the gauge There is a driver safety belt
reads full. reminder light on the instrument
. It takes a little more or less fuel cluster.
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while When the vehicle is started, this
turning a corner or speeding up. This gauge shows the engine light flashes and a chime may come
coolant temperature. on to remind the driver to fasten
. The gauge takes a few seconds their safety belt. Then the light stays
to stabilize after the ignition is If the indicator needle moves to the on solid until the belt is buckled.
turned on, and will go back to hot side of the gauge toward the H This cycle may continue several
empty when the ignition is or shaded area, the engine is times if the driver remains or
turned off. too hot. becomes unbuckled while the
If the vehicle has been operated vehicle is moving.
under normal driving conditions, pull If the driver safety belt is buckled,
off the road, stop the vehicle, and neither the chime nor the light
turn off the engine as soon as comes on.
possible.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt

Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on
if an object is put on the seat such
There is a passenger safety belt as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
reminder light near the passenger bag, laptop, or other electronic
airbag status indicator. See device. To turn off the warning light
Passenger Sensing System on and/or chime, remove the object
page 3‑24. The airbag readiness light comes on
from the seat or buckle the for several seconds when the
safety belt. vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
Airbag Readiness Light immediately.
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag { WARNING
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger If the airbag readiness light stays
When the vehicle is started, this
sensing system, the pretensioners, on after the vehicle is started or
light flashes and a chime may come
the airbag modules, the wiring, and comes on while driving, it means
on to remind passengers to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays the crash sensing and diagnostic the airbag system might not be
on solid until the belt is buckled. module. For more information on the working properly. The airbags in
This cycle continues several times if airbag system, see Airbag System the vehicle might not inflate in a
the passenger remains or becomes on page 3‑17. crash, or they could even inflate
unbuckled while the vehicle is without a crash. To help avoid
moving. injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
If there is a problem with the airbag If the word OFF or the off symbol is
system, a Driver Information Center lit on the passenger airbag status
(DIC) message may also come on. indicator, it means that the
See Airbag System Messages on passenger sensing system has
page 5‑30. turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and
Passenger Airbag Status Canada passenger knee airbag.
Indicator When the vehicle is started, the If, after several seconds, both status
passenger airbag status indicator indicator lights remain on, or if there
The vehicle has a passenger
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol are no lights at all, there may be a
sensing system. See Passenger
for on and off, for several seconds problem with the lights or the
Sensing System on page 3‑24 for
as a system check. If you use passenger sensing system. See
important safety information. The
remote start, if equipped, to start the your dealer for service.
instrument panel has a passenger
airbag status indicator. vehicle, you may not see the system
check. Then, after several seconds, { WARNING
the status indicator will light either
ON or OFF, or the on or off symbol If the airbag readiness light ever
to let you know the status of the comes on and stays on, it means
front outboard passenger frontal that something may be wrong
airbag and knee airbag. with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
United States If the word ON or the on symbol is
have the vehicle serviced right
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front away. See Airbag Readiness
outboard passenger frontal airbag Light on page 5‑11 for more
and knee airbag are allowed to information, including important
inflate. safety information.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Charging System Light If a short distance must be driven

with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp If the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on while the engine is
A computer system called OBD II running, this indicates that the OBD
The charging system light comes on (On-Board Diagnostics-Second
briefly when the ignition is turned II system has detected a problem
Generation) monitors the operation and diagnosis and service might be
on, but the engine is not running, as of the vehicle to ensure emissions
a check to show the light is working. required.
are at acceptable levels, helping to
The light turns off when the engine maintain a clean environment. Malfunctions often are indicated by
is started. If it does not, have the the system before any problem is
vehicle serviced by your dealer. The malfunction indicator lamp apparent. Being aware of the light
comes on when the vehicle is can prevent more serious damage
If the light stays on, or comes on placed in ON/RUN for key access or
while driving, there could be a to the vehicle. This system also
Service Only Mode for keyless assists the dealer technician in
problem with the electrical charging access, as a check to show it is
system. Have it checked by your correctly diagnosing any
working. If it does not, have the malfunction.
dealer. Driving while this light is on vehicle serviced by your dealer. See
could drain the battery. Ignition Positions (Key Access) on
page 9‑14 or Ignition Positions
(Keyless Access) on page 9‑17 for
more information.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Notice: If the vehicle is This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission
continually driven with this light malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has
on, the emission controls might Light Flashing: A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle.
not work as well, the vehicle fuel has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be
economy might not be as good, increases vehicle emissions and required.
and the engine might not run as could damage the emission control The following may correct an
smoothly. This could lead to system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emissions control system
costly repairs that might not be and service might be required. malfunction:
covered by the vehicle warranty.
To prevent more serious damage to . Check that the fuel cap is fully
Notice: Modifications made to the the vehicle: installed. See Filling the Tank on
engine, transmission, exhaust, page 9‑48. The diagnostic
intake, or fuel system of the . Reduce vehicle speed.
system can determine if the fuel
vehicle or the replacement of the . Avoid hard accelerations. cap has been left off or
original tires with other than improperly installed. A loose or
those of the same Tire
. Avoid steep uphill grades.
missing fuel cap allows fuel to
Performance Criteria (TPC) can . If the vehicle is towing a trailer, evaporate into the atmosphere.
affect the vehicle's emission reduce the amount of cargo A few driving trips with the cap
controls and can cause this light being hauled as soon as it is properly installed should turn the
to come on. Modifications to possible. light off.
these systems could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the If the light continues to flash, find a . Check that good quality fuel is
vehicle warranty. This could also safe place to stop and park the used. Poor fuel quality causes
result in a failure to pass a vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at the engine not to run as
required Emission Inspection/ least 10 seconds, and restart the efficiently as designed and may
Maintenance test. See engine. If the light is still flashing, cause stalling after start-up,
Accessories and Modifications on follow the previous steps and see stalling when the vehicle is
page 10‑3. your dealer for service as soon as changed into gear, misfiring,
possible. hesitation on acceleration,
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
or stumbling on acceleration. vehicle would be considered not

These conditions might go away ready for inspection. This can
once the engine is warmed up. happen if the 12-volt battery has
If one or more of these conditions recently been replaced or run
occurs, change the fuel brand used. down. The diagnostic system is
It may require at least one full tank designed to evaluate critical
of the proper fuel to turn the light off. emission control systems during
The DLC is under the instrument normal driving. This can take
See Recommended Fuel on panel next to the steering wheel. several days of routine driving.
page 9‑46. See your dealer if assistance is If this has been done and the
needed. vehicle still does not pass the
If none of the above have made the
light turn off, your dealer can check The vehicle may not pass inspection for lack of OBD II
the vehicle. The dealer has the inspection if: system readiness, your dealer
proper test equipment and can prepare the vehicle for
. The malfunction indicator lamp is
diagnostic tools to fix any inspection.
on while the vehicle is running.
mechanical or electrical problems The vehicle is in ON/RUN for
that might have developed. keyed access, or service only Brake System Warning
Emissions Inspection and mode for keyless access and the Light
malfunction indicator lamp does
Maintenance Programs not come on. See your dealer for
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
Depending on where you live, your assistance in verifying proper
circuit is not working, the remaining
vehicle may be required to operation of the malfunction
circuit can still work to stop the
participate in an emission control indicator lamp.
vehicle. For normal braking
system inspection and maintenance . The OBD II (On-Board performance, both circuits need to
program. For the inspection, the Diagnostics) system determines be working.
emission system test equipment will that critical emission control
likely connect to the vehicle's Data systems have not been
Link Connector (DLC). completely diagnosed. The
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
If the warning light comes on, there If the light comes on while driving, a If the ABS light comes on and stays
is a brake problem. Have the brake chime sounds. Pull off the road and on while driving, stop as soon as
system inspected right away. stop. The pedal might be harder to possible and turn the ignition off.
push or go closer to the floor. Start the engine again to reset the
It might also take longer to stop. system. If the light stays on after
If the light is still on, have the driving at a speed above 20 km/h
vehicle towed for service. See (13 mph), see your dealer for
Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑80. service. A chime may also sound
when the light comes on steady.
Metric English Antilock Brake System If the regular brake system warning
The brake indicator light should (ABS) Warning Light light is not on, the vehicle still has
brakes, but not antilock brakes.
come on briefly as the engine is
If the regular brake system warning
started. If it does not come on have
light is also on, the vehicle does not
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
have antilock brakes and there is a
problem with the regular brakes.
{ WARNING See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑15.
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake The Antilock Brake System (ABS) See Brake System Messages on
system warning light is on. light comes on briefly when the page 5‑27 for all brake‐related DIC
Driving with the brake system engine is started. messages.
warning light on can lead to a If the light does not come on, have it
crash. If the light is still on after fixed so it will be ready to warn if
the vehicle has been pulled off there is a problem.
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Up-Shift Light Power Steering Warning Traction Off Light

Light
For manual transmission vehicles, This light comes on briefly while

there is an up-shift light that comes This light comes on briefly when the starting the engine. If it does not,
on in the lower DIC area. It shows ignition is turned to ON/RUN as a have the vehicle serviced by your
when to shift to the next higher gear check to show it is working. dealer. If the system is working
for best fuel economy. normally, the indicator light then
If it does not come on have the turns off.
See Manual Transmission on vehicle serviced by your dealer.
page 9‑30. The traction off light comes on when
If this light stays on, or comes on the Traction Control System (TCS)
while driving, the system may not be has been turned off by pressing and
working. If this happens, see your releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
dealer for service. button.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
See Traction Control System (TCS) See Traction Control System (TCS) feature(s) is no longer functioning
on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak® on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak® and whether the vehicle requires
System on page 9‑35. System on page 9‑35. service.
If the indicator/warning light is on
StabiliTrak® OFF Light Traction Control System and flashing, the TCS and/or the
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
See StabiliTrak® System on
page 9‑35 and Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 9‑34.
This light comes on briefly while

Tire Pressure Light
starting the engine. If it does not, The StabiliTrak or Traction Control
have the vehicle serviced by your System (TCS) indicator/warning
dealer. light comes on briefly when the
This light comes on when the engine is started.
StabiliTrak system is turned off. If the light does not come on, have
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Control System (TCS) is also off. If the system is working normally, For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
If the TCS is off, the system does the indicator light turns off. Monitor System (TPMS), this light
not assist in controlling the vehicle. If the light is on and not flashing, the comes on briefly when the engine is
Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak started. It provides information
systems and the warning light system have been disabled. A DIC about tire pressures and the TPMS.
turns off. message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
When the Light Is On Steady Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it
This indicates that one or more of means that oil is not flowing through
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil the engine properly. The vehicle
the tires are significantly maintenance can damage the
underinflated. could be low on oil and might have
engine. Driving with the engine some other system problem. See
A Driver Information Center (DIC) oil low can also damage the your dealer.
tire pressure message may also engine. The repairs would not be
display. See Tire Messages on covered by the vehicle warranty. Low Fuel Warning Light
page 5‑31. Stop as soon as Check the oil level as soon as
possible, and inflate the tires to the possible. Add oil if required, but
pressure value shown on the Tire if the oil level is within the
and Loading Information label. See operating range and the oil
Tire Pressure on page 10‑47. pressure is still low, have the
vehicle serviced. Always follow
When the Light Flashes First and the maintenance schedule for
Then Is On Steady changing engine oil.
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10‑50. This light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition is turned
The oil pressure light should come
on as a check to indicate it is
on briefly as the engine is started.
working. If it does not come on,
If it does not come on, have the
have it fixed.
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
The low fuel warning light comes on If the light stays on and the engine The vehicle can be driven at a
and a chime sounds when the does not start, there could be a reduced speed when the reduced
vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns problem with the theft-deterrent engine power light is on but
off when fuel is added to the system. See Immobilizer Operation acceleration and speed might be
fuel tank. on page 2‑15. reduced. The performance could be
For vehicles with a Driver reduced until the next time the
Information Center (DIC), see Driver Reduced Engine Power vehicle is driven. If this light stays
on, see your dealer as soon as
Information Center (DIC) on Light possible for diagnosis and repair.
page 5‑22 for more information.
Security Light High-Beam On Light
The reduced engine power light

should come on briefly as the
engine is started. If it does not come
The immobilizer light should come on, have the vehicle serviced by The high‐beam on light comes on
on briefly as the engine is started. your dealer. when the high-beam headlamps are
If it does not come on, have the in use.
This light, along with the malfunction
vehicle serviced by your dealer. indicator lamp, displays when a See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
If the system is working normally, noticeable reduction in the vehicle's Changer on page 6‑2 for more
the indicator light turns off. performance occurs. Stop the information.
vehicle and turn off the ignition. Wait
10 seconds and restart the vehicle.
This might correct the condition.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light Door Ajar Light
For vehicles with front fog lamps, For vehicles with cruise control, the For vehicles equipped with this light,
this light comes on when the front cruise control light is white when the it comes on when a door is open or
fog lamps are in use. cruise control is on and ready, and not securely latched. Before driving,
The light goes out when the front turns green when the cruise control check that all doors are properly
fog lamps are turned off. See Front is set and active. closed. See Door Ajar Messages on
Fog Lamps on page 6‑4 for more The light turns off when the cruise page 5‑27 for more information.
information. control is turned off. See Cruise
Control on page 9‑37.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the

exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6‑1. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Information Displays DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items

Press MENU on the turn signal
Driver Information lever until the TRIP menu displays.
Center (DIC) Use w x to scroll through the
menu items. Not all items are
The DIC displays information about available on every vehicle. The
your vehicle. It also displays following is a list of all possible
warning messages if a system menu items:
problem is detected. See Vehicle 1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press
Messages on page 5‑26. All and hold to clear, the menu item . Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel
messages appear in the DIC display displayed. Economy, Average Vehicle
in the center of the instrument Speed
cluster.
2. w x (Thumbwheel): Use to
scroll through the items in
. Speed, Fuel Range,
DIC Operation and Displays each menu. Instantaneous Fuel Economy
3. MENU: Press to display the Trip/

. Fuel Used
The DIC has different displays
which can be accessed by using the Fuel Menu and the Vehicle . Timer
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever. Information Menu. On some . Digital Speed
The DIC displays trip, fuel, and vehicles, there is also an ECO
. Navigation
warning messages if a system Menu. This button is also used
problem is detected. to return to or exit the last . Blank Display
screen displayed on the DIC.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel last reset. This display is shown Also included on this page is an
Economy, Average Vehicle Speed as c km/h (mph). Reset the instantaneous fuel economy display.
This displays the current distance average speed by pressing SET/ The instantaneous fuel economy
traveled, in either kilometers (km) or CLR when it is displayed. display shows the current fuel
miles (mi), from the last reset for the economy in liters per 100 kilometers
Speed, Fuel Range, Instantaneous (L/100 km) or miles per
trip odometer. The trip odometer can Fuel Economy
be reset to zero by pressing and gallon (mpg). This number reflects
holding the SET/CLR button while The top of this display includes a only the fuel economy that the
the trip odometer display is digital speedometer. The vehicle has right now and changes
showing. speedometer shows how fast the frequently as driving conditions
vehicle is moving in either change. This display is shown
The Average Fuel Economy display kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles as . L/100 km (mpg). This display
shows the approximate average per hour (mph). The speedometer cannot be reset.
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) cannot be reset.
or miles per gallon (mpg). This Fuel Used
number is based on the number In the center of the page is the fuel
range display. This shows the This display shows the approximate
of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since
approximate distance the vehicle liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel that
the last time this menu item have been used since last reset.
was reset. This display is shown can be driven without refueling. The
fuel range estimate is based on an The fuel used can be reset by
as . c L/100 km (mpg). Reset the pressing the SET/CLR button while
average consumption by pressing average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history the Fuel Used display is showing.
SET/CLR when it is displayed.
and the amount of fuel remaining in
This screen also displays the the fuel tank. This display is shown
average vehicle speed of the as l . km (mi). Fuel range cannot
vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) be reset.
or miles per hour (mph). This
average is based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Timer Navigation Units

This display can be used as a timer. This display is used for the OnStar Move w x to change between
To start the timer, press SET/CLR or navigation system Turn-by-Turn Metric or US when the Unit display
while Timer is displayed. The guidance. See OnStar Overview on is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm
display will show the amount of time page 14‑1 or the navigation manual, the setting. On some models, you
that has passed since the timer was if the vehicle has navigation, for will have to select 1, 2, or 3 for the
last reset, not including time the more information. Unit display. 1 is Imperial units, 2 is
ignition is off. Time will continue to US units, and 3 is metric units. This
be counted as long as the ignition is Blank Display
will change the displays on the
on, even if another display is being This display shows no information. cluster and DIC to the type of
shown on the DIC. The timer will measurements you select.
record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, Vehicle Information Menu
and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after (OPTION) Items Tire Pressure
which the display will return to zero. Press MENU on the turn signal The display may show a vehicle
To stop the timer, press SET/CLR lever until the OPTION menu is with the approximate pressures of
briefly while Timer is displayed. To displayed. Use w x to scroll all four tires. Tire pressure is
reset the timer to zero, press and displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
through the menu items. Not all
hold SET/CLR. or in pounds per square inch (psi).
items are available on every vehicle.
Digital Speed The following is a list of all possible On some models, this display only
menu items: allows for matching of the TPMS
The speedometer shows how fast sensors. In this case, the display
the vehicle is moving in either . Units will show TIRE LEARN. See Tire
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles . Tire Pressure Pressure Monitor System on
per hour (mph). The speedometer page 10‑48 and Tire Pressure
cannot be reset.
. Remaining Oil Life
Monitor Operation on page 10‑50.
. Battery Voltage
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Remaining Oil Life the next oil change. To reset the ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)
This display shows an estimate of engine oil life system press the Items
the oil's remaining useful life. SET/CLR button while the Oil Life
display is active. See Engine Oil This menu is only available on some
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is vehicles. Press MENU on the turn
displayed, that means 99% of the Life System on page 10‑12.
signal lever until the ECO menu is
current oil life remains. This display Battery Voltage displayed. Use w x to scroll
may be shown as : %. This display, available on some through the menu items. Not all
When the remaining oil life is low, vehicles, shows the current battery items are available on every vehicle.
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON voltage. If the voltage is in the The following is a list of all possible
message will appear on the display. normal range, the value will display. menu items:
See Engine Oil Messages on For example, the display may read . Best Average Fuel Economy
page 5‑28. The oil should be Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. The
. ECO Index
changed as soon as possible. See vehicle's charging system regulates
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. In addition voltage based on the state of the . Economy Trend
to the engine oil life system battery. The battery voltage can
monitoring the oil life, additional fluctuate while viewing this Best Average Fuel Economy
maintenance is recommended in the information on the DIC. This is The right hand side displays the
Maintenance Schedule in this normal. See Charging System Light best average fuel economy (AFE)
manual. See Maintenance Schedule on page 5‑13. If there is a problem that is achieved for a selected
on page 11‑2. with the battery charging system, distance. The left hand side
the DIC will display a message. See displays a running average of fuel
Remember, the Oil Life display must Battery Voltage and Charging
be reset after each oil change. It will economy for the most recently
Messages on page 5‑27. traveled selected distance. The
not reset itself. Also, be careful not
to reset the Oil Life display center bar graph displays the
accidentally at any time other than instantaneous fuel economy.
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Quickly press the SET/CLR button that is based on current fuel Vehicle Messages
to display a page for selecting one consumption compared to what is
of the distance options. Move the expected from the vehicle with good Messages displayed on the DIC
up/down arrow to choose the and bad driving habits. Each box indicate the status of the vehicle or
selection, and SET/CLR to change represents 10%, with all boxes filled some action that may be needed to
the setting. being 100%. More economical correct a condition. Multiple
driving will result in being in the messages may display one after the
When viewing best AFE, a several
ECO box. Instantaneous Fuel other.
second press and hold of SET/CLR
will reset the best value. The best Economy is also shown on right The messages that do not require
value will show “- - -“ until the hand side. This display cannot be immediate action can be
selected distance has been reset. acknowledged and cleared by
traveled. Economy Trend pressing SET/CLR. The messages
that require immediate action cannot
The display provides feedback on This display shows history of the be cleared until that action is
how current driving behavior in the Average Fuel Economy from the last performed. All messages should be
bar graph affects the running 50 km (30 miles). Each bar taken seriously and clearing the
average in the left display and how represents about 5 km (3 miles) of messages does not correct the
well recent driving compares to the driving. The fuel economy will range problem.
best that has been achieved. from 0 – 15 L/100 km (0 – 50 mpg).
During driving the bars will shift to The following are some of the
ECO Index vehicle messages that may be
always reflect the most recent
The bar graph on the left hand side distance on the right side. This displayed depending on your
provides feedback on the efficiency display cannot be reset. vehicle content.
of current driving behavior. The
graph shows a percentage value
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages Cruise Control Messages

Charging Messages BRAKE FLUID LOW APPLY BRAKE BEFORE
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message is displayed when the CRUISE
This message displays when the brake fluid level is low. See Brake If this message displays when
vehicle has detected that the battery Fluid on page 10‑23. attempting to activate cruise control,
voltage is dropping beyond a apply the brake pedal and try again.
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
reasonable point. The battery saver CRUISE SET TO XXX
system starts reducing features of This message is displayed as a
the vehicle that may be noticed. At reminder that the parking brake is This message displays when the
the point that features are disabled, on. Release it before you attempt to cruise control is set and shows the
this message displays. Turn off drive. speed it was set to. See Cruise
unnecessary accessories to allow Control on page 9‑37.
the battery to recharge. Compass Messages
Door Ajar Messages
LOW BATTERY CAL
This message is displayed when the This message is displayed when the DOOR(S) OPEN
battery voltage is low. See Battery compass needs to be calibrated. A vehicle symbol will be displayed
on page 10‑24. See Compass on page 5‑4. on the DIC showing which door is
open along with this message.
SERVICE BATTERY –– Close the door completely.
CHARGING SYSTEM Two dashes will be displayed if the
This message is displayed when compass needs service. See your HOOD OPEN
there is a fault in the battery dealer for service. This message will display when the
charging system. Take the vehicle to hood is open. Close the hood
your dealer for service. completely.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
TRUNK OPEN ENGINE OVERHEATED — Engine Oil Messages

This message will display when the IDLE ENGINE
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
trunk is open. Close the trunk This message displays when the
completely. engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed.
Engine Cooling System idle until it cools down. When you change the engine oil, be
sure to reset the Oil Life System.
Messages ENGINE OVERHEATED — See Engine Oil Life System on
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH STOP ENGINE page 10‑12 and Driver Information
ENGINE TEMP This message displays and a Center (DIC) on page 5‑22 for
continuous chime sounds if the information on how to reset the
This message displays when the system. See Engine Oil on
engine coolant becomes hotter than engine cooling system reaches
unsafe temperatures for operation. page 10‑9 and Maintenance
the normal operating temperature. Schedule on page 11‑2 for more
To avoid added strain on a hot Stop and turn off the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid information.
engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off. severe damage. This message OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP
When the coolant temperature clears when the engine has cooled ENGINE
returns to normal, the air to a safe operating temperature.
This message displays if low oil
conditioning compressor turns back HIGH COOLANT pressure levels occur. Stop the
on. You can continue to drive the TEMPERATURE vehicle as soon as safely possible
vehicle. and do not operate it until the cause
This message displays if the coolant
If this message continues to appear, temperature is hot. See Engine of the low oil pressure has been
have the system repaired by your Overheating on page 10‑19. corrected. Check the oil as soon as
dealer as soon as possible to avoid possible and have the vehicle
damage to the engine. serviced by your dealer.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Engine Power Messages TIGHTEN GAS CAP Lamp Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays when the AUTOMATIC LIGHT
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
This message displays when the fuel cap.
CONTROL ON
vehicle's engine power is reduced. This message is displayed when the
Reduced engine power can affect Key and Lock Messages automatic light control has been
the vehicle's ability to accelerate. turned on. See Automatic Headlamp
If this message is on, but there is no NO REMOTE DETECTED System on page 6‑3.
reduction in performance, proceed This message displays when the
to your destination. The AUTOMATIC LIGHT
transmitter battery is weak on CONTROL OFF
performance may be reduced the vehicles with keyless access. See
next time the vehicle is driven. The “Starting the Vehicle with a Low This message is displayed when the
vehicle may be driven at a reduced Transmitter Battery” under Remote automatic light control has been
speed while this message is on, but Keyless Entry (RKE) System turned off. See Automatic Headlamp
maximum acceleration and speed Operation on page 2‑3. System on page 6‑3.
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, the vehicle REPLACE BATTERY IN XXX TURN INDICATOR
should be taken to your dealer for REMOTE KEY FAILURE
service as soon as possible.
This message displays when the When one of the turn signals is out,
battery in the Remote Keyless Entry this message displays to show
Fuel System Messages (RKE) transmitter needs to be which bulb needs to be replaced.
FUEL LEVEL LOW replaced. See “Battery See Bulb Replacement on
Replacement” under Remote page 10‑28 and Replacement Bulbs
This message displays when the Keyless Entry (RKE) System on page 10‑33 for more information
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as Operation on page 2‑3. on turn signal bulb replacement.
soon as possible.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
TURN SIGNAL ON SERVICE SIDE DETECTION Ride Control System

This message is displayed if the SYSTEM Messages
turn signal has been left on. Turn off If this message appears, the system
the turn signal. needs service. Take the vehicle to SERVICE TRACTION
your dealer. CONTROL
Object Detection System This message displays when there
SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF
Messages is a problem with the Traction
This message indicates that the Control System (TCS). See Traction
PARK ASSIST OFF driver has turned the system off. Control System (TCS) on
This message displays when the page 9‑34.
SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
park assist system has been turned UNAVAILABLE SERVICE STABILITRAK
off or when there is a temporary
condition causing the system to be This message indicates that the This message displays if there is a
disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking SBZA system is disabled because problem with the StabiliTrak system.
Assist on page 9‑39. the sensor is blocked and cannot See StabiliTrak® System on
detect vehicles in the blind zone. page 9‑35.
SERVICE PARK ASSIST The sensor may be blocked by mud,
This message displays if there is a dirt, snow, ice, or slush. This Airbag System Messages
problem with the Ultrasonic Rear message may also activate during
Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do heavy rain or due to road spray. The SERVICE AIRBAG
not use this system to help you vehicle does not need service. For This message displays if there is a
park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist cleaning, see Exterior Care on problem with the airbag system.
on page 9‑39. page 10‑83. Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Security Messages SERVICE VEHICLE SOON Tire Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED This message displays if there is a SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
problem with the vehicle. Take the
This message displays if the vehicle vehicle to your dealer for service.
SYSTEM
detects a tamper condition. This message displays if there is a
Starting the Vehicle problem with the Tire Pressure
Service Vehicle Messages Messages Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation on
SERVICE AC SYSTEM TURN STEERING WHEEL page 10‑50 for more information.
This message displays if there is a TURN KEY OFF THEN ON TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
problem with the air conditioning
This message displays when the This message displays when the
system. Take the vehicle to your
steering column is locked. Try system is learning new tires. See
dealer for service.
turning the steering wheel while Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
SERVICE POWER STEERING turning the vehicle off and then back page 10‑50 for more information.
on to unlock the steering column.
This message displays if there is a TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
problem with the power steering TURN STEERING WHEEL
system. Take the vehicle to your
AIR TO TIRE
START VEHICLE AGAIN
dealer for service. On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
This message displays when you try Monitor System (TPMS), this
SERVICE STEERING to start the vehicle, but the column message displays when the
COLUMN LOCK remains locked. Try turning the pressure in one or more of the
steering wheel while starting the vehicle's tires is low.
This message displays if there is a vehicle to unlock the steering
problem with the steering column column. If the vehicle still does not There is also an icon with the
lock. Take the vehicle to your dealer start, turn the steering wheel the warning that will indicate the
for service. other way, and try starting the location of the low tire.
vehicle again.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
The low tire pressure warning light TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE Vehicle
will also come on. See Tire ENGINE
Pressure Light on page 5‑18. Personalization
This message displays and a chime
If a tire pressure message appears sounds if the transmission fluid in The audio system controls are used
on the DIC, stop as soon as you the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the to access the personalization
can. Inflate the tires by adding air transmission fluid temperature high menus for customizing vehicle
until the tire pressure is equal to the can cause damage to the vehicle. features.
values shown on the Tire and Stop the vehicle and let it idle to CONFIG (Configuration): Press to
Loading Information label. See Tires allow the transmission to cool. This access the Configuration
on page 10‑39, Vehicle Load Limits message clears when the fluid Settings menu.
on page 9‑10, and Tire Pressure on temperature reaches a safe level.
page 10‑47. MENU/SEL: Press the center of
Vehicle Reminder this knob to enter the menus and
You can receive more than one tire
select menu items. Turn the knob to
pressure message at a time. To Messages scroll through the menus.
read the other messages that may
have been sent at the same time, ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE BACK: Press to exit or move
press the SET/CLR button. The DIC WITH CARE backward in a menu.
also shows the tire pressure values.
This message displays when ice Entering the Personalization
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
conditions are possible. Menus
on page 5‑22.
STEERING COLUMN IS 1. Press CONFIG to access the
Transmission Messages LOCKED Configuration Settings menu.
This message displays when the 2. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to

SERVICE TRANSMISSION highlight Vehicle Settings. Press
steering column is locked.
This message displays if there is a the CONFIG button until Vehicle
problem with the transmission. See is highlighted on vehicles with a
your dealer. navigation system only.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
3. Press the center of the Climate and Air Quality Air Quality Sensor
MENU/SEL knob to select the This will allow you to select whether
If equipped, select the Climate and
Vehicle Settings menu. The key the system will operate at high or
Air Quality menu and the following
must be in the run position. low sensitivity. Only vehicles with
will be displayed:
The following list of menu items may the automatic climate control will
. Auto Fan Speed
be available: have this option.
. Air Quality Sensor
. Climate and Air Quality Press the MENU/SEL knob when
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Air Quality Sensor is highlighted to
. Comfort and Convenience
. Auto Defog open the menu. Turn the knob to
. Collision/Detection Systems highlight High Sensitivity or Low
. Auto Rear Defog Sensitivity. Press the BACK button
. Languages
Auto Fan Speed to confirm the selection and move
. Lighting back to the last menu.
. Power Door Locks This will allow you to select the
automatic fan speed. This feature Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
. Remote Locking, Unlocking, sets the climate control fan speed to On vehicles with remote start and
Starting maintain the interior temperature. heated seats, the heated seats can
. Return to Factory Settings Press the MENU/SEL knob when be set to on or off.
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to Auto Fan Speed is highlighted to Press the MENU/SEL knob when
highlight the menu. Press the knob open the menu. Turn the knob to Remote Start Auto Heat Seats is
to select it. Each of the menus is highlight High, Medium, or Low. highlighted to open the menu. Turn
detailed in the following information. Press the BACK button to confirm the knob to highlight On or Off.
the selection and move back to the Press the BACK button to confirm
Vehicles with a navigation system last menu.
will display a checkmark to indicate the selection and move back to the
this feature is on. last menu.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Auto Defog See “Rear Window Defogger” under Collision/Detection Systems

When turned on and high humidity Climate Control Systems on
If equipped, select the Collision/
is detected, the climate control page 8‑1 for more information.
Detection Systems menu and Park
system may adjust to outside air Press the MENU/SEL knob when Assist will be displayed.
supply and turn on the air Auto Rear Defog is highlighted to
conditioner or the heater. The fan open the menu. Turn the knob to Park Assist
speed may slightly increase to help highlight On or Off. Press the knob This allows the Ultrasonic Parking
prevent fogging. When high to confirm the selection and move Assist feature, audible only, to be
humidity is no longer detected, the back to the last menu. turned on or off.
system will return to its prior
Comfort and Convenience Press the MENU/SEL knob when
operation.
Park Assist is highlighted. Turn the
Press the MENU/SEL knob when Select the Comfort and knob to select On or Off. Press the
Auto Defog is highlighted to open Convenience menu and Chime knob to confirm and go back to the
the menu. Turn the knob to highlight Volume will be displayed. last menu.
On or Off. Press the BACK button to Chime Volume
confirm the selection and move Languages
back to the last menu. This allows the selection of the
Select the Language menu and the
chime volume level.
Auto Rear Defog following will be displayed:
Press the MENU/SEL knob when
When on, this feature turns on the
. English
Chime Volume is highlighted. Turn
rear defogger at vehicle start when the knob to select Normal or High. . Francais
the interior temperature is cold and Press the BACK button to confirm . Espanol
fog is likely. The auto rear defog and go back to the last menu.
function can be disabled by Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select
pressing 1. When off, the feature the language. Press BACK to return
to the last menu.
can be turned on by pressing 1.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Lighting Press the MENU/SEL knob when Driver Door, or Off. Press the knob
Vehicle Locator Lights is highlighted to confirm and go back to the
Select the Lighting menu and the
to open the menu. Turn the last menu.
following will be displayed:
MENU/SEL knob to highlight On or
. Exit Lighting Off. Press MENU/SEL to select On Delayed Door Lock
. Vehicle Locator Lights or Off. Press the BACK button to When on, this feature will delay the
confirm the selection and move locking of the doors until
Exit Lighting back to the last menu. five seconds after the last door is
This allows the selection of how closed. You will hear three chimes
Power Door Locks to signal delayed locking is in use.
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is Select Power Door Locks and the Press either the power lock button
dark outside. following will be displayed: or Q on the RKE transmitter twice to
. Auto Door Unlock override the delayed locking feature
and immediately lock all of the
Exit Lighting is highlighted. Turn the . Delayed Door Lock doors.
knob to select Off, 30 Seconds,
1 Minute, or 2 Minutes. Press the
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Press the MENU/SEL knob when
BACK button to confirm and go . Auto Door Lock Delayed Door Lock is highlighted to
back to the last menu. select On or Off. Press BACK to
Auto Door Unlock return to the last menu.
Vehicle Locator Lights This allows selection of which of the
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
This allows the vehicle locator lights doors will automatically unlock when
to be turned on or off. When on, the the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). When on, all doors will lock. The
headlamps and back‐up lamps will driver door will then unlock if door
flash when K is pressed. locking is requested while the driver
Auto Door Unlock is highlighted.
door is open, and disable the
Turn the knob to select All Doors,
Delayed Door Lock feature.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Even when this feature is off, the Remote Locking, Unlocking, Door Unlock or Remote Door
driver is protected from accidental Starting Unlock
lockouts when the key is in the This allows selection of which doors
ignition. Select Remote Locking, Unlocking,
Starting and the following will be will unlock when pressing K on the
If Off is selected, the Unlocked Door displayed (depending on the RKE transmitter.
Anti Lock Out feature may be system):
enabled through an additional menu Press the MENU/SEL knob when
selection.
. Remote Lock Feedback Door Unlock is highlighted. Turn the
. Door Unlock or Remote Door knob to select All Doors or Driver
Press the MENU/SEL knob when Door Only. When set to Driver Door
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out is Unlock
Only, the driver door will unlock the
highlighted to select On or Off. . Remote Unlock Light Feedback
first time K is pressed and all doors
Press BACK to return to the . Remote Start will unlock when K is pressed a
last menu.
. Passive Door Unlock second time. When set to All Doors,
Auto Door Lock all of the doors will unlock at the first
. Passive Door Lock
This allows selection of which of the press of K. Press the knob to
doors will automatically lock when Remote Lock Feedback confirm and go back to the
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). This allows selection of what type of last menu.
Press the MENU/SEL knob when feedback is given when locking the
Auto Door Lock is highlighted. Turn vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
the knob to select On or Off. Press Press the MENU/SEL knob when
the knob to confirm and go back to Remote Lock Feedback is
the last menu. highlighted. Turn the knob to select
Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Horn
Only, or Off. Press the knob to
confirm and go back to the
last menu. InformationProvidedby:
Remote Unlock Light Feedback Passive Door Unlock Return to Factory Settings
If equipped, this allows selection of This allows selection of which doors Select Return to Factory Settings to
what type of feedback is given when are unlocked by pressing the button return all vehicle personalization to
unlocking the vehicle with the RKE on the outside door handle. the default settings. Turn the knob
transmitter. Press the MENU/SEL knob when to select Yes or No. Press the knob
Press the MENU/SEL knob when Passive Door Unlock is highlighted. to confirm and go back to the
Remote Unlock Light Feedback is Turn the knob to select All Doors or last menu.
highlighted. Turn the knob to select Driver Door. Press the knob to
On or Off. Press the knob to confirm confirm and go back to the
and go back to the last menu. last menu.
Remote Start Passive Door Lock
If equipped, this allows selection to This allows passive locking to be
turn on or off Remote Start. turned on or off and select what
Press the MENU/SEL knob when type of feedback.
Remote Start is highlighted. Turn Press the MENU/SEL knob when
the knob to select On or Off. Press Passive Door Lock is highlighted.
the knob to confirm and go back to Turn the knob to select Off, On, or
the last menu. On with Active Horn Chirp. Press
the knob to confirm and go back to
the last menu.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic): Turns the

headlamps on automatically at
normal brightness, together with the
Exterior Lamp Controls following:
Exterior Lighting
. Parking Lamps
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Headlamp High/Low-Beam . Taillamps
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 . License Plate Lamps
Daytime Running . Instrument Panel Lights
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic Headlamp
. Sidemarker Lamps
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 ; (Parking Lamps): Turns the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4 parking lamps on together with the
Turn and Lane-Change following:
The exterior lamp control is to the
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
left of the steering column on the . Taillamps
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
instrument panel. . License Plate Lamps
Interior Lighting There are four positions:
Instrument Panel Illumination
. Instrument Panel Lights
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 O (Off): Briefly turn to this position . Sidemarker Lamps
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 to turn the automatic lamp control
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 off or on again.
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-7
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6-2 Lighting
5 (Headlamps): Turns the Headlamp High/ Flash-to-Pass

headlamps on together with the Low-Beam Changer To flash the high beams, pull the
lamps listed below. A warning chime
turn signal lever all the way toward
sounds if the driver door is opened
you. Then release it.
when the ignition switch is off and
the headlamps are on.
.
Daytime Running
Parking Lamps
Lamps (DRL)
. Taillamps
Daytime Running Lamps can make
. License Plate Lamps it easier for others to see the front of
. Instrument Panel Lights 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam your vehicle during the day. Fully
Changer): Push the turn signal functional daytime running lamps
. Sidemarker Lamps are required on all vehicles first sold
lever away from you and release to
# (Front Fog Lamps): For turn the high beams on. in Canada.
vehicles with fog lamps, press to A light sensor on top of the
turn the lamps on or off. To return to low beams, push the
lever again or pull it toward you and instrument panel makes the DRL
See Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑4. release. work, so be sure it is not covered.
When the lights are on, ; will be The DRL system makes the
lit. See Lamps On Reminder on low-beam headlamps come on at a
page 5‑21. reduced brightness when the
following conditions are met:
. The ignition is in the ON/
RUN mode.
. The exterior lamps control is
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the in AUTO.
high-beam headlamps
Infor
mat
ionPr
ovi
are on.
dedby:
. The engine is running.
Lighting 6-3
When the DRL are on, only the Automatic Headlamp The system may also turn on the
low-beam headlamps, at a reduced headlamps when driving through a
level of brightness, will be on. The
System parking garage or tunnel.
taillamps, sidemarker, instrument When it is dark enough outside and
panel, and other lamps will not the exterior lamp control is in the Lights On with Wipers
be on. automatic position, the headlamps If the windshield wipers are
The headlamps automatically come on automatically. See Exterior activated in daylight with the engine
change from DRL to the regular Lamp Controls on page 6‑1. on, and the exterior lamp control is
headlamps depending on the in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
darkness of the surroundings. The lamps, and other exterior lamps
other lamps that come on with the come on. The transition time for the
headlamps will also come on. lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers
When it is bright enough outside, are not operating, these lamps turn
the headlamps go off and the DRL off. Move the exterior lamp control
come on.
to P or ; to disable this feature.
To turn the DRL off or on again, turn
the exterior lamp control to the off
position and then release. For The vehicle has a light sensor on
vehicles first sold in Canada, the top of the instrument panel. Make
DRL cannot be turned off. sure it is not covered, or the
headlamps will be on when they are
not needed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6-4 Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
Signals does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out. Replace any
burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not
burned out, check the fuse. See
Fuses and Circuit Breakers on
page 10‑34.
Front Fog Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or

down to signal a turn.
| (Hazard Warning Flasher): An arrow on the instrument cluster

Press and momentarily hold this will flash in the direction of the turn
button on the instrument panel or lane change.
above the climate control system, to Raise or lower the lever until the
make the front and rear turn signal arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
lamps flash on and off. This warns change. The turn signal flashes For vehicles with front fog lamps,
others that you are having trouble. three times. the button is on the outboard side of
Press and momentarily hold again the instrument panel.
The lever returns to its starting
to turn the flashers off. The ignition must be on to turn on
position when it is released.
the fog lamps.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Lighting 6-5
# (Front Fog Lamps): Press to Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps

turn the fog lamps on or off. An
The courtesy lamps come on
indicator light on the instrument Instrument Panel automatically when any door is
cluster comes on when the fog
Illumination Control opened and the dome lamp is in the
lamps are on.
door position.
The fog lamps come on together
with the parking lamps. Dome Lamps
If the high-beam headlamps are
turned on, the fog lamps will turn off.
If the high-beam headlamps are
turned off, the fog lamps will turn
back on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps. This feature controls the brightness
of the instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is to the left of the The dome lamp controls are in the
steering column on the instrument headliner.
panel. * (Dome Lamp Override): Press
D (Instrument Panel to turn the lamps off, even when a
Brightness): Move the door is open.
thumbwheel up or down and hold, to I (Door): Press to turn the lamps
brighten or dim the instrument panel on automatically when a door is
controls and infotainment display opened.
screen.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6-6 Lighting
+ (On): Press to turn on the dome Lighting Features Exit Lighting

lamps.
The headlamps, taillamps, parking
Entry Lighting lamps, back-up lamps, and license
Reading Lamps plate lamps come on at night, or in
The headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, and most of the interior areas with limited lighting, when the
key is removed from the ignition.
lamps turn on briefly when K is The dome lamps also come on
pressed on the Remote Keyless when the key is removed from the
Entry (RKE) transmitter. After about ignition. The exterior lights and
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn dome lamps remain on after the
off, and then the dome and door is closed for a set amount of
remaining interior lights will dim to time, then automatically turn off.
off. Entry lighting can be disabled
manually by changing the ignition For vehicles with keyless access,
out of the OFF position, or by the exterior lamps and dome lamps
The reading lamps are in the
automatically turn on when a door is
overhead console. pressing the RKE transmitter Q
opened after the ignition is turned
m or n : Press the button near button. off. See Ignition Positions (Key
each lamp to turn it on or off. This feature can be changed. See Access) on page 9‑14 or Ignition
Vehicle Personalization on Positions (Keyless Access) on
page 5‑32. page 9‑17.
The exterior lamps turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamps control off.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Lighting 6-7
This feature can be changed. See

Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑32.
Battery Power Protection

The battery saver feature is
designed to protect the vehicle's
battery.
If some interior lamps are left on
and the ignition is turned off, the
battery rundown protection system
automatically turns the lamp off after
some time.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
6-8 Lighting
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-18
Introduction
System Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Infotainment
Bluetooth (Voice Read the following pages to
Introduction Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 become familiar with the audio
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 system's features.
Trademarks and License
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2
Agreements
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Trademarks and License { WARNING
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio extended periods could cause a
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 crash resulting in injury or death
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
to you or others. Do not give
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . 7-13 extended attention to infotainment
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 tasks while driving.
Audio Players This system provides access to

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
many audio and non-audio listings.
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
7-2 Infotainment System
To minimize taking your eyes off the The vehicle has Retained Theft-Deterrent Feature
road while driving, do the following Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
while the vehicle is parked: the audio system can be played The theft-deterrent feature works by
even after the ignition is turned off. learning a portion of the Vehicle
. Become familiar with the Identification Number (VIN) to the
operation and controls of the See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9‑22. infotainment system. The
audio system. infotainment system does not
. Set up the tone, speaker The vehicle may have a base radio operate if it is stolen or moved to a
adjustments, and preset radio that is included in this manual. See different vehicle.
stations. the separate infotainment manual
for information on the connective
For more information, see Defensive radio and the navigation system,
Driving on page 9‑3. audio players, phone, and voice
Notice: Contact your dealer recognition. There is also
before adding any equipment. information on settings and
downloadable applications (if
Adding audio or communication equipped).
equipment could interfere with
the operation of the engine, radio,
or other systems, and could
damage them. Follow federal
rules covering mobile radio and
telephone equipment.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Overview 4. k
. CD: Pauses playback, and
stops playback.
5. l
. Radio: Seeks the next
station.
. CD: Selects the next track
or fast forwards within a
track.
6. CLOCK
. Opens the clock menu.
7. INFO
. Radio: Shows available
information about the
current station.
. CD: Shows available
1. O 3. g information about the
current track.
. Turns the system on or off . Radio: Seeks the previous
and adjusts the volume. station. 8. TONE
2. Buttons 1 to 6 . CD: Selects the previous
. Opens the tone menu.
. Radio: Saves and selects track or rewinds within a
favorite stations. track.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
9. AS 15. FAV Operation

. Radio: Opens the autostore . Radio: Opens the
stations list. favorites list.
Controls
The infotainment system is operated
10. BAND 16. BACK
by using the pushbuttons,
. Changes the band while . Menu: Moves one multifunction knobs, menus shown
listening to the radio. level back. on the display, and steering wheel
. Selects the radio when . Character Input: Deletes controls, if equipped.
listening to a different the last character. Turning the System On or Off
audio source. 17. MENU/SEL O (Volume/Power): Press to turn
11. CD/AUX . Turn to open menus, the system on and off.
. Selects the CD player or highlight menu items,
Automatic Switch-Off
an external audio source. or set numeric values
while in a menu. If the infotainment system has been
12. CD Slot
turned on after the ignition is turned
. Insert a CD.
. Press to select menu
off, the system will turn off
items.
13. CONFIG automatically after 10 minutes.
. Radio: Manually selects
. Opens the settings menu. radio stations. Volume Control
14. 5\> . CD: Selects tracks. O (Volume/Power): Turn to adjust
the volume.
. Opens the phone 18. Y 5 / > (Phone/Mute): Press 5 / >
main menu. . Removes a disc from the to mute the infotainment system.
. Mutes the audio system. CD slot. Press 5 / > again, or turn the O
knob to cancel mute.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Menu System Selecting a Menu Option 2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to

activate the setting.
The menu system appears on the
display screen. Setting a Value
Controls
The MENU/SEL knob and the BACK
button are used to navigate the
menu system.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
MENU/SEL Knob: Press to: move the highlighted bar.
. Enter the menu system. 2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
. Select or activate the highlighted select the highlighted option. change the current value of the
menu option. setting.
Submenus
. Confirm a set value. 2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
An arrow on the right-hand edge of
. Turn a system setting on or off. the menu indicates that it has a confirm the setting.
Turn to: submenu with other options. Turning a Function On or Off
. Highlight a menu option. Activating a Setting
. Select a value.
BACK: Press to:
. Exit a menu.
. Return from a submenu screen
to the previous menu screen. 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
. Delete the last character in a 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to highlight the function.
sequence. highlight
I
nf
the
ormat
i
setting.
onPr
ovi
dedby:
2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 2. Select the audio setting. Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer)
turn the function on or off. 3. Press and hold the MENU/SEL For vehicles that have an equalizer:
Entering a Character Sequence button until the value changes 1. Press the TONE button.
to 0.
2. Select EQ presets.
Press the BACK button to go back
to the Tone Settings menu. 3. Select the setting.
Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, Press the BACK button to go back
and Bass to the Tone Settings menu.
1. Press the TONE button. System Settings
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 2. Select Treble, Midrange, Configuring the Number of
highlight the character. or Bass. Favorite Pages
2. Press the MENU/SEL knob to 3. Select the value. To configure the number of available
select the character. favorite pages:
Press the BACK button to delete the to the Tone Settings menu. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
last character in the sequence or
press and hold to delete the entire Adjusting the Fader and Balance 2. Select Radio Settings.
character sequence. 1. Press the TONE button. 3. Select Radio Favorites.
Audio Settings 2. Select Fader or Balance. 4. Select the number of available
The audio settings can be set for favorite pages.
3. Select the value.
each radio band and each audio 5. Press the BACK button to go
player source. back to the System
to the Tone Settings menu.
To quickly reset an audio setting Configuration menu.
value to 0:
1. Press the TONE button. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Auto Volume Maximum Startup Volume Radio

The auto volume feature The maximum volume played when
automatically adjusts the radio the radio is first turned on can AM-FM Radio
volume to compensate for road and be set.
wind noise as the vehicle speeds up 1. Press the CONFIG button.
Control Buttons
or slows down, so that the volume The buttons used to control the
level is consistent. 2. Select Radio Settings.
radio are:
The level of volume compensation 3. Select Maximum Startup
BAND: Press to turn the radio on
can be selected, or the auto volume Volume.
and choose between AM, FM, and
feature can be turned off. 4. Select the setting. SiriusXM®, if equipped.
1. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Press the BACK button to go MENU/SEL: Turn to navigate the
2. Select Radio Settings. back to the System available menus and to search for
Configuration menu. stations.
3. Select Auto Volume.
INFO: Press to display additional
4. Select the setting.
information that may be available for
5. Press the BACK button to go the current song.
back to the System
Configuration menu.
g or l : Press to search for
stations.
FAV: Press to open the favorites
list and select the favorites page.
1 to 6: Press to select preset
stations.
AS (Autostore): Press to open the
autostore list.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Station Station Lists

The radio may have RDS. The RDS Seek Tuning 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
feature is available for use only on 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All
FM stations that broadcast RDS If the radio station is not known:
receivable stations in the current
information. This feature only works Briefly press g or l to reception area are displayed. If a
when the information from the radio automatically search for the next station list has not been created,
station is available. In rare cases, a available station. If a station is not an automatic station search
radio station could broadcast found, the radio switches to a more is done.
incorrect information that causes the sensitive search level. If a station
radio features to work improperly. 3. Select the station.
still is not found, the frequency that
If this happens, contact the radio was last active begins to play. Category Lists
station.
If the radio station is known: Most stations that broadcast an
While the radio is tuned to an RDS program type code specify the
FM-RDS station, the station name Press and hold g or l until the type of programming transmitted.
or call letters display. station on the display is reached, Some stations change the program
then release the button. type code depending on the
Radio Menus
Manual Tuning content. The system stores the RDS
Radio menus are available for AM stations sorted by program type in
and FM. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to select the FM category list.
the frequency on the display.
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to open To search for a programming type
the main radio menu for that band. Favorites List determined by station:
Selecting a Band 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
Press the BAND button to choose 2. Select Favorites List. 2. Select FM category list. A list of
AM, FM, or SiriusXM, if equipped. 3. Select the station. all programming types available
The last station that was playing displays.
starts playing again.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
3. Select the programming type. Storing a Station as a Favorite Autostore Stations

A list of stations that transmit
Stations from all bands can be AS (Autostore): Autostore
programming of the selected
stored in any order in the favorite searches and stores six FM and
type displays.
pages. six AM stations with the strongest
4. Select the station. signal. To use autostore:
Up to six stations can be stored in
The category lists are updated when each favorite page and the number 1. Press BAND to select FM or AM.
the station lists are updated. of available favorite pages can 2. Press AS for at least
be set. two seconds until a beep
Updating Station & Category Lists
Storing Stations sounds. SEARCH displays on
If stations stored in the station list
the radio, followed by the
can no longer be received: To store the station to a position in number of stations found.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. the list, press the corresponding
button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. 3. The radio will automatically store
2. Select Update AM or FM Station the six strongest stations found
List, if the stations stored in the Retrieving Stations as autostore presets.
station list are no longer Press the FAV button to open a Press the AS button to alternate
received. A station search will be favorite page or to switch to another between the autostore pages
completed and the first station in favorite page. Briefly press one of 1 and 2.
the updated list will play. the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the
station. AS displays on the radio when using
To cancel the station search, press
autostore presets.
the MENU/SEL knob.
Autostore does not delete
previously stored favorite stations.
Autostore does not function with
SiriusXM radio stations.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Satellite Radio Control Buttons SiriusXM Categories

Vehicles with an SiriusXM® Satellite The buttons used to control the SiriusXM channels are organized in
Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM SiriusXM radio are: categories.
Satellite Radio subscription can BAND: Press to turn the radio on Removing or Adding Categories
receive SiriusXM programming. and choose between AM, FM,
and XM. Channels in a category that have
SiriusXM Satellite Radio been removed can still be accessed
Service g or l : Press to go to the by using g or l , or the MENU/
previous or next channel. SEL knob.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United FAV: Press to open the To add or remove categories:
States and 10 Canadian provinces. favorites list.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide 1. Press the CONFIG button.
1 to 6: Press to select a favorite.
variety of programming and 2. Select Radio Settings.
commercial-free music, coast to MENU/SEL: Turn to select a
coast, and in digital-quality sound. channel. 3. Select XM Categories.
A service fee is required to receive INFO: Press to display additional 4. Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM information that may be available highlight the category.
Service needs to be reactivated, the about the current song. 5. Press the MENU/SEL knob to
radio will display "No Subscription
Please Renew" on channel XM1. k (Play/Pause): Press to pause remove or add the category.
For more information, contact time shifted content, if equipped.
Selecting an SiriusXM Channel
SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or Selecting the XM Band SiriusXM channels can be selected
call 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) and
www.xmradio.ca or call Press the BAND button to choose by using g, l , the MENU/SEL
1-877-209-0079 (Canada). between the AM, FM, and XM knob, or the Menu system.
bands. The last channel played in
that band begins to play when that
band is selected.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Selecting a Channel Using g Selecting a Channel Using the Retrieving Channels

Menu System
or l Press the FAV button to open a
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. favorite page or to change to
. Press and release g or l to another favorite page. Briefly press
2. Select XM Category List.
go to the previous or next one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve
channel. 3. Select the category. the channel.
. Press and hold g or l to 4. Select the channel. XM Messages
scroll through the previous or Storing an SiriusXM Channel XL (Explicit Language
next channel until the channel is as a Favorite Channels): These channels, or any
reached.
Channels from all bands can be others, can be blocked by request,
Selecting a Channel Using the stored in any order in the favorite by calling 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.),
MENU/SEL Knob pages. and 1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
To select an SiriusXM channel using Up to six channels can be stored in XM Updating: The encryption code
the MENU/SEL knob: each favorite page and the number in the receiver is being updated. No
of available favorite pages can action is required. This process
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
be set. should take no longer than
highlight an SiriusXM channel. The
30 seconds.
channel is selected after a short Storing a Channel as a Favorite
delay. Loading XM: The audio system is
To store the channel to a position in acquiring and processing audio and
To select a channel using the the list, press and hold the text data. No action is needed. This
MENU/SEL knob: corresponding 1 to 6 button until the message should disappear shortly.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob and channel can be heard again.
Channel Off Air: This channel is
select Channel List.
not currently in service. Tune in to
2. Select the desired channel. another channel.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Channel Unauth: This channel is No Subscription Please Renew: Check Antenna: If this message
blocked or cannot be received with SiriusXM subscription needs to be does not clear within a short period
your SiriusXM Subscription reactivated. Contact SiriusXM at of time, the receiver could have a
package. www.siriusxm.com or call fault. Consult with your dealer.
Channel Unavailable: This 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) and XM Not Available: If this message
previously assigned channel is no www.xmradio.ca or call does not clear within a short period
longer assigned. Tune to another 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). of time, the receiver could have a
station. No XM Signal: The system is fault. Consult with your dealer.
No Artist Info: The system is working properly. The vehicle may
working properly. No artist be in a location where the SiriusXM Radio Reception
information is available at this time signal is being blocked. When the
vehicle is moved into an open area, Frequency interference and static
on this channel. can occur during normal radio
the signal should return.
No Title Info: The system is reception if items such as phone
working properly. No song title CAT Not Found: The system is chargers, vehicle convenience
information is available at this time working properly. There are no accessories, and external electronic
on this channel. channels available for the selected devices are plugged into the
category. accessory power outlet. If there is
No CAT Info: The system is interference or static, unplug the
working properly. No category XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,
this message alternates with the item from the accessory power
information is available at this time outlet.
on this channel. SiriusXM Radio eight-digit radio ID
label. This label is needed to FM
No Information: The system is activate the service.
working properly. No text or FM signals only reach about 16 to
informational messages are Unknown: If this message is
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
available at this time on this received when tuned to channel 0,
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
channel. there could be a receiver fault.
that automatically works to reduce
Consult with your dealer.
interference, some static can occur,
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
especially around tall buildings or Cell Phone Usage Multi-Band Antenna

hills, causing the sound to fade in
Cell phone usage, such as making The multi-band antenna is on the
and out.
or receiving phone calls, charging, roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
AM or just having the phone on may used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar,
cause static interference in the the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
The range for most AM stations is radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
greater than for FM, especially at System, and GPS (Global
if this happens. Positioning System), if the vehicle
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with has these features. Keep the
each other. Static can also occur Satellite Radio Antenna antenna clear of obstructions for
when things like storms and power The SiriusXM Satellite Radio clear reception.
lines interfere with radio reception. antenna is located on the roof of the
When this happens, try reducing the vehicle. Keep the antenna clear of
treble on the radio. obstructions for clear radio
reception.
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
Service If the vehicle has a sunroof, the
performance of the XM system may
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service be affected if the sunroof is open.
provides digital radio reception. Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with
satellite radio signals, causing the
sound to fade in and out. In
addition, traveling or standing under
heavy foliage, bridges, garages,
or tunnels may cause loss of the
SiriusXM signal for a period of time.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Audio Players mild neutral detergent solution Control Buttons

mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe
The buttons used to control the CD
the disc from the center to the
CD Player outer edge.
player are:
The CD player can play audio CDs CD/AUX: Press to use the CD
Care of the CD Player player.
and MP3 CDs.
Do not add a label to a disc, as it l or g : Press to select tracks or
The CD player will not play could get caught in the CD player.
8 cm (3 in) CDs. to fast forward or rewind within a
If a label is needed, label the top of track.
Care of CDs the recorded disc with a
marking pen. INFO: Press to display additional
Sound quality can be reduced due information about the current track
to disc quality, recording method, Do not use disc lens cleaners that may be available.
quality of the music recorded, and because they could contaminate the
how the disc has been handled. lens of the disc optics and damage MENU/SEL: Turn to enter
Handle discs carefully and store the CD player. the menu.
them in their original cases or other Notice: If a label is added to a Y: Press to eject the disc.
protective cases away from direct CD, more than one CD is inserted
sunlight and dust. If the bottom Inserting a CD
into the slot at a time, or an
surface of a disc is damaged, the attempt is made to play scratched With the printed side facing up,
disc may not play properly or at all. or damaged CDs, the CD player insert a disc into the CD slot until it
Do not touch the bottom surface of could be damaged. While using is drawn in.
a disc while handling it; this could the CD player, use only CDs in
damage the surface. Pick up discs good condition without any label, Removing a CD
by grasping the outer edges or the load one CD at a time, and keep
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
Press Y.
the CD player and the loading slot
If the bottom surface of a disc is free of foreign materials, liquids, The disc is pushed out of the
dirty, take a soft lint-free cloth, and debris. CD slot.
or dampen a clean soft cloth in a I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
If the disc is not removed after it is Playing Tracks in Random Order Searching for MP3 Tracks
ejected, it is pulled back in after a Turn the MENU/SEL knob and then The search feature may take some
few seconds. set Shuffle Songs to On. time to display the information after
Playing a CD or MP3 CD reading the disc due to the amount
Fast Forward and Rewind of information stored on the disc.
Press the CD/AUX button if there is
Press and hold l or g to fast FM automatically plays while the
a disc in the player; it begins disc is being read.
playing. forward or rewind within the current
track. Tracks can be searched by:
Information about the disc and
current track is shown on the Selecting an MP3 Track . Playlists
display depending on the data Using the control buttons: . Artists
stored.
. Press g or l to select the . Albums
Selecting a CD Track previous or next track. . Song Titles
Using the control buttons: Using the CD Menu: . Genres
. Press g or l to select the 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. . Folder View
previous or next track.
2. Select Playlists/Folders. To search for tracks:
Using the CD Menu:
3. Select the playlist or folder. 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
4. Select the track. 2. Select Search.
2. Select Tracks list.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
3. Select the track. Song Titles, Genres,
or Folder View.
4. Select the track.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Auxiliary Devices USB Port Searching for a Track

If equipped, the AUX inputs are in For vehicles with a USB port, the Tracks that are found can be
the center console and allows following devices may be connected searched for by:
portable devices to connect to the and controlled by the infotainment . Playlists
vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) system.
. Artists
auxiliary jack or USB port. . iPods
. Albums
Portable devices are controlled by . PlaysForSure Devices (PFDs)
using the menu system described in . Song Titles
. USB Drives
. Podcasts
. Zunes®
3.5 mm Jack . Genres
Not all iPods, PFDs, USB drives,
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to and Zunes are compatible with the
. Audio Books
the auxiliary input jack to use a infotainment system. Devices are
portable audio player.
. Composers
also charged while plugged into the
Playback of an audio device that is USB port. To search for tracks:
connected to the 3.5 mm jack can 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
only be controlled using the controls Connecting and Controlling
an iPod™ 2. Select Search.
on the device.
Not all iPods can be controlled by 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Adjusting the Volume Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres,
the infotainment system.
Turn the O knob to adjust the Audio Books, or Composers.
Connecting an iPod
volume of the infotainment system 4. Select the track.
after the volume level has been set Connect the iPod to the USB port.
on the portable audio device.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Shuffle Searching for a Track Off: Plays current tracks in

Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set Tracks can be searched for by: sequential order.
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or . Playlists Repeat Functionality
Off, then press the BACK button to
return to the main screen. . Artists Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set
Repeat to On or Off.
On: Plays tracks in the current . Albums
folder in random order. Repeat On: Repeats the current
. Song Titles track.
Off: Plays tracks in the current . Podcasts
folder in sequential order. Repeat Off: Starts playback from
. Genres the beginning of the current track
Repeat after the last track finishes.
To search for tracks:
Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set Connecting and Controlling a
Repeat to On or Off, then press the 1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob.
USB Drive
BACK button to return to the main 2. Select Search.
screen. The infotainment system can only
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, play back .mp3 and .wma files from
On: Repeats the current track. Song Titles, Podcasts, a USB drive.
Off: Starts playback from the or Genres.
Only the first 10,000 songs are
beginning of the current track after 4. Select the track. recognized on the device.
the last track finishes.
Shuffle Functionality When a device is not supported, the
Connecting and Controlling a Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set message “No supported data found.
PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Shuffle Songs (Random) to On You can safely disconnect the
or Zune or Off. device” appears.
Connecting a PFD or Zune On: Plays current tracks in random Connecting a USB Drive
Connect the PFD or Zune to the order. Connect the USB drive to the
USB port. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: USB port.
Searching for a Track 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Phone

It is normal for the search feature to Song Titles, Genres,
or Folder View.
take some time to display the Bluetooth (Overview)
information after reading the device 4. Select the track.
due to the amount of information For vehicles equipped with
stored. Shuffle Functionality Bluetooth capability, the system can
Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set interact with many cell phones,
Files that do not have any meta allowing:
data stored in the ID3 tag display as Shuffle Songs (Random) to On
Unknown. or Off. . Placement and receipt of calls in
On: Plays current tracks in random a hands-free mode.
Tracks can be searched for by:
order. . Sharing of the cell phone’s
. Playlists* address book or contact list with
Off: Plays current tracks in
. Artists sequential order. the vehicle.
. Albums Repeat Functionality To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
. Song Titles Turn the MENU/SEL knob and set parked:
. Genres Repeat to On or Off. . Become familiar with the
. Folder View Repeat On: Repeats the current features of the cell phone.
track. Organize the phone book and
*This only displays if a playlist is
found on the device. Repeat Off: Starts playback from contact lists clearly and delete
the beginning of the current track duplicate or rarely used entries.
To search for tracks: after the last track finishes. If possible, program speed dial
1. Turn the MENU/SEL knob. or other shortcuts.
2. Select Search.
. Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system $ / i (End Call/Mute): Press to
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell end a call, reject a call, or cancel an
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in phone with a Hands-Free Profile to operation.
this section for more information. make and receive phone calls. The
. If the cell phone has voice infotainment system and voice Infotainment System Controls
dialing capability, learn to use recognition are used to control the If equipped, the infotainment system
that feature to access the system. The system can be used allows certain controls to be
address book or contact list. See while in ON/RUN or ACC/ selected on the infotainment display.
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this section ACCESSORY. The range of the See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1.
for more information. Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
(30 ft). Not all phones support all For information about how to
. See “Storing and Deleting Phone functions and not all phones work navigate the menu system using the
Numbers” in this section for with the Bluetooth system. See infotainment controls. See
more information. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more Operation on page 7‑4.
information about compatible 5 \ > (PHONE/MUTE): Press to
{ WARNING phones. enter the Phone main menu. Press
to mute the audio system.
When using a cell phone, it can Bluetooth Controls
be distracting to look too long or Use the buttons located on the Voice Recognition
too often at the screen of the infotainment system and the The voice recognition system uses
phone or the infotainment steering wheel to operate the commands to control the system
(navigation) system. Taking your Bluetooth system. and dial phone numbers.
eyes off the road too long or too
often could cause a crash Steering Wheel Controls Noise: The system may not
recognize voice commands if there
resulting in injury or death. Focus b / g (Push To Talk): Press to
is too much background noise.
your attention on driving. answer incoming calls, confirm
system information, and start voice
recognition.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
When to Speak: A tone sounds to See Radio Frequency Statement on Pairing Information
indicate that the system is ready for page 13‑15 for information . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
a voice command. Wait for the tone regarding Part 15 of the Federal capability cannot be paired to
and then speak. Communications Commission (FCC) the vehicle as a phone and an
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a rules and Industry Canada MP3 player at the same time.
calm and natural voice. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
. Up to five cell phones can be
Audio System Bluetooth (Infotainment paired to the Bluetooth system.
When using the Bluetooth system, Controls) . The pairing process is disabled
sound comes through the vehicle's when the vehicle is moving.
For information about how to
front audio system speakers and navigate the menu system using the
. Pairing only needs to be
overrides the audio system. Use the infotainment controls, see Operation completed once, unless the
VOL/ O knob during a call to on page 7‑4. pairing information on the cell
change the volume level. The phone changes or the cell phone
adjusted volume level remains in Pairing is deleted from the system.
memory for later calls. The system A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone . Only one paired cell phone can
maintains a minimum volume level. must be paired to the Bluetooth be connected to the Bluetooth
Other Information system and then connected to the system at a time.
vehicle before it can be used. See .
The Bluetooth® word mark and If multiple paired cell phones are
your cell phone manufacturer's user
logos are owned by the Bluetooth® within range of the system, the
guide for Bluetooth functions before
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks system connects to the first
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
by General Motors is under license. available paired cell phone in the
phone is not connected, calls will be
Other trademarks and trade names order that they were first paired
made using OnStar Hands-Free
are those of their respective owners. to the system. To link to a
Calling, if available. See Operation
different paired phone, see
on page 7‑4.
“Linking to a Different Phone”
later in this section.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Pairing a Phone paired and connected to the Linking to a Different Phone

1. Press the CONFIG button. vehicle. The system responds To link to a different phone, the new
with “<Phone name> has been phone must be in the vehicle and
2. Select Phone Settings. successfully paired” after the available to be connected to the
3. Select Bluetooth. pairing process is complete. Bluetooth system before the
4. Select Pair Device (Phone). 7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair process is started.
A four-digit Personal additional phones. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
Identification Number (PIN) Listing All Paired and Connected
appears on the display. The PIN 2. Select Phone Settings.
Phones
is used in Step 6. 3. Select Bluetooth.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
5. Start the pairing process on the 4. Select Device List.
cell phone to be paired to the 2. Select Phone Settings.
5. Select the new phone to link to
vehicle. See the cell phone 3. Select Bluetooth. and follow the on screen
manufacturer's user guide for prompts.
information on this process. 4. Select Device List.
Deleting a Paired Phone If delete is selected, the
6. Locate the device named “Your highlighted phone will be
Vehicle” in the list on the cell 1. Press the CONFIG button. deleted.
phone. Follow the instructions
2. Select Phone Settings.
on the cell phone to enter the Making a Call Using
PIN provided in Step 4. After the 3. Select Bluetooth. Phone Book
PIN is successfully entered, the 4. Select Device List.
system prompts you to provide a For cell phones that support the
name for the paired cell phone. 5. Select the phone to delete and phone book feature, the Bluetooth
This name will be used to follow the on screen prompts. system can use the contacts stored
indicate which phones are on your cell phone to make calls.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
See your cell phone phone or press the MENU/SEL button 2. Enter the character sequence.
manufacturer's user guide or to scroll through the entire list of See “Entering a Character
contact your wireless provider to names/numbers in the Sequence” in Operation on
find out if this feature is supported phone book. page 7‑4.
by your phone. 4. Select the name or number you 3. Select Call to start dialing the
When a cell phone supports the want to call. number.
phone book feature, the Phone To make a call using the Call
Book and Call Lists menus are Accepting or Declining a Call
Lists menu:
automatically available. When an incoming call is received,
The Phone Book menu allows you 1. Press 5 \ > once or twice the infotainment system mutes and
to access the phone book stored in (depending on the radio). a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
the cell phone to make a call. 2. Select Call Lists. Accepting a Call
The Call Lists menu allows you to 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
access the phone numbers from the Outgoing Calls, or Missed “Answer” and press the MENU/SEL
Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Calls list. knob to accept the call.
Missed Calls menus on your cell
phone to make a call. 4. Select the name or number you Declining a Call
want to call.
To make a call using the Phone Turn the MENU/SEL knob to
Book menu: Making a Call “Decline” and press the MENU/SEL
knob to decline the call.
1. Press 5 \ > once or twice To make a call:
(depending on the radio). 1. Press 5 \ > once or twice
Call Waiting
2. Select Phone Book. (depending on the radio). Call waiting must be supported on
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
3. Search through the list by the wireless service carrier to work.
selecting the letter group the
phone book entry begins with,
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Accepting a Call To start a conference while in a Muting a Call

Turn the MENU/SEL knob to current call:
To Mute a Call
“Answer” and press the MENU/SEL 1. Turn or press the MENU/
knob to accept the call. SEL knob. Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob
and select Mute Call.
Declining a Call 2. Select Enter Number.
To Cancel Mute
Turn the MENU/SEL knob to 3. Enter the character sequence
“Decline” and press the MENU/SEL then select Call. See “Entering a Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob
knob to decline the call. Character Sequence” in and select Mute Call.
Operation on page 7‑4. Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
Switching Between Calls (Call
Waiting Calls Only) 4. After the call has been placed, (DTMF) Tones
turn or press the MENU/SEL
To switch between calls: knob and choose Merge Calls. The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
send numbers during a call. This is
1. Turn or press the MENU/ 5. To add more callers to the used when calling a menu-driven
SEL knob. conference call, repeat Steps 1– phone system.
2. Select Switch Call from 4. The number of callers that
can be added is limited by your 1. Turn or press the MENU/SEL
the menu.
wireless service carrier. knob and select Enter Number.
Conference Calling 2. Enter the character sequence.
Ending a Call See “Entering a Character
Conference calling and three-way
calling must be supported on the Turn or press the MENU/SEL knob Sequence” in Operation on
Bluetooth phone and enabled by the and select Hang Up. page 7‑4.
wireless service carrier to work.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Bluetooth (Voice Pairing Information Pairing a Phone

Recognition) . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 1. Press b / g. The system
capability cannot be paired to responds “Ready,” followed by
Using Voice Recognition the vehicle as a phone and an a tone.
To use voice recognition, press MP3 player at the same time.
2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
the b / g button located on the . Up to five cell phones can be can be skipped.
steering wheel. Use the commands paired to the Bluetooth system.
below for the various voice features. 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds
. The pairing process is disabled with instructions and a four-digit
For additional information, say when the vehicle is moving.
“Help” while you are in a voice Personal Identification Number
recognition menu.
. Pairing only needs to be (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
completed once, unless the 4. Start the pairing process on the
Pairing pairing information on the cell cell phone that you want to pair.
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone phone changes or the cell phone For help with this process, see
must be paired to the Bluetooth is deleted from the system. your cell phone manufacturer's
system and then connected to the . Only one paired cell phone can user guide.
vehicle before it can be used. See be connected to the Bluetooth 5. Locate the device named “Your
your cell phone manufacturer's user system at a time. Vehicle” in the list on the cell
guide for Bluetooth functions before . If multiple paired cell phones are phone. Follow the instructions
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth within range of the system, the on the cell phone to enter the
phone is not connected, calls will be system connects to the first PIN provided in Step 3. After the
made using OnStar Hands-Free available paired cell phone in the PIN is successfully entered, the
Calling, if available. See Operation order that they were first paired system prompts you to provide a
on page 7‑4. to the system. To link to a name for the paired cell phone.
different paired phone, see This name will be used to
“Linking to a Different Phone” indicate which phones are
later in this section. paired and connected to the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
vehicle. The system responds Deleting a Paired Phone 2. Say “Bluetooth.”

with “<Phone name> has been If the phone name you want to 3. Say “Change phone.”
successfully paired” after the delete is unknown, see “Listing All
pairing process is complete. . If another cell phone is
Paired and Connected Phones.” found, the response will be
6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair
additional phones. 1. Press b / g. The system “<Phone name> is now
responds “Ready,” followed by connected.”
Listing All Paired and Connected a tone. . If another cell phone is not
Phones found, the original phone
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
The system can list all cell phones remains connected.
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
also connected to the vehicle, the for which phone to delete. Storing and Deleting Phone
system responds with “is connected” 4. Say the name of the phone you Numbers
after that phone name. want to delete. The system can store up to 30
phone numbers as name tags in the
1. Press b / g. The system Connecting to a Different Phone
Hands-Free Directory that is shared
responds “Ready,” followed by To connect to a different cell phone, between the Bluetooth and OnStar
a tone. the Bluetooth system looks for the systems.
2. Say “Bluetooth.” next available cell phone in the
The following commands are used
order in which all available cell
3. Say “List.” to delete and store phone numbers.
phones were paired. Depending on
which cell phone you want to Store: This command will store a
connect to, you may have to use phone number, or a group of
this command several times. numbers as a name tag.
1. Press b / g. The system Digit Store: This command allows
responds “Ready,” followed by a phone number to be stored as a
a tone. name tag by entering the digits one
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
at a time.
Delete: This command is used to To hear all of the numbers Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say Command
Delete All Name Tags: This “Verify” at any time. This command deletes all stored
command deletes all stored name 1. Press b / g. The system name tags in the Hands Free
tags in the Hands-Free Calling responds “Ready,” followed by Calling Directory and the
Directory and the Destinations a tone. Destinations Directory.
Directory. To delete all name tags:
2. Say “Digit Store.”
Using the “Store” Command
3. Say each digit, one at a time, 1. Press b / g. The system
1. Press b / g. The system that you want to store. After responds “Ready,” followed by
responds “Ready,” followed by each digit is entered, the system a tone.
a tone. repeats back the digit it heard 2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
followed by a tone. After the last
2. Say “Store.” digit has been entered, say Listing Stored Numbers
3. Say the phone number or group “Store,” and then follow the
The list command will list all stored
of numbers you want to store all directions given by the system to
numbers and name tags.
at once with no pauses, then save a name tag for this number.
follow the directions given by the Using the “List” Command
system to save a name tag for Using the “Delete” Command
this number. 1. Press b / g. The system
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
Using the “Digit Store” Command responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
a tone.
If an unwanted number is 2. Say “Directory.”
recognized by the system, say 2. Say “Delete.”
“Clear” at any time to clear the last 3. Say “Hands Free Calling.”
3. Say the name tag you want to
number. delete. 4. Say “List.”
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Making a Call Calling 911 Emergency 2. Say “Digit Dial.”

Calls can be made using the 1. Press b / g. The system 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
following commands. responds “Ready,” followed by that you want to dial. After each
a tone. digit is entered, the system
Dial or Call: The dial or call
repeats back the digit it heard
command can be used 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” followed by a tone. After the last
interchangeably to dial a phone
3. Say “911.” digit has been entered,
number or a stored name tag.
say “Dial.”
Digit Dial: This command allows a 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
Once connected, the person called
phone number to be dialed by Using the “Digit Dial” Command will be heard through the audio
entering the digits one at a time.
The digit dial command allows a speakers.
Re-dial: This command is used to phone number to be dialed by
dial the last number used on the cell Using the “Re-dial” Command
entering the digits one at a time.
phone. After each digit is entered, the 1. Press b / g. The system
Using the “Dial” or “Call” system repeats back the digit it responds “Ready,” followed by
Command heard followed by a tone. a tone.
If an unwanted number is 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” The
1. Press b / g. The system recognized by the system, say system dials the last number
responds “Ready,” followed by “Clear” at any time to clear the last called from the connected cell
a tone. number. phone.
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” To hear all of the numbers Once connected, the person called
3. Say the entire number without recognized by the system, say will be heard through the audio
pausing or say the name tag. “Verify” at any time. speakers.
Once connected, the person called 1. Press b / g. The system
will be heard through the audio responds “Ready,” followed by
speakers. a tone.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Receiving a Call Three-Way Calling To mute a call, press b / g , and

When an incoming call is received, Three-way calling must be then say “Mute Call.”
the audio system mutes and a ring supported on the cell phone and To cancel mute, press b / g , and
tone is heard in the vehicle. enabled by the wireless service
then say “Un-mute Call.”
carrier.
. Press b / g to answer the call. Transferring a Call
1. While on a call, press b / g.
. Press $ / i to ignore a call. Audio can be transferred between
2. Say “Three-way call.” the Bluetooth system and the cell
Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to phone.
Call waiting must be supported on dial the number of the third party The cell phone must be paired and
the cell phone and enabled by the to be called. connected with the Bluetooth
wireless service carrier.
4. Once the call is connected, system before a call can be
. Press b / g to answer an press b / g to link all callers transferred. The connection process
incoming call when another call together. can take up to two minutes after the
is active. The original call is ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
placed on hold. Ending a Call
To Transfer Audio from the
. Press b / g again to return to Press $ / i to end a call. Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
the original call. Muting a Call During a call with the audio in the
. To ignore the incoming call, no vehicle:
During a call, all sounds from inside
action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the 1. Press b / g.
. Press $ / i to disconnect the person on the other end of the call 2. Say “Transfer Call.”
current call and switch to the call cannot hear them.
on hold.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth 3. Say “Voice.” The system 2. Say “Dial.”
System from a Cell Phone responds “OK, accessing 3. Say the number or name tag
During a call with the audio on the <phone name>.” to send.
cell phone, press b / g. The audio The cell phone's normal prompt
Clearing the System
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio messages will go through their cycle
does not transfer to the vehicle, use according to the phone's operating Unless information is deleted out of
the audio transfer feature on the cell instructions. the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
phone. See your cell phone will be retained indefinitely. This
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency includes all saved name tags in the
manufacturer's user guide for more
(DTMF) Tones phone book and phone pairing
information.
The Bluetooth system can send information. For information on how
Voice Pass-Thru numbers and the numbers stored as to delete this information, see the
Voice pass-thru allows access to the name tags during a call. You can previous sections on “Deleting a
voice recognition commands on the use this feature when calling a Paired Phone” and “Deleting
cell phone. See your cell phone menu-driven phone system. Name Tags.”
manufacturer's user guide to see if Account numbers can also be
the cell phone supports this feature. stored for use.
To access contacts stored in the cell Sending a Number or Name Tag
phone: During a Call
1. Press b / g. The system 1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone. a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
can be skipped.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Trademarks and iPod is a trademark of Apple

Computer, Inc., registered in the
License Agreements U.S. and other countries.
Manufactured under license from

Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the
double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
Manufactured under license under Fees and Taxes — Subscription fee,
U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; taxes, one time activation fee, and
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; other fees may apply. Subscription
6,487,535 & other U.S. and fee is consumer only. All fees and
worldwide patents issued & programming subject to change.
pending. DTS and the Symbol are Subscriptions subject to Customer
registered trademarks and DTS Agreement available at
Digital Surround and the DTS logos www.siriusxm.com. XM® service
are trademarks of DTS Inc. All “Made for iPod and iPhone” means only available in the 48 contiguous
Rights Reserved. that an electronic accessory has United States and Canada*.
been designed to connect
specifically to iPod and has been
certified by the developer to meet
Apple performance standards.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
*Canada — Some deterioration of support the SiriusXM website, the

service may occur in extreme Online Service or any of its content.
northern latitudes. This is beyond Furthermore, the AMBER voice
the control of SiriusXM® Satellite compression software included in
Radio. Explicit Language Notice — this product is protected by
Channels with frequent explicit intellectual property rights including
language are indicated with an “XL” patent rights, copyrights, and trade
preceding the channel name. secrets of Digital Voice Music and video recognition
Channel blocking is available for Systems, Inc. technology and related data
SiriusXM Satellite Radio receivers are provided by Gracenote®.
General Requirements: Gracenote is the industry
by notifying SiriusXM at:
1. A License Agreement from standard in music recognition
. USA Customers — See SiriusXM® is required for any technology and related content
www.siriusxm.com or call product that incorporates delivery. For more information, visit
1-866-635-2349. SiriusXM Technology and/or for www.gracenote.com.
. Canadian Customers — See use of any of the SiriusXM CD, DVD, Blu-ray Disc, and music
www.xmradio.ca or call marks to be manufactured, and video-related data from
1-877-209-0079. distributed or marketed in the Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to
It is prohibited to copy, decompile, SiriusXM Service Area. present Gracenote. One or more
disassemble, reverse engineer, 2. For products to be distributed, patents owned by Gracenote
hack, manipulate, or otherwise marketed and/or sold in Canada, apply to this product and service.
make available any technology or a separate agreement is See the Gracenote website for a
software incorporated in receivers required with Canadian Satellite non-exhaustive list of applicable
compatible with the SiriusXM® Radio Inc. (operating as XM Gracenote patents. Gracenote and
Satellite Radio System or that Canada). CDDB, MusicID, Media VOCS, the
Gracenote logo and logotype, and
the “Powered by Gracenote” logo
are either registered trademarks or
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
trademarks of Gracenote in the online servers or embedded and all use of the Gracenote Data,
United States and/or other databases (collectively, “Gracenote the Gracenote Software, and
countries. Servers”) and to perform other Gracenote Servers.
If you require more information functions. You may use Gracenote Gracenote reserves all rights in
regarding the use of the Data only by means of the intended Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Gracenote Service, visit: End-User functions of this Software, and the Gracenote
www.gracenote.com/corporate. application or device. You agree that Servers, including all ownership
you will use Gracenote Data, the rights.
For the data provided by Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Gracenote® Music Recognition Servers for your own personal Under no circumstances will
Service, the content is not non-commercial use only. You agree Gracenote become liable for any
necessarily guaranteed 100%. not to assign, copy, transfer or payment to you for any information
Regarding the use of Gracenote transmit the Gracenote Software or that you provide. You agree that
Music Recognition Service, when any Gracenote Data to any third Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its
this product is used, it is necessary party. rights under this Agreement against
to agree to the following articles. you directly in its own name.
YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE The Gracenote service uses a
Gracenote® End User License unique identifier to track queries for
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR
This application or device contains GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT statistical purposes.
software from Gracenote, Inc. of AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED The purpose of a randomly
Emeryville, California (“Gracenote”). HEREIN. You agree that your assigned numeric identifier is to
The software from Gracenote (the non-exclusive license to use the allow the Gracenote service to
“Gracenote Software”) enables this Gracenote Data, the Gracenote count queries without knowing
application to perform disc and/or Software, and Gracenote Servers anything about who you are. For
file identification and obtain will terminate if you violate these more information, see the web page
music-related information, including restrictions. If your license for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for
name, artist, track, and title terminates, you agree to cease any the Gracenote service.
information (“Gracenote Data”) from
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
The Gracenote Software and each Gracenote is not obligated to

item of Gracenote Data are licensed provide you with new enhanced or
to you “AS IS.” Gracenote makes no additional data types or categories
representations or warranties, that Gracenote may provide in the
express or implied, regarding the future and is free to discontinue its
accuracy of any Gracenote Data services at any time.
from in the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote disclaims all warranties
Gracenote reserves the right to express or implied, including, but
delete data from the Gracenote not limited to, implied warranties of
Servers or to change data merchantability, fitness for a
categories for any cause that particular purpose, title, and
Gracenote deems sufficient. non-infringement. Gracenote does
No warranty is made that the not warrant the results that will be
Gracenote Software or Gracenote obtained by your use of the
Servers are error-free or that Gracenote software or any
functioning of Gracenote Software Gracenote server. In no case will
or Gracenote Servers will be Gracenote be liable for any
uninterrupted. consequential or incidental
damages or for any lost profits or
lost revenues.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control 6. Driver and Passenger Heated

Seats (If Equipped)
Systems 7. Rear Window Defogger
Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, defrosting, and 8. Defog
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1 ventilation for the vehicle can be
Automatic Climate Control controlled with these systems. 9. Defrost
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Vehicles with Air Conditioning
Vehicles without Air Conditioning
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
1. Temperature Control 1. Temperature Control

2. Bi-level Air Mode 2. Bi-level Air Mode
3. Floor Air Mode 3. Floor Air Mode
4. Vent Air Mode 4. Vent Air Mode
5. Fan Control 5. Fan Control
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
8-2 Climate Controls
6. Driver and Passenger Heated W (Defog): Clears the windows of It helps to quickly cool the air inside
Seats (If Equipped) fog or moisture. Air is directed to the the vehicle or prevent outside air
7. Rear Window Defogger windshield and floor outlets. and odors from entering.
8. Recirculation 0 (Defrost): Clears the To improve fuel efficiency and to

windshield of fog or frost more cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
9. Defog quickly. Air is directed to the may be automatically selected in
10. Air Conditioning windshield and side window outlets. warm weather. The recirculation
For best results, clear all snow and light will not come on. Press h to
11. Defrost
ice from the windshield before select recirculation; press it again to
9 (Fan Control): Turn to increase
defrosting. select outside air.
or decrease the fan speed.
Do not drive the vehicle until all Rear Window Defogger
Temperature Control: Turn to
windows are clear. 1 (Rear Defogger): Press to turn
increase or decrease the
temperature. Air Conditioning the rear window defogger on or off.
The rear window defogger turns off
Air Delivery Mode Control: To # (Air Conditioning, If after about 10 minutes. It can also
change the current mode, press one Equipped): Press to turn the air be turned off by turning the ignition
of the following: conditioning on or off. If the fan is to ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/
F (Vent): Air is directed to the turned off or the outside OFF. If turned on again it runs for
instrument panel outlets. temperature falls below freezing, the about five minutes before
air conditioning compressor will turning off.
* (Bi-level): Air is directed to the not work.
instrument panel outlets and the Do not drive the vehicle until all
floor outlets. h (Recirculation, If Equipped): windows are clear.
Press to turn on the recirculation.
7 (Floor): Air is directed to the An indicator light comes on. Air is For vehicles with heated outside
floor outlets. recirculated inside the vehicle. rearview mirrors, they turn on when
the rear window defogger button is
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
on and help to clear fog or frost from Automatic Operation

the surface of the mirrors. See The system automatically controls
Heated Mirrors on page 2‑17. the fan speed, air delivery, air
Notice: Do not use a razor blade conditioning, and recirculation in
or sharp object to clear the inside order to heat or cool the vehicle to
rear window. Do not adhere the desired temperature.
anything to the defogger grid When the indicator light is on, the
lines in the rear glass. These system is in full automatic operation.
actions may damage the rear If the air delivery mode or fan
defogger. Repairs would not be setting is manually adjusted, the
covered by your warranty. auto indicator turns off and displays
Heated Seats (If Equipped): Press will show the selected settings.
to turn the heated seats on or off. To place the system in automatic
See Heated Front Seats on 2. Rear Window Defogger
mode do the following:
page 3‑5 3. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
1. Press AUTO.
Automatic Climate 4. Defrost
2. Set the temperature. Allow the
Control System 5. Fan Control system time to stabilize. Then
6. Driver and Passenger Heated adjust the temperature as
The heating, cooling, and ventilation needed for best comfort.
for the vehicle can be controlled Seats
with this system. 7. Power To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
8. Recirculation may be automatically selected in
9. MODE (Air Delivery Mode) warm weather. The recirculation
10. AQS (Air Quality Sensor) light will not come on. Press h to
select recirculation; press it again to
11. Air Conditioning select outside air.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
English units can be changed to \ (Bi-level): Air is divided automatically to cool the air inside
metric units through the Driver between the instrument panel the vehicle or to dry the air needed
Information Center (DIC). See outlets and the floor outlets. to defog the windshield faster.
Vehicle Personalization on h (Recirculation):
page 5‑32. C (Tri-Level): Air is divided Press to turn
between the windshield, instrument on recirculation. An indicator light
Manual Operation panel, and floor outlets. comes on. Air is recirculated to
quickly cool the inside of the vehicle
O (Power): Press to turn the [ (Floor): Air is directed to the or prevent outside air and odors
climate control system on or off. floor outlets. from entering.
Fan Control: Turn the knob - (Defog): Clears the windows of Automatic Air Recirculation:
clockwise or counterclockwise to fog or moisture. Air is directed to the When the AUTO indicator light is
increase or decrease the fan speed. windshield and floor outlets. on, the air is automatically
The selected fan speed is indicated
by a number on the display screen.
0 (Defrost): Clears the recirculated as needed to help
windshield of fog or frost more quickly cool the inside of the
Press AUTO to return to automatic vehicle.
quickly. Air is directed to the
operation.
windshield. AQS (Air Quality Sensor): For
MODE (Air Delivery Mode): Press
to change the direction of the
# (Air Conditioning): Press to vehicles with an air quality sensor,
turn the automatic air conditioning the climate control system adjusts to
airflow. The current mode appears limit some exhaust fumes from
on or off. If the fan is turned off or
in the display screen. Automatic being pulled inside your vehicle.
the outside temperature falls below
operation is canceled and manual
freezing, the air conditioning Press the AQS button on the
mode is initiated. Press AUTO to
compressor will not run. climate control to activate the air
return to automatic operation.
Press AUTO to return to automatic quality sensor. The air quality
To change the current mode, select sensor will not maintain recirculation
operation and the air conditioner
one of the following: for an extended period to prevent
runs as needed. When the indicator
Y (Vent): Air is directed to the light is on, the air conditioner runs the air inside the vehicle from
instrument panel outlets. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
becoming too dry or stuffy. To adjust
the sensitivity of the Air Quality The rear window defogger can be radio's ability to pick up stations
Control, see “Climate and Air set to automatic operation. See clearly. The repairs would not be
Quality” under Vehicle “Climate and Air Quality” under covered by the vehicle warranty.
Personalization on page 5‑32. Vehicle Personalization on Heated Seats (If Equipped): Press
Auto Defog: The climate control page 5‑32. When Auto Rear Defog to turn the heated seats on or off.
system may have a sensor to is selected, the rear window See Heated Front Seats on
automatically detect high humidity defogger turns on automatically page 3‑5.
inside the vehicle. When high when the interior temperature is cold
and the outside temperature is Remote Start Climate Control
humidity is detected, the climate Operation: For vehicles with the
control system may adjust to about 40°F and below. The auto
rear defogger turns off automatically remote vehicle start feature, the
outside air supply and turn on the climate control system may run
air conditioner. If the climate control after about 10 minutes. At higher
speeds, the rear window defogger when the vehicle is started remotely.
system does not detect possible The system uses the driver’s
window fogging, it returns to normal may stay on continuously.
previous settings to heat or cool the
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or For vehicles with heated outside inside of the vehicle. The rear defog
on, see “Climate and Air Quality” rearview mirrors, they turn on when may come on during remote start
under Vehicle Personalization on the rear window defogger button is based on cold ambient conditions.
page 5‑32. on and help to clear fog or frost from The rear defog indicator light does
the surface of the mirrors. See not come on during a remote start.
Rear Window Defogger Heated Mirrors on page 2‑17. If the vehicle has front heated seats,
= (Rear Window Defogger): Notice: Do not try to clear frost they may come on during a remote
Press to turn the rear window or other material from the inside start. The heated seat indicator
defogger on or off. of the front windshield and rear lights do not come on during a
The rear window defogger turns off window with a razor blade or remote start. See Remote Vehicle
automatically after about anything else that is sharp. This Start on page 2‑9 and Heated Front
10 minutes. If turned on again it may damage the rear window Seats on page 3‑5.
runs for about five minutes before defogger grid and affect the
turning off. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Sensors Air Vents Additional air vents are located

beneath the windshield, driver and
The solar sensor, on top of the Adjustable air vents are in the passenger side door windows, and
instrument panel near the center and on the side of the in the footwells. These are fixed and
windshield, monitors the solar heat. instrument panel. cannot be adjusted.
The climate control system uses the
sensor information to adjust the Operation Tips
temperature, fan speed, . Clear away any ice, snow,
recirculation, and air delivery mode or leaves from air inlets at the
for best comfort. base of the windshield that could
If the sensor is covered, the block the flow of air into the
automatic climate control system vehicle.
may not work properly. . Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
. Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
Move the slats (1) to change the the performance of the system.
direction of the airflow. Check with your dealer before
Use the thumbwheels (2) near the adding equipment to the outside
air vents to open or close off the of the vehicle.
airflow.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Maintenance The refrigerant system should only

be serviced by trained and certified
technicians. The air conditioning
Passenger Compartment evaporator should never be repaired
Air Filter or replaced by one from a salvage
vehicle. It should only be replaced
The filter removes dust, pollen, and
by a new evaporator to ensure
other airborne irritants from outside
proper and safe operation.
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part During service, all refrigerants
of routine scheduled maintenance. should be reclaimed with proper
See Maintenance Schedule on equipment. Venting refrigerants
page 11‑2. directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
See your dealer regarding
create unsafe conditions based on
replacement of the filter.
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
Service
This vehicle may have the new
environmentally friendly refrigerant,
R1234yf. This refrigerant has a
significantly reduced global warming
impact on the environment,
compared to the traditional
automotive refrigerant, R-134a. All
vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-18
9-21
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control
Operating Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Cruise Control
Driving Information Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Parking over Things Object Detection Systems
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-39
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust Side Blind Zone
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Running the Vehicle While Rear Vision
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Automatic Transmission Fuel
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-26 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-7 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-47
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Manual Transmission California Fuel
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . 9-30 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-47
Starting and Operating Brakes Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-14 Antilock Brake Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Ignition Positions (Key System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Filling a Portable Fuel
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Ignition Positions (Keyless Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
9-2 Driving and Operating
Towing
. Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50 distractions.
Driving Characteristics and Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Trailer Towing (Fuel Economy and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Trailer Towing (Except Fuel judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Economy Model) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55 from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
governments have enacted laws driving.
Conversions and Add-Ons
regarding driver distraction. Become
Add-On Electrical . Wait until the vehicle is parked
familiar with the local laws in
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56 to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
keep your eyes on the road, hands
to children.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
. Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in
carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations
place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a
phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
careless and make mistakes.

{ WARNING Anticipate what they might do WARNING (Continued)
and be ready.
Taking your eyes off the road too Do not drink and drive or ride with
long or too often could cause a
. Allow enough following distance a driver who has been drinking.
crash resulting in injury or death. between you and the driver in Ride home in a cab; or if you are
Focus your attention on driving. front of you. with a group, designate a driver
. Focus on the task of driving. who will not drink.
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that Drunk Driving Control of a Vehicle
system, including pairing and using Death and injury associated with
a cell phone. drinking and driving is a global Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
If equipped, refer to the navigation tragedy.
control a vehicle while driving.
manual for information on that
system, including pairing and using { WARNING Braking
a cell phone.
Drinking and then driving is very Braking action involves perception
Defensive Driving dangerous. Your reflexes, time and reaction time. Deciding to
perceptions, attentiveness, and push the brake pedal is perception
Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even time. Actually doing it is
expect the unexpected.” The first reaction time.
a small amount of alcohol. You
step in driving defensively is to wear
can have a serious — or even Average driver reaction time is
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on
page 3‑8. fatal — collision if you drive after about three-quarters of a second. In
drinking. that time, a vehicle moving at
. Assume that other road users 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(Continued)
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and (66 ft), which could be a lot of
other drivers) are going to be distance in an emergency.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind Steering Curve Tips

include:
Electric Power Steering
. Take curves at a reasonable
. Keep enough distance between speed.
you and the vehicle in front The vehicle has electric power
steering. It does not have power
. Reduce speed before entering a
of you.
steering fluid. Regular maintenance curve.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
is not required. . Maintain a reasonable steady
. Keep pace with traffic. speed through the curve.
If power steering assist is lost due
If the engine ever stops while the to a system malfunction, the vehicle . Wait until the vehicle is out of
vehicle is being driven, brake can be steered, but may require the curve before accelerating
normally but do not pump the increased effort. See your dealer if gently into the straightaway.
brakes. Doing so could make the there is a problem.
pedal harder to push down. If the Steering in Emergencies
engine stops, there will be some If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel and is
. There are some situations when
power brake assist but it will be steering around a problem may
held against that position for an
used when the brake is applied. be more effective than braking.
extended period of time, power
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the steering assist may be reduced. . Holding both sides of the
brake pedal will be harder to push. Normal use of the power steering steering wheel allows you to turn
assist should return when the 180 degrees without removing
system cools down. a hand.
See specific vehicle steering
. The Antilock Brake System
messages under Service Vehicle (ABS) allows steering while
Messages on page 5‑31. braking.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
straight down the roadway. these suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the
Loss of Control accelerator pedal and steer the
Skidding way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
There are three types of skids that Be ready for a second skid if it
correspond to the vehicle's three occurs.
control systems: . Slow down and adjust your
. Braking Skid — wheels are not driving according to weather
rolling. conditions. Stopping distance
. Steering or Cornering Skid — can be longer and vehicle
too much speed or steering in a control can be affected when
curve causes tires to slip and traction is reduced by water,
The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force. snow, ice, gravel, or other
off the edge of a road onto the material on the road. Learn to
shoulder while driving. Follow
. Acceleration Skid — too much recognize warning clues — such
these tips: throttle causes the driving as enough water, ice, or packed
wheels to spin. snow on the road to make a
1. Ease off the accelerator and
Defensive drivers avoid most skids mirrored surface — and slow
then, if there is nothing in the
by taking reasonable care suited to down when you have any doubt.
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the existing conditions, and by not . Try to avoid sudden steering,
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But acceleration, or braking,
skids are always possible. including reducing vehicle speed
2. Turn the steering wheel about
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
one-eighth of a turn, until the
sudden changes could cause
right front tire contacts the
the tires to slide.
pavement edge. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Remember: Antilock brakes help Other Rainy Weather Tips

avoid only the braking skid. WARNING (Continued)
Besides slowing down, other wet
Flowing or rushing water creates weather driving tips include:
Driving on Wet Roads strong forces. Driving through . Allow extra following distance.
Rain and wet roads can reduce flowing water could cause the
vehicle traction and affect your vehicle to be carried away. If this
. Pass with caution.
ability to stop and accelerate. happens, you and other vehicle . Keep windshield wiping
Always drive slower in these types occupants could drown. Do not equipment in good shape.
of driving conditions and avoid ignore police warnings and be
driving through large puddles and
. Keep the windshield washer fluid
very cautious about trying to drive reservoir filled.
deep‐standing or flowing water. through flowing water. . Have good tires with proper
{ WARNING Hydroplaning
tread depth. See Tires on
page 10‑39.
Wet brakes can cause crashes. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water . Turn off cruise control.
They might not work as well in a can build up under the vehicle's
quick stop and could cause tires so they actually ride on the Highway Hypnosis
pulling to one side. You could water. This can happen if the road is
lose control of the vehicle. wet enough and you are going fast Always be alert and pay attention to
enough. When the vehicle is your surroundings while driving.
After driving through a large If you become tired or sleepy, find a
puddle of water or a car/vehicle hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road. safe place to park the vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake and rest.
pedal until the brakes work There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to Other driving tips include:
normally.
slow down when the road is wet. . Keep the vehicle well ventilated.
(Continued)
. Keep the interior
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: temperature cool.

. Keep your eyes moving — scan . Stay in your own lane. Do not
the road ahead and to the sides. WARNING (Continued) swing wide or cut across the
. Check the rearview mirror and center of the road. Drive at
none going down a hill. You could speeds that let you stay in your
vehicle instruments often.
crash. Shift down to let the engine own lane.
assist the brakes on a steep
Hill and Mountain Roads downhill slope.
. Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
Driving on steep hills or through (stalled car, accident).
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for . Pay attention to special road
driving in these conditions include: { WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take
good shape. or with the ignition off is appropriate action.
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, dangerous. The brakes will have
tires, cooling system, and to do all the work of slowing down Winter Driving
transmission. and they could get so hot that
they would not work well. You Driving on Snow or Ice
. Shift to a lower gear when going
would then have poor braking or Drive carefully when there is snow
down steep or long hills.
even none going down a hill. or ice between the tires and the
Steering may also be affected
{ WARNING when ignition is off. You could
road, creating less traction or grip.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C
If you do not shift down, the crash. Always have the engine (32°F) when freezing rain begins to
brakes could get so hot that they running and the vehicle in gear fall, resulting in even less traction.
would not work well. You would when going downhill. Avoid driving on wet ice or in
then have poor braking or even freezing rain until roads can be
treated with salt or sand.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Drive with caution, whatever the Turn off cruise control on slippery
condition. Accelerate gently so surfaces. WARNING (Continued)
traction is not lost. Accelerating too
quickly causes the wheels to spin Blizzard Conditions cannot be seen or smelled. It can
and makes the surface under the Being stuck in snow can be a cause unconsciousness and even
tires slick, so there is even less serious situation. Stay with the death.
traction. vehicle unless there is help nearby. If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
Try not to break the fragile traction. If possible, use Roadside . Clear away snow from around
If you accelerate too fast, the drive Assistance. See Roadside
the base of your vehicle,
wheels will spin and polish the Assistance Program on page 13‑5.
especially any that is blocking
surface under the tires even more. To get help and keep everyone in
the exhaust pipe.
the vehicle safe:
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) . Check again from time to
improves vehicle stability during
. Turn on the hazard warning
time to be sure snow does
hard stops on slippery roads, but flashers.
not collect there.
apply the brakes sooner than when . Tie a red cloth to an outside
on dry pavement. See Antilock
. Open a window about 5 cm
mirror.
Brake System (ABS) on page 9‑32. (2 in) on the side of the
vehicle that is away from the
Allow greater following distance on { WARNING wind to bring in fresh air.
any slippery road and watch for
slippery spots. Icy patches can Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on
occur on otherwise clear roads in under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument
shaded areas. The surface of a cause exhaust gases to get panel.
curve or an overpass can remain icy inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control
when the surrounding roads are carbon monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that
clear. Avoid sudden steering (Continued) circulates the air inside the
maneuvers and braking while vehicle and set the fan speed
on ice. (Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
WARNING (Continued)
If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Slowly and cautiously spin the
to the highest setting. See wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and
“Climate Control Systems” in stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the
the Index. front wheels. Turn off any traction
If stuck too severely for the traction
For more information about system. Shift back and forth
system to free the vehicle, turn the
between R (Reverse) and a low
carbon monoxide, see Engine traction system off and use the
forward gear, spinning the wheels
Exhaust on page 9‑25. rocking method. See Traction
as little as possible. To prevent
Control System (TCS) on
transmission wear, wait until the
page 9‑34.
To save fuel, run the engine for only wheels stop spinning before shifting
short periods as needed to warm gears. Release the accelerator
the vehicle and then shut the engine { WARNING pedal while shifting, and press
off and close the window most of lightly on the accelerator pedal
the way to save heat. Repeat this If the vehicle's tires spin at high when the transmission is in gear.
until help arrives but only when you speed, they can explode, and you Slowly spinning the wheels in the
feel really uncomfortable from the or others could be injured. The forward and reverse directions
cold. Moving about to keep warm vehicle can overheat, causing an causes a rocking motion that could
also helps. engine compartment fire or other free the vehicle. If that does not get
damage. Spin the wheels as little the vehicle out after a few tries, it
If it takes some time for help to
as possible and avoid going might need to be towed out. If the
arrive, now and then when you run
the engine, push the accelerator above 56 km/h (35 mph). vehicle does need to be towed out,
pedal slightly so the engine runs see Towing the Vehicle on
faster than the idle speed. This page 10‑80.
keeps the battery charged to restart
the vehicle and to signal for help
with the headlamps. Do this as little
as possible to save fuel. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Load Limits WARNING (Continued)

pillar (B-pillar). With the driver
door open, you will find the label
It is very important to know how attached below the door lock
much weight the vehicle can vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a post. The Tire and Loading
carry. This weight is called the Information label shows the
vehicle capacity weight and crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle. number of occupant seating
includes the weight of all positions (1), and the maximum
occupants, cargo, and all vehicle capacity weight (2) in
nonfactory-installed options. Tire and Loading Information kilograms and pounds.
Two labels on the vehicle show Label
how much weight it may The Tire and Loading
properly carry: the Tire and Information label also shows
Loading Information label and the tire size of the original
the Certification label. equipment tires (3) and the
recommended cold tire inflation
{ WARNING pressures (4). For more
information on tires and inflation
Do not load the vehicle any see Tires on page 10‑39 and
heavier than the Gross Tire Pressure on page 10‑47.
Vehicle Weight Rating There is also important loading
(GVWR), or either the information on the Certification
maximum front or rear Gross label. It tells you the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Label Example
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
This can cause systems to A vehicle-specific Tire and and the Gross Axle Weight
break and change the way the Loading Information label is
(Continued) attached to the vehicle center
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Rating (GAWR) for the front and 4. The resulting figure equals 6. If your vehicle will be towing
rear axle; see “Certification the available amount of cargo a trailer, the load from your
Label” later in this section. and luggage load capacity. trailer will be transferred to
For example, if the “XXX” your vehicle. Consult this
Steps for Determining Correct
amount equals 1400 lbs and manual to determine how this
Load Limit
there will be five 150 lb reduces the available cargo
1. Locate the statement “The passengers in your vehicle, and luggage load capacity of
combined weight of the amount of available cargo your vehicle.
occupants and cargo should and luggage load capacity is See Trailer Towing (Fuel
never exceed XXX kg or 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) Economy Model) on page 9‑54
XXX lbs” on your vehicle's = 650 lbs). or Trailer Towing (Except Fuel
placard.
5. Determine the combined Economy Model) on page 9‑54
2. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo for important information on
weight of the driver and being loaded on the vehicle. towing a trailer, towing safety
passengers that will be riding That weight may not safely rules, and trailering tips.
in your vehicle. exceed the available cargo
3. Subtract the combined and luggage load capacity
weight of the driver and calculated in Step 4.
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
(300 lbs). (750 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight = 3. Available Cargo Weight =
Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs).
(700 lbs). Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
Loading Information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
seating positions. The combined and cargo. Never exceed the If you put things inside the
weight of the driver, passengers, GVWR for the vehicle, or the vehicle — like suitcases, tools,
and cargo should never exceed Gross Axle Weight Rating packages, or anything else —
the vehicle's capacity weight. (GAWR) for either the front or they will go as fast as the
rear axle. vehicle goes. If you have to stop
Certification Label
And, if you do have a heavy or turn quickly, or if there is a
load, you should spread it out. crash, they will keep going.
See “Steps for Determining
Correct Load Limit” earlier in this { WARNING
section. Things inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a
{ WARNING sudden stop or turn, or in a
Do not load the vehicle any crash.
heavier than the Gross . Put things in the cargo
Vehicle Weight Rating area of the vehicle. In the
(GVWR), or either the cargo area, put them as
Label Example maximum front or rear Gross far forward as possible.
A vehicle-specific Certification Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Try to spread the weight
label, found on the vehicle This can cause systems to evenly.
center pillar (B-pillar), tells you break and change the way the (Continued)
the gross weight capacity of the vehicle handles. This could
vehicle, called the Gross Vehicle cause loss of control and a
Weight Rating (GVWR). The crash. Overloading can also
GVWR includes the weight of shorten the life of the vehicle.
the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
WARNING (Continued) Starting and Following break‐in, engine speed

and load can be gradually
Operating increased.
. Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases, New Vehicle Break-In Ignition Positions (Key
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above Notice: The vehicle does not Access)
the tops of the seats. need an elaborate break-in. But it
will perform better in the long run
. Do not leave an if you follow these guidelines:
unsecured child restraint . Do not drive at any one
in the vehicle. constant speed, fast or slow,
. Secure loose items in the for the first 805 km (500 mi).
vehicle. Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
. Do not leave a seat folded brake or slow the vehicle.
down unless needed. . Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with The ignition switch has four different
new linings can mean positions.
premature wear and earlier Notice: Using a tool to force the
replacement. Follow this key to turn in the ignition could
breaking-in guideline every cause damage to the switch or
time you get new brake break the key. Use the correct
linings. key, make sure it is all the way in,
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
and turn it only with your hand. then the vehicle needs service. 4. Set the parking brake. See
If the key cannot be turned by Do not turn the engine off when the Parking Brake on page 9‑33.
hand, see your dealer. vehicle is moving. This will cause a
The key must be fully extended to loss of power assist in the brake { WARNING
start the vehicle. and steering systems and disable
the airbags. Turning off the vehicle while
To shift out of P (Park), turn the moving may cause loss of power
ignition to ON/RUN and apply the If the vehicle must be shut off in an assist in the brake and steering
brake pedal. emergency: systems and disable the airbags.
1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ 1. Brake using a firm and steady While driving, only shut the
OFF): When the vehicle is stopped, pressure. Do not pump the vehicle off in an emergency.
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ brakes repeatedly. This may
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained deplete power assist, requiring
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain increased brake pedal force. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
active. See Retained Accessory and must be shut off while driving,
2. Shift the vehicle to Neutral. This turn the ignition to ACC/
Power (RAP) on page 9‑22. can be done while the vehicle is ACCESSORY.
This is the only position from which moving. After shifting to Neutral,
the key can be removed. This locks continue to firmly apply the 2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This
the steering wheel, ignition, and brakes and steer the vehicle to a position provides power to some
automatic transmission. safe location. of the electrical accessories.
It unlocks the steering wheel and
The ignition switch can bind in the 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift ignition. To move the key from ACC/
LOCK/OFF position with the wheels to P (Park) with an automatic ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push
turned off center. If this happens, transmission, or Neutral with a in the key and then turn it to
move the steering wheel from right manual transmission. Turn the LOCK/OFF.
to left while turning the key to ACC/ ignition to LOCK/OFF.
ACCESSORY. If this does not work,
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
3 (ON/RUN): The ignition switch A warning tone sounds when the The key lock release is designed to
stays in this position when the driver door is opened if the ignition prevent ignition key removal unless
engine is running. This position can is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the the shift lever is in P (Park).
be used to operate the electrical key is in the ignition. The key lock release is always
accessories, including the If the ignition becomes difficult to functional except in the case of an
ventilation fan and 12-volt power turn, see Keys on page 2‑1 for more uncharged or low voltage (less than
outlet, as well as to display some information. 9-volt) battery. If the vehicle has an
warning and indicator lights. This uncharged battery or a battery with
position can also be used for Key Lock Release low voltage, try charging or jump
service and diagnostics, and to starting the battery. See Jump
verify the proper operation of the Starting on page 10‑78.
malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection If charging or jump starting the
purposes. The transmission is also battery does not work, locate the
unlocked in this position on hole below the ignition lock. Insert a
automatic transmission vehicles. flat bladed tool or another key from
the key chain into the opening.
The battery could be drained if the When the lever can be felt, actuate
key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY the lever toward the driver, and
or ON/RUN position with the engine remove the key from the ignition.
off. The vehicle might not start if the
battery is allowed to drain for an
extended period of time.
4 (START): This position starts the Vehicles with an automatic
engine. When the engine starts, transmission are equipped with an
release the key. The ignition switch electronic key lock release system.
will return to ON/RUN for normal
driving.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Ignition Positions To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle Do not turn the engine off when the
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or vehicle is moving. This will cause a
(Keyless Access) ON/RUN and the brake pedal must loss of power assist in the brake
be applied. and steering systems and disable
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No LED the airbags.
Lights): When the vehicle is If the vehicle must be shut off in an
stopped, press the engine START/ emergency:
STOP button once to turn the 1. Brake using a firm and steady
engine off. pressure. Do not pump the
The vehicle has an electronic If the vehicle is in P (Park), the brakes repeatedly. This may
keyless ignition with pushbutton ignition will turn off, and Retained deplete power assist, requiring
start. Accessory Power (RAP) will remain increased brake pedal force.
active. See Retained Accessory 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
Pressing the button cycles it through Power (RAP) on page 9‑22 for more
three modes, ACC/ACCESSORY, This can be done while the
information. vehicle is moving. After shifting
ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the
Engine/OFF. If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
ignition will return to ACC/ brakes and steer the vehicle to a
The transmitter must be in the ACCESSORY and the Driver safe location.
vehicle for the system to operate. Information Center (DIC) will display
If the pushbutton start is not 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
the message SHIFT TO PARK in to P (Park) with an automatic
working, the vehicle may be near a the Driver Information Center (DIC).
strong radio antenna signal causing transmission, or Neutral with a
See Transmission Messages on manual transmission. Turn the
interference to the keyless access page 5‑32 for more information.
system. See Remote Keyless Entry ignition to LOCK/OFF.
When the vehicle is shifted into
(RKE) System Operation on P (Park), the ignition system will 4. Set the parking brake. See
page 2‑3 for more information. switch to OFF. Parking Brake on page 9‑33.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
The ignition will switch from ACC/ The instruments and audio systems
{ WARNING ACCESSORY to OFF after will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
five minutes to prevent battery but the vehicle will not be able to be
Turning off the vehicle while rundown. driven. The engine will not start in
moving may cause loss of power Service Only Mode. Push the button
assist in the brake and steering ON/RUN/START (Green LED
Light): This mode is for driving and again to turn the vehicle off.
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the starting. With the ignition off, and
the brake pedal applied, pressing Starting the Engine
vehicle off in an emergency.
the button once will place the Place the transmission in the
ignition system in ON/RUN/START. proper gear.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, Once engine cranking begins,
and must be shut off while driving, release the button. Engine cranking Notice: If you add electrical parts
press and hold the engine START/ will continue until the engine starts. or accessories, you could change
STOP button for longer than See Starting the Engine on the way the engine operates. Any
two seconds, or press twice in page 9‑18 for more information. The resulting damage would not be
five seconds. ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber LED Service Only Mode on page 9‑56.
Light): This mode allows you to
use some electrical accessories This power mode is available for Automatic Transmission
when the engine is off. service and diagnostics, and to
verify the proper operation of the Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
With the ignition off, pressing the malfunction indicator lamp as may N (Neutral). The engine will not start
button one time without the brake be required for emission inspection in any other position. To restart the
pedal applied will place the ignition purposes. With the vehicle off, and vehicle when it is already moving,
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. the brake pedal not applied, use N (Neutral) only.
pressing and holding the button for
more than five seconds will place
the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Notice: Do not try to shift to components. If the ignition key is 2. If the engine does not start after
P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. turned to the START position, five to 10 seconds, especially in
If you do, you could damage the and then released when the very cold weather (below 0°F or
transmission. Shift to P (Park) engine begins cranking, the −18°C), it could be flooded with
only when the vehicle is stopped. engine will continue cranking for too much gasoline. Push the
a few seconds or until the accelerator pedal all the way to
Manual Transmission vehicle starts. If the engine does the floor and hold it there as you
The shift lever should be in Neutral not start and the key is held in hold the key in START for a
and the parking brake engaged. START for many seconds, maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at
Hold the clutch pedal down to the cranking stops after 15 seconds least 15 seconds between each
floor and start the engine. The to prevent cranking motor try, to allow the cranking motor
vehicle will not start if the clutch damage. To prevent gear to cool. When the engine starts,
pedal is not all the way down. damage, this system also let go of the key and accelerator.
prevents cranking if the engine If the vehicle starts briefly but
Starting Procedure (Key Access)
is already running. Engine then stops again, repeat the
1. With your foot off the accelerator cranking can be stopped by procedure. This clears the extra
pedal, turn the ignition key to turning the ignition switch to gasoline from the engine. Do not
START. When the engine starts, ACC/ACCESSORY or race the engine immediately
let go of the key. The idle speed LOCK/OFF. after starting it. Operate the
will go down as the engine Notice: Cranking the engine for engine and transmission gently
warms. Do not race the engine until the oil warms up and
long periods of time, by returning
immediately after starting it. lubricates all moving parts.
the key to the START position
Allow the oil to warm up and
immediately after cranking has
lubricate all moving parts.
ended, can overheat and damage
The vehicle has a the cranking motor, and drain the
Computer-Controlled Cranking battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
System. This feature assists in between each try, to let the
starting the engine and protects cranking motor cool down.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Starting Procedure (Keyless REPLACE BATTERY IN Engine cranking can be stopped

Access) REMOTE KEY. The vehicle can by pressing the START button a
1. If the vehicle has the keyless still be driven. See “Starting the second time.
access system, the transmitter Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Notice: Cranking the engine for
must be in the vehicle. Put your Battery” in Remote Keyless long periods of time, by returning
foot on the brake pedal and Entry (RKE) System Operation the key to the START position
push the START/STOP button. on page 2‑3 for more immediately after cranking has
When the engine begins information. ended, can overheat and damage
cranking, let go of the button. The vehicle has a the cranking motor, and drain the
The idle speed will go down as Computer-Controlled Cranking battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
your engine gets warm. Do not System. This feature assists in between each try, to let the
race the engine immediately starting the engine and protects cranking motor cool down.
after starting it. Operate the components. If the START 2. If the engine does not start after
engine and transmission gently button is pressed, and then five to 10 seconds, especially in
to allow the oil to warm up and released when the engine very cold weather (below −18°C
lubricate all moving parts. begins cranking, the engine will or 0°F), it could be flooded with
continue cranking for a few too much gasoline. Try pushing
If the transmitter is not in the seconds or until the vehicle
vehicle or something is the accelerator pedal all the way
starts. If the engine does not to the floor and holding it there
interfering with the transmitter, start and the button is pressed
the Driver Information Center as you hold the key in START,
for many seconds, cranking will or press the START button, for
(DIC) will display NO REMOTE be stopped after 15 seconds to
DETECTED. See Driver up to a maximum of 15 seconds.
prevent cranking motor damage. Wait at least 15 seconds
Information Center (DIC) on To prevent gear damage, this
page 5‑22 for more information. between each try, to allow the
system also prevents cranking if cranking motor to cool down.
If the battery in the keyless the engine is already running. When the engine starts, let go of
access transmitter needs the key or button, and the
replacing, the DIC displays I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do To Use The Engine Heater

the same thing. This clears the
1. Turn off the engine.
{ WARNING
extra gasoline from the engine.
Do not race the engine Plugging the cord into an
immediately after starting it. ungrounded outlet could cause an
Operate the engine and electrical shock. Also, the wrong
transmission gently until the oil kind of extension cord could
warms up and lubricates all overheat and cause a fire. You
moving parts. could be seriously injured. Plug
the cord into a properly grounded
Engine Heater three-prong 110-volt AC outlet.
If the cord will not reach, use a
The engine heater, if available, can heavy-duty three-prong extension
help in cold weather conditions at or
cord rated for at least 15 amps.
below −18°C (0°F) for easier starting
and better fuel economy during
engine warm-up. Plug in the heater 1.4L Engine Shown, 1.8L Similar 4. Before starting the engine, be
at least four hours before starting 2. Open the hood and unwrap the sure to unplug and store the
the vehicle. An internal thermostat electrical cord. The electrical cord as it was before to keep it
in the plug end of the cord will cord is located on the passenger away from moving engine parts.
prevent engine heater operation at side of the engine compartment, If you do not it could be
temperatures above −18°C (0°F). behind the air cleaner. damaged.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded The length of time the heater should
110-volt AC outlet. remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park WARNING (Continued)

Power (RAP) Use this procedure to shift into
These vehicle accessories may be P (Park): Do not leave the vehicle when the
used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is running. If you have left
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
engine is turned off: the engine running, the vehicle
set the parking brake.
can move suddenly. You or others
. Audio System See Parking Brake on page 9‑33 could be injured. To be sure the
. Power Windows for more information. vehicle will not move, even when
. Sunroof 2. Hold the button on the shift lever you are on fairly level ground,
and push the lever toward the always set the parking brake and
The power windows and sunroof will front of the vehicle into P (Park). move the shift lever to P (Park).
continue to work for up to See Shifting Into Park on
10 minutes or until any door is 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
page 9‑22. If you are towing a
opened. The radio will work when Leaving the Vehicle with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics
the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ Engine Running and Towing Tips on page 9‑51.
ACCESSORY. Once the key is
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
the radio will continue to work for { WARNING If you have to leave the vehicle with
10 minutes, or until the driver door is the engine running, the vehicle must
It can be dangerous to leave the be in P (Park) and the parking
opened or the key is removed from
the ignition. vehicle with the engine running. brake set.
It could overheat and catch fire.
Release the button and check that
It is dangerous to get out of the the shift lever cannot be moved out
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully of P (Park).
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Torque Lock Shifting out of Park 3. Press the shift lever button.
Torque lock is when the weight of This vehicle is equipped with an 4. Move the shift lever to the
the vehicle puts too much force automatic transmission shift lock desired position.
on the parking pawl in the control system. The shift lock is If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
transmission. This happens when designed to:
parking on a hill and shifting the 1. Fully release the shift lever
transmission into P (Park) is not
. Prevent ignition key removal button.
done properly and then it is difficult unless the shift lever is in
P (Park) with the shift lever 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent press the shift lever button
torque lock, set the parking brake button fully released.
again.
and then shift into P (Park). To find . Prevent movement of the shift
out how, see “Shifting Into Park” 3. Move the shift lever to the
lever out of P (Park) unless the
listed previously. desired position.
ignition is in ON/RUN and the
If torque lock does occur, the brake pedal is applied. If the shift lever still cannot be
vehicle may need to be pushed moved from P (Park), see “Shift
The shift lock release is always
uphill by another vehicle to relieve Lock Manual Release.”
functional except in the case of an
the parking pawl pressure, so you uncharged or low voltage (less than Shift Lock Manual Release
can shift out of P (Park). 9‐volt) battery.
The automatic transmission has an
If the vehicle has an uncharged electric park lock. The key must be
battery or a battery with low voltage, in the ON/RUN position, and the
try charging or jump starting the brake pedal pressed so the shift
battery. See Jump Starting on lever can be moved from the
page 10‑78 P (Park) position. If the battery has
To shift out of P (Park): lost power, the shift lever cannot be
moved from P (Park) unless the
1. Apply the brake pedal. shift lock manual release is
2. Turn theInfoignition
rmat
ionPr
ovi
to ON/RUN.
dedby:
disengaged manually.
To access the shift lock manual has been placed into R (Reverse)
release: with the clutch pedal pressed in,
1. Apply the parking brake. turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF, and
release the clutch.
If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle
is pulling a trailer, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips on
page 9‑51.
Parking over Things

That Burn
3. Insert a tool into the opening as
far as it will go and move the { WARNING
shift lever out of P (Park).
Things that can burn could touch
If P (Park) is selected again, the
hot exhaust parts under the
2. Open the cover to the right of shift lever will be locked again.
Have the cause of the problem vehicle and ignite. Do not park
the shift lever. over papers, leaves, dry grass,
fixed by your dealer.
or other things that can burn.
4. Close the cover.
Parking
If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, before getting out of
the vehicle, move the shift lever into
R (Reverse), and firmly apply the
parking brake.InfoOnce
rmat
ionPr
the
ovi
shift lever
dedby:
Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ WARNING . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑22
if it is suspected that exhaust is and Engine Exhaust on page 9‑25.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: If the vehicle has a manual
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows transmission, see Parking on
with poor ventilation (parking completely down. page 9‑24.
garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired If parking on a hill and pulling a
that may block underbody immediately. trailer, see Driving Characteristics
airflow or tail pipes). and Towing Tips on page 9‑51.
Never park the vehicle with the
. The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed
sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a
. The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Automatic WARNING (Continued)

Transmission Do not leave the vehicle when the
The automatic transmission has a engine is running. If you have left
shift lever located on the console the engine running, the vehicle
between the seats. can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
English Shown, Metric Similar See Shifting Into Park on
page 9‑22 and Driving
P (Park): This position locks the Characteristics and Towing Tips
drive wheels. It is the best position on page 9‑51.
to use when starting the engine
because the vehicle cannot move
easily. Make sure the shift lever is fully in
P (Park) before starting the engine.
The selected gear is also shown in { WARNING The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
the instrument cluster.
It is dangerous to get out of the system. The regular brake must be
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully fully applied first and then the shift
in P (Park) with the parking brake lever button pressed before shifting
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. from P (Park) when the ignition key
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out
(Continued) of P (Park), ease pressure on the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
shift lever, then push the shift lever
all the way into P (Park) as you The vehicle has an automatic the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
maintain brake application. Then neutral shift feature which allows the engine is not running at high
press the shift lever button and transmission to automatically shift to speed when shifting the vehicle.
move the shift lever into another N (Neutral) when the vehicle is D (Drive): This position is for
gear. See Shifting out of Park on stopped with a forward gear normal driving. It provides the best
page 9‑23. engaged. The reduced load on the fuel economy. If more power is
R (Reverse): Use this gear to engine improves vehicle fuel needed for passing, and the
back up. economy. vehicle is:
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)
while the vehicle is moving
{ WARNING . Going less than 56 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator
forward could damage the Shifting into a drive gear while the pedal about halfway down.
transmission. The repairs would engine is running at high speed is . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
not be covered by the vehicle dangerous. Unless your foot is more, push the accelerator all
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only firmly on the brake pedal, the the way down.
after the vehicle is stopped. vehicle could move very rapidly. Notice: If the vehicle seems to
To rock the vehicle back and forth to You could lose control and hit accelerate slowly or not shift
get out of snow, ice, or sand without people or objects. Do not shift gears when you go faster, and
damaging the transmission, see If into a drive gear while the engine you continue to drive the vehicle
the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9. is running at high speed. that way, you could damage the
N (Neutral): In this position, the transmission. Have the vehicle
engine does not connect with the Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or serviced right away.
wheels. To restart the engine when N (Neutral) with the engine
the vehicle is already moving, use running at high speed may
N (Neutral) only. Also, use damage the transmission. The
N (Neutral) when the vehicle is repairs would not be covered by
being towed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Manual Mode
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
All Models Except Fuel Economy
Model
Notice: Driving with the engine at
a high rpm without upshifting
while using Driver Shift Control
(DSC), could damage the vehicle.
Always upshift when necessary
while using DSC.
DSC allows you to shift an 1. Move the shift lever from 2. Press the shift lever forward (+)
automatic transmission similar to a D (Drive) to the left into the (+) or to upshift or rearward (−) to
manual transmission. (−) manual position. downshift. An M and the current
gear will be displayed in the DIC.
While using the DSC feature, the
vehicle will have firmer, quicker
shifting. You can use this for sport
driving or when climbing or
descending hills, to stay in gear
longer, or to downshift for more
power or engine braking.
The transmission will only allow
you to shift into gears appropriate
for the vehicle speed and engine
revolutions per minute (rpm).
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
The transmission will not Electronic Range Select 2. Press the shift lever forward (+)
automatically shift to the next lower (ERS) Mode to upshift or rearward (−) to
gear if the engine rpm is too high, downshift. An M and the current
nor to the next higher gear when the Fuel Economy Model gear will be displayed in the DIC.
maximum engine rpm is reached. Notice: If you drive the vehicle at When shifting to M (Manual Mode),
If shifting is prevented for any a high rpm without upshifting the transmission will shift to the
reason, the currently selected gear while using Electronic Range range of the current gear. For this
will flash multiple times, indicating Select (ERS), you could damage range, the highest gear available is
that the transmission has not shifted the vehicle. Always upshift when displayed next to the M in the DIC.
gears. necessary while using ERS. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
While in the DSC mode, the ERS allows for the selection of the on page 5‑22 for more information.
transmission will automatically range of gear positions. Use this All gears below that number are
downshift when the vehicle comes mode when driving downhill or available to use. For example, when
to a stop. This will allow for more towing a trailer to limit the top gear 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the M,
power during take-off. and vehicle speed. The shift 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are
position indicator within the Driver shifted automatically. To shift to
When accelerating the vehicle from Information Center (DIC) will display 5 (Fifth) gear, press the shift lever
a stop in snowy and icy conditions, a number next to the M indicating forward (+) to upshift or shift into
you may want to shift into second the highest available gear under D (Drive).
gear. A higher gear allows the manual mode and the driving
vehicle to gain more traction on conditions when manual mode was
slippery surfaces. selected.
1. Move the shift lever from
D (Drive) to the left into the (+) or
(−) manual position.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
M (Manual Mode) will prevent Manual Transmission Notice: Do not rest your foot on
shifting to a lower gear range if the the clutch pedal while driving or
engine speed is too high. If vehicle Shift Pattern while stopped. The pressure can
speed is not reduced within the time cause premature wear in the
allowed, the lower gear range shift clutch. The repairs would not be
will not be completed. Slow the covered by the vehicle warranty.
vehicle, then press the shift lever 1 (First): Press the clutch pedal
rearward (−) to downshift to the fully to the pedal stop and shift into
desired lower gear range. 1 (First). Then slowly let up on the
While using the ERS, cruise control All Models Fuel Economy clutch pedal as you press the
can be used. Except Fuel Model accelerator pedal.
Economy Model
If you come to a complete stop and
These are the shift patterns for the it is hard to shift into 1 (First), put
six-speed manual transmissions. the shift lever in Neutral and let up
on the clutch. Press the clutch pedal
To operate the transmissions: back down. Then shift into 1 (First).
Notice: Do not rest your hand on 2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal
the shift lever while driving. The fully to the pedal stop as you let up
pressure could cause premature on the accelerator pedal and shift
wear in the transmission. The into 2 (Second). Then, slowly let up
repairs would not be covered by on the clutch pedal as you press the
the vehicle warranty. accelerator pedal.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and To stop, let up on the accelerator into R (Reverse). Let up on the
6 (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third), pedal and press the brake pedal. clutch pedal slowly while pressing
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) the Just before the vehicle stops, press the accelerator pedal.
same way you do for 2 (Second). the clutch pedal and the brake If the gear does not engage, shift
Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as pedal, and shift to Neutral. the transmission to Neutral, release
you press the accelerator pedal. Neutral: Use this position when the clutch pedal and press it back
For the best fuel economy, use you start or idle the engine. The down. Repeat the gear selection.
6 (Sixth) gear whenever vehicle shift lever is in Neutral when it is
speed and driving conditions allow. centered in the shift pattern, not in
any gear.
{ WARNING
If you skip a gear when you
downshift, you could lose control
of the vehicle. You could injure
yourself or others. Do not shift
down more than one gear at a
time when you downshift.
An up-shift light in the instrument
cluster indicates when to shift to the
next higher gear for the best fuel Notice: Do not skip gears while
economy. upshifting. This can cause
premature wear in the
During normal driving, upshifts transmission. The repairs would
should occur between 1,300 and not be covered by the vehicle
2,500 rpm, and downshifts should warranty.
occur between 1,500 and
1,000 rpm. R (Reverse): To back up, with the
vehicle at a complete stop, press
down the clutch pedal. Then pull up
the ring on Inthe
f
ormat
i
shift
onPr
ovi
lever, and shift
dedby:
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always
becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to
brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS.
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS
are slowing down. If one of the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
This vehicle has the Antilock Brake
wheels is about to stop rolling, the the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS), an advanced
computer will separately work the ABS work. You might hear the ABS
electronic braking system that helps
brakes at each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
When the engine is started and the normal.
to each wheel, as required, faster
vehicle begins to drive away, ABS
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
checks itself. A momentary motor or
the driver steer around the obstacle
clicking noise might be heard while ABS allows the driver to steer and
while braking hard.
this test is going on, and it might brake at the same time. In many
even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help
pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best
on wheel speed and controls braking.
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5‑16.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Parking Brake 2. Pull the parking brake handle up Brake Assist

until you can press the release
button. This vehicle has a brake assist
feature designed to assist the driver
3. Hold the release button in as in stopping or decreasing vehicle
you move the brake handle all speed in emergency driving
the way down. conditions. This feature uses the
Notice: Driving with the parking stability system hydraulic brake
brake on can overheat the brake control module to supplement the
system and cause premature power brake system under
wear or damage to brake system conditions where the driver has
parts. Make sure that the parking quickly and forcefully applied the
brake is fully released and the brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
brake warning light is off before stop or slow down the vehicle. The
driving. stability system hydraulic brake
To apply the parking brake, pull up control module increases brake
on the parking brake handle. It is Driving with the parking brake
pressure at each corner of the
not necessary to push in on the applied will cause a warning chime
vehicle until the ABS activates.
release button while applying the to sound and the RELEASE
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
parking brake. If the ignition is in the PARKING BRAKE message to
pedal movement during this time is
ON/RUN position, the brake system appear in the DIC. The message will
normal and the driver should
warning light will come on. See remain on until the parking brake is
continue to apply the brake pedal as
Brake System Warning Light on released or the vehicle is stopped.
the driving situation dictates. The
page 5‑15. If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle brake assist feature will
To release the parking brake: is pulling a trailer, see Driving automatically disengage when the
Characteristics and Towing Tips on brake pedal is released or brake
1. Hold the brake pedal down. page 9‑51. pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Ride Control Systems 3. Start the engine.

If d still comes on and stays on at a
Traction Control speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see
System (TCS) your dealer for service.
The vehicle has a Traction Control A chime may also sound when the
System (TCS) that limits wheel spin. TCS/StabiliTrak Light light comes on steady.
On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the d flashes to indicate that the Notice: Do not repeatedly brake
system operates if it senses that traction control system is active. or accelerate heavily when TCS is
one or both of the front wheels are off. The vehicle's driveline could
If there is a problem detected with
spinning or beginning to lose be damaged.
TCS, SERVICE TRACTION
traction. When this happens, the
CONTROL and SERVICE
system brakes the spinning
STABILITRAK may be displayed on
wheel(s), and/or reduces engine
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
power to limit wheel spin.
See Vehicle Messages on
The system may be heard or felt page 5‑26. When this message is
while it is working, but this is displayed and d comes on and
normal. stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive TCS/StabiliTrak Button
TCS is on whenever the vehicle is but the system is not operational. g is located on the console.
started. To limit wheel spin, Driving should be adjusted
especially in slippery road accordingly.
conditions, the system should
always be left on. But, TCS can be If d comes on and stays on, reset
turned off if needed. the system:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
cruise control button to reengage StabiliTrak is on automatically

when road conditions allow. See whenever the vehicle is started. To
Cruise Control on page 9‑37. assist with directional control of the
Adding non-GM accessories can vehicle, the system should always
affect the vehicle's performance. be left on.
See Accessories and Modifications
TCS Off Light on page 10‑3 for more information.
TCS can be turned off by pressing
and releasing g. When TCS is StabiliTrak® System
turned off, i comes on and the The vehicle has a vehicle stability
system will not limit wheel spin. enhancement system called TCS/StabiliTrak Light
Driving should be adjusted StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
computer controlled system that When the stability control system
accordingly. Press and release g
again to turn the system back on. assists with directional control of the activates, d flashes on in the
vehicle in difficult driving conditions. instrument cluster. This also occurs
It may be necessary to turn the when traction control is activated.
system off if the vehicle gets stuck StabiliTrak activates when the
computer senses a difference A noise may be heard or vibration
in sand, mud, or snow and rocking may be felt in the brake pedal. This
the vehicle is required. See If the between the intended path, and the
direction the vehicle is actually is normal. Continue to steer the
Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9 for vehicle in the intended direction.
more information. See also Winter traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
Driving on page 9‑7 for information applies braking pressure at any one
on using TCS when driving in snowy of the vehicle's brakes to help steer
or icy conditions. the vehicle in the intended direction.
If cruise control is being used when
TCS activates, cruise control will
automatically disengage. Press the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
If there is a problem detected is turned off, the system will not

with StabiliTrak, SERVICE assist with directional control of the
STABILITRAK is displayed on the vehicle or limit wheel spin. Driving
Driver Information Center (DIC). should be adjusted accordingly.
See Vehicle Messages on Press and release g again to turn
page 5‑26. When this message is the system back on.
displayed and/or d comes on and TCS/StabiliTrak Button
If cruise control is being used when
stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive g is on the console. StabiliTrak activates, cruise control
but the system is not operational. will automatically disengage. Press
Driving should be adjusted the cruise control button to
accordingly. reengage when road conditions
If d comes on and stays on, reset allow. See Cruise Control on
the system: page 9‑37 for more information.
1. Stop the vehicle. StabiliTrak Off TCS Off Light
2. Turn the engine off and wait Light
15 seconds.
StabiliTrak can be turned off if
3. Start the engine. needed by pressing and holding g
If d still comes on and stays on at a until g and i come on in the
speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see instrument cluster. When StabiliTrak
your dealer for service.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Cruise Control { WARNING

For vehicles with cruise control, the
vehicle can maintain a speed of Cruise control can be dangerous
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more where you cannot drive safely at
without keeping your foot on the a steady speed. So, do not use
accelerator. Cruise control does not the cruise control on winding
work at speeds below 40 km/h roads or in heavy traffic.
(25 mph). Cruise control can be dangerous
If the brakes are applied, the cruise on slippery roads. On such roads,
control shuts off. fast changes in tire traction can
The vehicle has a Traction Control cause excessive wheel slip, and
System (TCS) or StabiliTrak system you could lose control. Do not use
that begins to limit wheel spin while cruise control on slippery roads. 1 (On/Off): Press to turn the
cruise control system on and off.
using cruise control and the cruise
control will automatically disengage. RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate):
See Traction Control System (TCS) Move the thumbwheel up to resume
on page 9‑34 or StabiliTrak® System a previously set speed or to
on page 9‑35. When road conditions accelerate.
allow you to safely use it again, the SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the
cruise control can be turned on. thumbwheel down to set a speed or
to make the vehicle decelerate.
* (Cancel): Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Setting Cruise Control Increasing Speed While Using

. To slow down in small amounts,
Cruise Control move the thumbwheel toward
If the cruise button is on when not in SET/− briefly. Each time this is
use, it could get bumped and go into If the cruise control system is done, the vehicle goes about
cruise when not desired. Keep the already activated: 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
cruise control switch off when cruise . Move the thumbwheel up toward
is not being used. Passing Another Vehicle While
RES/+ and hold it until the
Using Cruise Control
1. Press 1. desired speed is reached, then
release it. Use the accelerator pedal to
2. Get to the speed desired. increase the vehicle speed. When
. To increase the speed in small
3. Move the thumbwheel down and you take your foot off the pedal, the
amounts, move the thumbwheel
release it. vehicle slows down to the previous
up toward RES/+ briefly and
set cruise control speed.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator then release it. Each time this is
pedal. done, the vehicle goes about Using Cruise Control on Hills
1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
Resuming a Set Speed How well the cruise control works
Reducing Speed While Using on hills depends upon the vehicle
If the cruise control is set at a Cruise Control speed, load, and the steepness of
desired speed and then the brakes the hills. When going up steep hills,
or clutch for manual transmissions If the cruise control system is
you might have to step on the
are applied, the cruise control is already activated:
accelerator pedal to maintain the
disengaged without erasing the set . Move the thumbwheel toward vehicle speed. When going
speed from memory. SET/− and hold until the desired downhill, you might have to brake or
Once the vehicle reaches about lower speed is reached, then shift to a lower gear to maintain the
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the release it. vehicle speed. When the brakes are
thumbwheel up toward RES/+ applied, the cruise control is
briefly. The vehicle returns to the disengaged.
speed selected previously and stays
there. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Ending Cruise Control Object Detection WARNING (Continued)

There are three ways to end cruise
control:
Systems check the area around the vehicle
. To disengage cruise control, and check all mirrors before
Ultrasonic Parking Assist backing.
step lightly on the brake pedal or
clutch for a manual transmission. The Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
(URPA) system assists the driver
. Press * on the steering wheel. with parking and avoiding objects How the System Works
. To turn off cruise control, press while in R (Reverse). URPA URPA comes on automatically when
1 on the steering wheel. operates at speeds less than 8 km/h the shift lever is moved into
(5 mph). The sensors on the rear R (Reverse). A single tone sounds
Erasing Speed Memory bumper detect objects up to 2.5 m to indicate the system is working.
The cruise control set speed is (8 ft) behind the vehicle, and at least
URPA operates only at speeds less
20 cm (8 in) off the ground.
erased from memory if 1 is pressed than 8 km/h (5 mph).
or if the ignition is turned off.
{ WARNING An obstacle is indicated by audible
beeps. The interval between the
The URPA system does not beeps becomes shorter as the
detect children, pedestrians, vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.
bicyclists, animals, or objects When the distance is less than
below the bumper or that are too 30 cm (12 in), the beeping is a
close or too far from the vehicle. continuous tone for five seconds.
It is not available at speeds
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
damage, even with URPA, always
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
To be detected, objects must be at When the System Does Not PARK ASSIST OFF: If the URPA
least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and Seem to Work Properly system does not activate due to a
below trunk level. Objects must also temporary condition, the message
be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the rear The following messages may be displays on the DIC. This can occur
bumper. The distance objects can displayed on the DIC: under the following conditions:
be detected may be less during SERVICE PARKING ASSIST: If . The driver has disabled the
warmer or humid weather. this message occurs, check the system.
following conditions:
Turning the System On and Off . An object was hanging out of the
. The ultrasonic sensors are not trunk during the last drive cycle.
The URPA system can be turned on clean. Keep the vehicle's rear
and off using the infotainment Once the object is removed,
bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, URPA will return to normal
system controls. See Vehicle ice, and slush. For cleaning
Personalization on page 5‑32. operation.
instructions, see Exterior Care
When the system is off, PARK on page 10‑83. . The bumper is damaged. Take
ASSIST OFF displays on the Driver the vehicle to your dealer to
. The park assist sensors are repair the system.
Information Center (DIC). The covered by frost or ice. Frost or
message disappears after a short ice can form around and behind . Other conditions, such as
period of time. the sensors and may not always vibrations from a jackhammer or
URPA defaults to the on setting be seen; this can occur after the compression of air brakes on
each time the vehicle is started. washing the vehicle in cold a very large truck, are affecting
weather. The message may not system performance.
clear until the frost or ice has
melted.
If the above conditions do not exist,
take the vehicle to your dealer to
repair the system.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Side Blind Zone When the system detects a vehicle How the System Works
in the side blind zone, amber SBZA
Alert (SBZA) displays will light up in the side
The vehicle may have a Side Blind mirrors. This indicates that it may be
Zone Alert (SBZA) system. Read unsafe to change lanes. Before
this entire section before using the making a lane change, always
system. check the SBZA display, check the
outside and rearview mirrors, look Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
{ WARNING over your shoulder for vehicles and
hazards, and use the turn signal.
Display Display
SBZA does not detect vehicles When the vehicle is started, both
SBZA Detection Zones outside mirror displays will briefly
rapidly approaching outside of the
side blind zones, pedestrians, The SBZA sensor covers a zone of come on to indicate that the system
bicyclists, or animals. Failure to approximately one lane over from is operating. While driving forward,
use proper care when changing both sides of the vehicle, the left or right side mirror SBZA
lanes may result in injury, death, or 3.5 m (11 ft). This zone starts at display will light up if a vehicle is
each side mirror and goes back detected in that blind zone. If you
or vehicle damage. Before
approximately 5.0 m (16 ft). The activate a turn signal and a vehicle
making a lane change, always
height of the zone is approximately has been detected on the same
check mirrors, glance over your between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and side, the SBZA display will flash to
shoulder, and use the turn 2.0 m (6 ft) off the ground. give you extra warning not to
signals. change lanes.
The SBZA detection zones do not
change if the vehicle is towing a
trailer. So be extra careful when
changing lanes while towing a
trailer.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
SBZA displays may not come on If the SBZA displays do not light up The SBZA displays may remain on
while the vehicle is quickly when the system is on and vehicles if a trailer is attached to the vehicle,
approaching or passing other are in the blind zone, the system or a bicycle or object is extending
vehicles. However, SBZA displays may need service. Take the vehicle out to either side of the vehicle.
may come on when a vehicle you to your dealer. When SBZA is disabled for any
have passed remains in or drops SBZA is designed to ignore reason other than the driver turning
back into the detection zone. stationary objects; however, the it off, the driver will not be able to
SBZA can be disabled through system may occasionally light up turn SBZA back on using vehicle
vehicle personalization. See Vehicle due to guard rails, signs, trees, personalization. The On option will
Personalization on page 5‑32 for shrubs, and other stationary objects. not be selectable if the conditions
more information. If the SBZA is This is normal system operation; the for normal system operation are not
disabled by the driver, the SBZA vehicle does not need service. met. Until normal operating
mirror displays will not light up SBZA does not operate when the conditions for SBZA are met, you
during normal driving. left or right corners of the rear should not rely upon SBZA while
bumper are covered with mud, dirt, driving.
When the System Does Not Seem
to Work Properly snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy SBZA Error Messages
rainstorms. For cleaning
Occasional missed alerts can occur instructions, see Exterior Care on The following messages may
under normal circumstances and will page 10‑83. If the infotainment appear on the infotainment display:
increase in wet conditions. The display still shows the SIDE SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF:
system does not need to be DETECTION SYSTEM This message indicates that the
serviced due to an occasional UNAVAILABLE message after driver has turned the system off.
missed alert. The number of missed
cleaning the bumper, see your SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
alerts will increase with increased dealer.
rainfall or road spray. UNAVAILABLE: This message
indicates that the SBZA system is
disabled because the sensor is
blocked and cannot detect vehicles
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
in the blind zone. The sensor may The RVC system can assist the An image appears on the
be blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, driver when backing up by infotainment screen when the
or slush. This message may also displaying a view of the area behind vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
activate during heavy rain or due to the vehicle. The infotainment screen goes to the
road spray. The vehicle does not previous screen after approximately
need service. For cleaning, see
Exterior Care on page 10‑83.
{ WARNING 10 seconds once the vehicle is
shifted out of R (Reverse).
SERVICE SIDE DETECTION The RVC system does not display To cancel the delay, do one of the
SYSTEM: If this message appears, children, pedestrians, bicyclists, following:
the system needs service. Take the animals, or any other object
located outside the camera's field
. Press a hard key on the
vehicle to your dealer. infotainment system.
of view, below the bumper,
FCC Information or under the vehicle. Perceived . Shift into P (Park).
See Radio Frequency Statement on distances may be different from . Reach a vehicle speed of
page 13‑15 for information actual distances. Do not back the 8 km/h (5 mph).
regarding Part 15 of the Federal vehicle using only the RVC
Communications Commission (FCC) screen, during longer, higher Turning the Rear Vision Camera
rules and Industry Canada speed backing maneuvers, System On or Off
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. or where there could be cross To turn the RVC system on or off:
traffic. Failure to use proper care 1. Shift into P (Park).
Rear Vision before backing may result in
Camera (RVC) injury, death, or vehicle damage. 2. Press the CONFIG button to
Always check behind and around enter the configure menu
This vehicle may have the RVC the vehicle before backing. options.
system. Read this entire section
3. Select Display.
before using it.
4. Select Rear Camera Options.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
5. Select Camera. When a To turn the symbols on or off: Guidelines

checkmark appears next to the 1. Shift into P (Park). The RVC system may have a
Camera option, then the RVC guideline overlay that can help the
system is on. 2. Press the CONFIG button to
enter the configure menu driver align the vehicle when
Symbols options. backing into a parking spot.
The system may have a feature that 3. Select Display. To turn the guidelines on or off:
lets the driver view symbols on the 1. Shift into P (Park).
infotainment screen while using the 4. Select Rear Camera Options.
RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear Park 5. Select Symbols. When a 2. Press the CONFIG button to
Assist (URPA) system must not be checkmark appears next to the enter the configure menu
disabled to use the caution symbols. Symbols option, symbols will options.
The error message Rear Parking appear. 3. Select Display.
Assist Symbols Unavailable may
display if URPA has been disabled On vehicles with the Rear Cross 4. Select Rear Camera Options.
and the symbols have been turned Traffic Alert (RCTA), a warning 5. Select Guidelines. When a
on. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist triangle with an arrow may also checkmark appears next to the
on page 9‑39. display on the RVC screen to warn Guidelines option, guidelines will
of traffic coming from either appear.
The symbols appear and may cover direction. Three beeps will sound
an object when viewing the from the speaker on that side. This
infotainment screen when an object system detects objects coming from
is detected by the URPA system. up to 30 m (98 ft) from the left or
right side behind the vehicle.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Rear Vision Camera Error The area displayed by the camera is

Messages limited. It does not display objects
SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA that are close to either corner or
SYSTEM: This message can under the bumper and can vary
display when the system is not depending on vehicle orientation or
receiving information it requires from road conditions. The distance of the
other vehicle systems. image that appears on the screen is
different from the actual distance.
If any other problem occurs or if a
problem persists, see your dealer. The following illustration shows the
1. View displayed by the camera.
field of view that the camera
Rear Vision Camera Location provides. 2. Corner of the rear bumper.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The RVC system may not work
properly or display a clear image if:
. The RVC is turned off. See
“Turning the Rear Camera
System On or Off” earlier in this
section.
. It is dark.
. The sun or the beam of
headlamps are shining directly
The camera is above the license 1. View displayed by the camera. into the camera lens.
plate.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
builds up on the camera lens. Fuel
Clean the lens, rinse it with Use of the recommended fuel is an
water, and wipe it with a soft important part of the proper
cloth. maintenance of this vehicle. To help
. The back of the vehicle is in an keep the engine clean and maintain
accident. The position and optimum vehicle performance, we
mounting angle of the camera recommend the use of gasoline
can change or the camera can advertised as TOP TIER Detergent
be affected. Be sure to have the Gasoline.
camera and its position and Look for the TOP TIER label on the
mounting angle checked at your fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets
dealer. enhanced detergency standards
developed by auto companies. A list Recommended Fuel
of marketers providing TOP TIER Use regular unleaded gasoline with
Detergent Gasoline can be found at a posted octane rating of 87 or
www.toptiergas.com. TOP TIER higher. If the octane rating is less
gasoline is only available in the U.S. than 87, an audible knocking noise,
and Canada. commonly referred to as spark
knock, might be heard when driving.
If this occurs, use a gasoline rated
at 87 octane or higher as soon as
possible. If heavy knocking is heard
when using gasoline rated at
87 octane or higher, the engine
needs service.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Gasoline Specifications control system performance might Fuel Additives

be affected. The malfunction
At a minimum, gasoline should indicator lamp could turn on and the To provide cleaner air, all gasolines
meet ASTM specification D 4814. vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. in the United States are now
Some gasolines contain an See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on required to contain additives that
octane-enhancing additive called page 5‑13. If this occurs, return to help prevent engine and fuel system
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese your authorized dealer for diagnosis. deposits from forming, allowing the
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend If it is determined that the condition emission control system to work
against the use of gasolines is caused by the type of fuel used, properly. In most cases, nothing
containing MMT. See Fuel Additives repairs might not be covered by the should have to be added to the fuel.
on page 9‑47 for additional vehicle warranty. However, some gasolines contain
information. only the minimum amount of
Fuels in Foreign additive required to meet U.S.
California Fuel Countries
Environmental Protection Agency
regulations. To help keep fuel
Requirements injectors and intake valves clean
Never use leaded gasoline or any
If the vehicle is certified to meet other fuel not recommended in the and avoid problems due to dirty
California Emissions Standards, it is previous text on fuel. Costly repairs injectors or valves, look for gasoline
designed to operate on fuels that caused by use of improper fuel that is advertised as TOP TIER
meet California specifications. See would not be covered by the vehicle Detergent Gasoline. Look for the
the underhood emission control warranty. TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to
label. If this fuel is not available in ensure gasoline meets enhanced
states adopting California Emissions To check the fuel availability, ask an detergency standards developed by
Standards, the vehicle will operate auto club, or contact a major oil the auto companies. A list of
satisfactorily on fuels meeting company that does business in the marketers providing TOP TIER
federal specifications, but emission country where you will be driving. Detergent Gasoline can be found at
www.toptiergas.com.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
For customers who do not use TOP Notice: This vehicle was not Filling the Tank
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, designed for fuel that contains
one bottle of GM Fuel System methanol. Do not use fuel
Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel containing methanol. It can { WARNING
tank at every engine oil change, can corrode metal parts in the fuel Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
help clean deposits from fuel system and also damage plastic
violently and can cause injury or
injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel and rubber parts. That damage
death.
System Treatment PLUS is the only would not be covered under the
gasoline additive recommended by vehicle warranty. . To help avoid injuries to you
General Motors. It is available at and others, read and follow
Some gasolines that are
your dealer. all the instructions on the fuel
not reformulated for low
pump island.
Gasolines containing oxygenates, emissions can contain an
such as ethers and ethanol, and octane-enhancing additive called . Turn off the engine when
reformulated gasolines might be methylcyclopentadienyl manganese refueling.
available in your area. We tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant . Keep sparks, flames, and
recommend that you use these where you buy gasoline whether the smoking materials away
gasolines, if they comply with the fuel contains MMT. We recommend from fuel.
specifications described earlier. against the use of such gasolines.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and Fuels containing MMT can reduce . Do not leave the fuel pump
other fuels containing more than spark plug life and affect emission unattended.
15% ethanol must not be used in control system performance. The . Do not reenter the vehicle
vehicles that were not designed for malfunction indicator lamp might while pumping fuel.
those fuels. turn on. If this occurs, return to your
dealer for service.
. Keep children away from the
fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
The tethered fuel cap is behind the

WARNING (Continued) fuel door on the vehicle's passenger { WARNING
side. To open the fuel door, push the
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel rearward center edge in and If a fire starts while you are
cap is opened too quickly. release. When applied pressure is refueling, do not remove the
This spray can happen if the removed, the fuel door will spring nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
tank is nearly full, and is partially open. shutting off the pump or by
more likely in hot weather. notifying the station attendant.
Open the fuel cap slowly and Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise Leave the area immediately.
wait for any hiss noise to stop to remove. Reinstall the cap by
then unscrew the cap all turning it clockwise until it clicks.
the way Notice: If a new fuel cap is
If the cap is not properly installed,
needed, be sure to get the right
the malfunction indicator lamp will
type of cap from your dealer. The
come on. See Malfunction Indicator
wrong type of fuel cap might not
Lamp on page 5‑13 for more
fit properly, might cause the
information.
malfunction indicator lamp to
Do not top off or overfill the tank. light, and could damage the fuel
Wait a few seconds before removing tank and emissions system. See
the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
surfaces as soon as possible. See page 5‑13.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Filling a Portable Fuel WARNING (Continued) Towing

Container
General Towing
. Place container on the
{ WARNING ground. Information
Filling a portable fuel container . Place the nozzle inside the fill Only use towing equipment that has
while it is in the vehicle can cause opening of the container been designed for the vehicle.
fuel vapors that can ignite either before dispensing fuel, and Contact your dealer or trailering
by static electricity or other keep it in contact with the fill dealer for assistance with preparing
means. You or others could be opening until filling is the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
complete. the entire section before towing a
badly burned and the vehicle
trailer.
could be damaged. Always: . Do not smoke while
pumping fuel. For towing a disabled vehicle, see
. Use approved fuel Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑80.
containers. For towing the vehicle behind
. Remove container from another vehicle such as a motor
vehicle, trunk, or pickup bed home, see Recreational Vehicle
before filling. Towing on page 10‑81.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Driving Characteristics Towing a trailer requires a certain

and Towing Tips
{ WARNING amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
When towing a trailer, exhaust longer and not as responsive as the
Driving with a Trailer gases may collect at the rear of vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
When towing a trailer: the vehicle and enter if the the handling and braking of the rig
. Become familiar with the state liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most before setting out for the open road.
and local laws that apply window is open.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
specifically to trailer towing. When towing a trailer: parts and attachments, safety
. Do not tow a trailer during the . Do not drive with the liftgate, chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent trunk/hatch, or rear-most tires and mirrors. If the trailer has
damage to the engine, axle or window open. electric brakes, start the
other parts. combination moving and then apply
. Fully open the air outlets on the trailer brake controller by hand
. Then, during the first 800 km or under the instrument to be sure the brakes work.
(500 mi) trailer towing, do not panel.
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and During the trip, check occasionally
do not make starts at full throttle.
. Also adjust the Climate to be sure that the load is secure
Control system to a setting and the lamps and any trailer
. Vehicles with automatic that brings in only outside air. brakes still work.
transmissions can tow in D See “Climate Control
(Drive) but M (Manual Mode) is Systems” in the Index.
recommended. See Manual
Mode on page 9‑28. Use a lower For more information about
gear if the transmission shifts Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
too often. For vehicles with a Exhaust on page 9‑25.
manual transmission, it is better
not to use the highest gear.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Towing with a Stability Control Backing Up Turn Signals When Towing a

System Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer
When towing, the sound of the wheel with one hand. To move the The turn signal indicators on the
stability control system might be trailer to the left, move your hand to instrument cluster flash whenever
heard. The system is reacting to the the left. To move the trailer to the signaling a turn or lane change.
vehicle movement caused by the right, move your hand to the right. Properly hooked up, the trailer
trailer, which mainly occurs during Always back up slowly and, lamps also flash, telling other
cornering. This is normal when if possible, have someone drivers the vehicle is turning,
towing heavier trailers. guide you. changing lanes or stopping.
Following Distance Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on
the instrument cluster flash for turns
Stay at least twice as far behind the Notice: Making very sharp turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
vehicle ahead as you would when while trailering could cause the burned out. Check occasionally to
driving the vehicle without a trailer. trailer to come in contact with the be sure the trailer bulbs are still
This can help to avoid situations vehicle. The vehicle could be working.
that require heavy braking and damaged. Avoid making very
sudden turns. sharp turns while trailering. Driving on Grades
Passing When turning with a trailer, make Reduce speed and shift to a lower
wider turns than normal so the gear before starting down a long or
More passing distance is needed trailer will not strike soft shoulders, steep downgrade. If the
when towing a trailer. Because the curbs, road signs, trees or other transmission is not shifted down, the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go objects. Use the turn signal well in brakes might have to be used so
farther beyond the passed vehicle advance and avoid jerky or sudden much that they would get hot and no
before returning to the lane. maneuvers. longer work well.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the transmission
shifts too often.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
When towing at high altitude on If parking the rig on a hill: 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
steep uphill grades, engine coolant 1. Press the brake pedal, but do 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
boils at a lower temperature than at not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn clear of the chocks.
normal altitudes. If the engine is the wheels into the curb if facing
turned off immediately after towing 4. Stop and have someone pick up
downhill or into traffic if facing and store the chocks.
at high altitude on steep uphill uphill.
grades, the vehicle could show
2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance When Trailer
signs similar to engine overheating.
To avoid this, let the engine run under the trailer wheels. Towing
while parked, preferably on level 3. When the wheel chocks are in The vehicle needs service more
ground, with the transmission in place, release the brake pedal often when pulling a trailer. See the
P (Park) for a few minutes before until the chocks absorb the load. Maintenance Schedule on
turning the engine off. If the page 11‑2. Things that are
overheat warning comes on, see 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then especially important in trailer
Engine Overheating on page 10‑19. apply the parking brake and shift operation are automatic
into P (Park) for vehicles with an transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
Parking on Hills automatic transmission or into lubricant, belts, cooling system and
gear for vehicles with a manual brake system. Inspect these before
{ WARNING transmission. and during the trip.
5. Release the brake pedal. Check periodically to see that all
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be Leaving After Parking on a Hill hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
dangerous. If something goes 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal Engine Cooling When Trailer
wrong, the rig could start to move. while you: Towing
People can be injured, and both
. Start the engine. The cooling system may temporarily
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always . Shift into a gear. overheat during severe operating
park the rig on a flat surface. conditions. See Engine Overheating
. Release the parking brake. on page 10‑19.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Trailer Towing (Fuel a trailer are all important. It can If there are a lot of options,
depend on any special equipment equipment, passengers, or cargo in
Economy Model) on the vehicle, and the amount of the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
The vehicle is neither designed nor tongue weight the vehicle can carry. weight the vehicle can carry, which
intended to tow a trailer. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” will also reduce the trailer weight the
later in this section. vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
Trailer Towing (Except Maximum trailer weight is calculated the tongue load must be added to
the GVW because the vehicle will
Fuel Economy Model) assuming only the driver is in the
be carrying that weight, too. See
tow vehicle and it has all the
Before pulling a trailer, there are required trailering equipment. The Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10.
three important considerations that weight of additional optional
have to do with weight: equipment, passengers, and cargo
. The weight of the trailer. in the tow vehicle must be
. The weight of the trailer tongue. subtracted from the maximum trailer
weight.
. The total weight on your
vehicle's tires. Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice .
Weight of the Trailer
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
It should never weigh more than an important weight to measure
454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that because it affects the total gross
can be too heavy. weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the The trailer tongue (1) should weigh
It depends on how the rig is used. 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded
For example, speed, altitude, road curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo carried in it, and the people trailer weight (2).
grades, outside temperature, and
how much the vehicle is used to pull who will be riding in the vehicle.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
After loading the trailer, weigh the Towing Equipment Safety Chains
trailer and then the tongue,
Hitches Always attach chains between the
separately, to see if the weights are
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
proper. If they are not, adjustments Use the correct hitch equipment. safety chains under the tongue of
might be made by moving some See your dealer or a hitch dealer for the trailer to help prevent the tongue
items around in the trailer. assistance. from contacting the road if it
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's . The rear bumper on the vehicle becomes separated from the hitch.
Tires is not intended for hitches. Do Leave enough slack so the rig can
not attach rental hitches or other turn. Never allow safety chains to
Be sure the vehicle's tires are drag on the ground.
inflated to the upper limit for cold bumper-type hitches to it. Use
tires. These numbers can be found only a frame-mounted hitch that Trailer Brakes
on the Tire and Loading Information does not attach to the bumper.
Does the trailer have its own
label. See Vehicle Load Limits on . Will any holes be made in the brakes? Be sure to read and follow
page 9‑10. Make sure not to go over body of the vehicle when the the instructions for the trailer brakes
the GVW limit for the vehicle, trailer hitch is installed? If so, so they are installed, adjusted, and
including the weight of the trailer seal the holes when the hitch is maintained properly.
tongue. removed. If the holes are not
sealed, dirt, water, and deadly Because the vehicle has antilock
carbon monoxide (CO) from the brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
exhaust can get into the vehicle. brake system. If this is done, both
See Engine Exhaust on brake systems will not work well,
page 9‑25. or at all.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
Notice: Some electrical
equipment can damage the
vehicle or cause components to
not work and would not be
covered by the warranty. Always
check with your dealer before
adding electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑28 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑28.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-1
Overheated Engine
Vehicle Care Protection
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-30
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-32
General Information Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-33
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
California Proposition Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Electrical System
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-25 Electrical System
California Perchlorate Automatic Transmission Shift Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Lock Control Function Fuses and Circuit
Accessories and Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Ignition Transmission Lock Engine Compartment Fuse
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Vehicle Checks Instrument Panel Fuse
Doing Your Own Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-26 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Wiper Blade Wheels and Tires
Engine Compartment Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Headlamp Aiming All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-42
Manual Transmission Halogen Headlamps . . . . . . . . 10-28 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Headlamps, Front Turn Tire Terminology and
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Signal and Parking Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-14 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-19 I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor Towing General Information

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Recreational Vehicle For service and parts needs, visit
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81 your dealer. You will receive
When It Is Time for New genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Appearance Care and supported service people.
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87 Genuine GM parts have one of
Different Size Tires and these marks:
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-59
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-77
Jump Starting California Proposition
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 65 Warning
Most motor vehicles, including this
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-3
cause cancer and birth defects or Accessories and Damage to vehicle components
other reproductive harm. Engine resulting from modifications or the
exhaust, many parts and systems,
Modifications installation or use of non‐GM
many fluids, and some component Adding non‐dealer accessories or certified parts, including control
wear by-products contain and/or making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is
emit these chemicals. can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the
safety, including such things as vehicle warranty and may affect
California Perchlorate airbags, braking, stability, ride and remaining warranty coverage for
handling, emissions systems, affected parts.
Materials Requirements aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to
Certain types of automotive electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other
applications, such as airbag brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle
and lithium batteries contained in modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician.
may contain perchlorate materials. by the vehicle warranty.
Special handling may be necessary. Also, see Adding Equipment to the
For additional information, see Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ page 3‑28.
perchlorate.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-4 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood

Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the To open the hood:
Doing Your Own Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
Service Work page 3‑28.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
{ WARNING and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
It can be dangerous to work on Maintenance Records on
your vehicle if you do not have page 11‑15.
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always Notice: Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
follow owner manual procedures
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
and consult the service manual
contaminants to contact the
for your vehicle before doing any fluids, reservoir caps,
service work. or dipsticks.
1. Pull up on the hood release
handle. It is located inside the
If doing some of your own service vehicle to the left of the steering
work, use the proper service column.
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13‑11.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-5
To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, be sure
all the filler caps are on properly.
Then, lift the hood to relieve
pressure on the hood prop.
Remove the hood prop from the
slot on the underside of the hood
and return the prop to its
retainer. The prop rod must click
into place when returning it to
the retainer to prevent hood
damage.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and 3. Lift the hood and release the 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
push the secondary hood hood prop from its retainer, above the vehicle and release it
release handle toward the driver located above the radiator. so it fully latches. Check to
side of the vehicle. Securely place the hood prop make sure the hood is closed
into the slot on the underside of and repeat the process if
the hood. necessary.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
1.4L L4 Engine
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-7
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 5. Remote Negative (-) Grounding 9. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
page 10‑14. Point. See Jump Starting on See Jump Starting on
2. Engine Oil Dipstick. See page 10‑78. page 10‑78.
“Checking Engine Oil” under 6. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. 10. Engine Compartment Fuse
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. See “Brake Fluid” under Brakes Block on page 10‑34.
3. Electric Engine Cooling Fan (Out on page 10‑22 and Hydraulic 11. Windshield Washer Fluid
of View). See Cooling System Clutch on page 10‑13. Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
on page 10‑15. 7. Battery on page 10‑24 (Under Fluid” under Washer Fluid on
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When Cover). page 10‑21.
to Add Engine Oil” under Engine 8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Oil on page 10‑9. Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10‑16.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-8 Vehicle Care
1.8L L4 Engine
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-9
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 9. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.

. Check the engine oil level
page 10‑14. See Jump Starting on regularly and maintain the
page 10‑78. proper oil level. See “Checking
2. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil” and “When to Add
“Checking Engine Oil” under 10. Engine Compartment Fuse Engine Oil” in this section.
Engine Oil on page 10‑9. Block on page 10‑34.
. Change the engine oil at the
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of 11. Windshield Washer Fluid appropriate time. See Engine Oil
View). See Cooling System on Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Life System on page 10‑12.
page 10‑15. Fluid” under Washer Fluid on
page 10‑21.
. Always dispose of engine oil
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When properly. See “What to Do with
to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Used Oil” in this section.
Oil on page 10‑9. Engine Oil
5. Remote Negative (-) Grounding To ensure proper engine Checking Engine Oil
Point. See Jump Starting on performance and long life, careful It is a good idea to check the engine
page 10‑78. attention must be paid to engine oil. oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
Following these simple, but get an accurate reading, the vehicle
6. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. important steps will help protect
See “Brake Fluid” under Brakes must be on level ground. The
your investment: engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
on page 10‑22 and Hydraulic
Clutch on page 10‑13. . Always use engine oil approved See Engine Compartment Overview
to the proper specification and of on page 10‑6 for the location of the
7. Battery on page 10‑24 (Under the proper viscosity grade. See engine oil dipstick.
Cover). “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” Obtaining an accurate oil level
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and in this section. reading is essential:
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System on page 10‑15. 1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-10 Vehicle Care
Checking the oil level too soon When to Add Engine Oil Notice: Do not add too much oil.
after engine shutoff will not Oil levels above or below the
provide an accurate oil level acceptable operating range
reading. shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
{ WARNING have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
The engine oil dipstick handle has so much oil that the oil level
may be hot; it could burn you. gets above the cross-hatched
Use a towel or glove to touch the If the oil is below the cross-hatched area that shows the proper
area at the tip of the dipstick, add operating range, the engine could
dipstick handle.
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil be damaged. You should drain
and then recheck the level. See out the excess oil or limit driving
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in of the vehicle and seek a service
with a paper towel or cloth, then this section for an explanation of professional to remove the
push it back in all the way. what kind of oil to use. For engine excess amount of oil.
Remove it again, keeping the tip oil crankcase capacity, see
down, and check the level. Capacities and Specifications on See Engine Compartment Overview
page 12‑2. on page 10‑6 for the location of the
engine oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-11
Selecting the Right Engine Oil vehicle warranty. Check with your Engine Oil Additives/Engine
dealer or service provider on Oil Flushes
Selecting the right engine oil
whether the oil is approved to the
depends on both the proper oil Do not add anything to the oil. The
dexos1 specification.
specification and viscosity grade. recommended oils with the dexos
See Recommended Fluids and Viscosity Grade specification and displaying the
Lubricants on page 11‑12. dexos certification mark are all that
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
grade for the vehicle. Do not use is needed for good performance and
Specification
other viscosity grade oils such as engine protection.
Use and ask for licensed engine oils
SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50. Engine oil system flushes are not
with the dexos1® approved
Cold Temperature Operation: In an recommended and could cause
certification mark. Engine oils
area of extreme cold, where the engine damage not covered by the
meeting the requirements for the
temperature falls below −29°C vehicle warranty.
vehicle should have the dexos1
approved certification mark. This (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be What to Do with Used Oil
certification mark indicates that the used. An oil of this viscosity grade
oil has been approved to the dexos1 will provide easier cold starting for Used engine oil contains certain
specification. the engine at extremely low elements that can be unhealthy for
temperatures. When selecting an oil your skin and could even cause
of the appropriate viscosity grade, cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
always select an oil of the correct your skin for very long. Clean your
specification. See “Specification” skin and nails with soap and water,
earlier in this section for more or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
information. properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
Notice: Failure to use the use and disposal of oil products.
recommended engine oil or
equivalent can result in engine
damage not covered by the I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-12 Vehicle Care
Used oil can be a threat to the necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE How to Reset the Engine Oil
environment. If you change your OIL SOON DIC message or Code Life System
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil 82 DIC message comes on. See
from the filter before disposal. Never Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑28. Reset the system whenever the
dispose of oil by putting it in the Change the oil as soon as possible engine oil is changed so that the
trash or pouring it on the ground, within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). system can calculate the next
into sewers, or into streams or It is possible that, if driving under engine oil change. To reset the
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking the best conditions, the oil life system:
it to a place that collects used oil. system might indicate that an oil 1. Using the DIC MENU button and
change is not necessary for up to a thumbwheel, scroll until you
Engine Oil Life System year. The engine oil and filter must reach REMAINING OIL LIFE on
be changed at least once a year the DIC (: % for Canada).
When to Change Engine Oil and, at this time, the system must
be reset. Your dealer has trained 2. Press the SET button to reset
This vehicle has a computer system
service people who will perform this the oil life at 100%. When
that indicates when to change the
work and reset the system. It is also prompted, use the thumbwheel
engine oil and filter. This is based
important to check the oil regularly to highlight YES or NO. Press
on a combination of factors which
over the course of an oil drain the SET/CLEAR button to
include engine revolutions, engine
interval and keep it at the proper confirm.
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the level. Be careful not to reset the oil life
mileage at which an oil change is If the system is ever reset display accidentally at any time
indicated can vary considerably. For accidentally, the oil must be other than after the oil is changed.
the oil life system to work properly, changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) It cannot be reset accurately.
the system must be reset every time since the last oil change.
the oil is changed. Remember to reset the oil life
When the system has calculated system whenever the oil is changed.
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-13
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON done at the dealer. Contact the Hydraulic Clutch
DIC message or Code 82 DIC dealer for additional information.
message comes back on when the For vehicles with a manual
Change the fluid and filter at the transmission, it is not necessary to
vehicle is started, the engine oil life intervals listed in Maintenance
system has not reset. Repeat the regularly check brake/clutch fluid
Schedule on page 11‑2, and be unless there is a leak suspected.
procedure. sure to use the fluid listed in Adding fluid will not correct a leak.
Recommended Fluids and A fluid loss in this system could
Automatic Transmission Lubricants on page 11‑12. indicate a problem. Have the
Fluid system inspected and repaired.
Manual Transmission
How to Check Automatic When to Check and What
Transmission Fluid Fluid to Use
It is not necessary to check the How to Check Manual
transmission fluid level. Transmission Fluid
A transmission fluid leak is the only It is not necessary to check the
reason for fluid loss. If a leak manual transmission fluid level.
occurs, take the vehicle to your A transmission fluid leak is the only
dealer and have it repaired as soon reason for fluid loss. If a leak
as possible. occurs, take the vehicle to your
The vehicle is not equipped with a dealer and have it repaired as soon The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid
transmission fluid level dipstick. as possible. See Recommended reservoir cap has this symbol on it.
There is a special procedure for Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 The common brake/clutch fluid
checking and changing the for the proper fluid to use. reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake
transmission fluid. Because this fluid as indicated on the reservoir
procedure is difficult, this should be cap. See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10‑6 for reservoir
location.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-14 Vehicle Care
How to Check and Add Fluid When to Inspect the Engine Air To inspect or replace the engine air
Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter:
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
reservoir to make sure the fluid level Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the 1.4L L4 Engine
is at the MIN (minimum) line on the scheduled maintenance intervals
side of the reservoir. The brake/ and replace it at the first oil change
hydraulic clutch fluid system should after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi)
be closed and sealed. interval. See Maintenance Schedule
Do not remove the cap to check the on page 11‑2 for more information.
fluid level or to top off the fluid level. If you are driving in dusty/dirty
Remove the cap only when conditions, inspect the filter at each
necessary to add the proper fluid engine oil change.
until the level reaches the MIN line. How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
See Engine Compartment Overview remove the filter from the vehicle
on page 10‑6 for the location of the and lightly shake the filter to release
engine air cleaner/filter. loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new
filter is required.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-15
1.8L L4 Engine
{ WARNING
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is 1.4L L4 Engine Shown, 1.8L L4

off, dirt can easily get into the Engine Similar
1. Remove the six screws that engine, which could damage it.
secure the cover on. 1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
Always have the air cleaner/filter of View)
2. Lift off the cover. in place when you are driving.
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
3. Inspect or replace the engine air Cooling System Pressure Cap
cleaner/filter.
The cooling system allows the
4. Align the filter correctly.
engine to maintain the correct
5. Install the cover by lowering it working temperature.
over the filter and secure with
the six screws.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-16 Vehicle Care
Notice: Using coolant other than What to Use

{ WARNING DEX-COOL® can cause premature
An electric engine cooling fan
engine, heater core, or radiator
corrosion. In addition, the engine
{ WARNING
under the hood can start up even coolant could require changing Adding only plain water or some
when the engine is not running sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) other liquid to the cooling system
and can cause injury. Keep or 24 months, whichever occurs can be dangerous. Plain water
hands, clothing, and tools away first. Any repairs would not be and other liquids, can boil before
from any underhood electric fan. covered by the vehicle warranty. the proper coolant mixture will.
Always use DEX-COOL The coolant warning system is set
(silicate-free) coolant in the
for the proper coolant mixture.
vehicle.
{ WARNING With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
Heater and radiator hoses, and Engine Coolant hot but you would not get the
other engine parts, can be very The cooling system in the vehicle is overheat warning. The engine
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, filled with DEX-COOL engine could catch fire and you or others
you can be burned. coolant. This coolant is designed to could be burned. Use a 50/
Do not run the engine if there is a remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever water and DEX-COOL coolant.
leak. If you run the engine, it
occurs first.
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you The following explains the cooling
could be burned. Get any leak system and how to check and add
fixed before you drive the vehicle. coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 10‑19.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-17
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Never dispose of engine coolant by The coolant surge tank is located in
drinkable water and DEX-COOL putting it in the trash, pouring it on the engine compartment on the
coolant. If using this mixture, the ground, or into sewers, streams, driver side of the vehicle. See
nothing else needs to be added. or bodies of water. Have the coolant Engine Compartment Overview on
This mixture: changed by an authorized service page 10‑6 for more information on
. Gives freezing protection down center, familiar with legal location.
to −37°C (−34°F), outside requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help How to Add Coolant to the
temperature. Coolant Surge Tank
protect the environment and your
. Gives boiling protection up to health. Notice: This vehicle has a
129°C (265°F), engine specific coolant fill procedure.
temperature. Checking Coolant
Failure to follow this procedure
. Protects against rust and The vehicle must be on a level could cause the engine to
corrosion. surface when checking the coolant overheat and be severely
level. damaged.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
Check to see if coolant is visible in If no problem is found, check
. Helps keep the proper engine the coolant surge tank. If the coolant to see if coolant is visible in the
temperature. inside the coolant surge tank is coolant surge tank. If coolant is
Notice: If an improper coolant boiling, do not do anything else until visible but the coolant level is not
mixture is used, the engine could it cools down. If coolant is visible at the indicated level mark, add a
overheat and be badly damaged. but the coolant level is not at the 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
The repair cost would not be indicated mark, add a 50/50 mixture water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
covered by the vehicle warranty. of clean, drinkable water and coolant surge tank, but be sure the
Too much water in the mixture DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant cooling system, including the
can freeze and crack the engine, surge tank, but be sure the cooling coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
radiator, heater core, and other system is cool before this is done. cool before you do it.
parts. See Engine Overheating on
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-18 Vehicle Care
{ WARNING WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

Steam and scalding liquids from a The coolant warning system is set You can be burned if you spill
hot cooling system can blow out for the proper coolant mixture. coolant on hot engine parts.
and burn you badly. They are With plain water or the wrong Coolant contains ethylene glycol
under pressure, and if you turn mixture, the engine could get too and it will burn if the engine parts
the coolant surge tank pressure hot but you would not get the are hot enough. Do not spill
cap — even a little — they can overheat warning. The engine coolant on a hot engine.
come out at high speed. Never could catch fire and you or others
turn the cap when the cooling could be burned. Use a 50/
system, including the coolant 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
surge tank pressure cap, is hot. water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Wait for the cooling system and
coolant surge tank pressure cap Notice: In cold weather, water
to cool if you ever have to turn can freeze and crack the engine,
the pressure cap. radiator, heater core and other
parts. Use the recommended
coolant and the proper coolant
mixture.
{ WARNING
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system 1.4L L4 Engine Shown, 1.8L L4
can be dangerous. Plain water Engine Similar
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-19
1. Remove the coolant surge tank 4. With the coolant surge tank Engine Overheating
pressure cap when the cooling pressure cap off, start the
system, including the coolant engine and let it run until the The vehicle has several indicators
surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose can be felt to warn of engine overheating.
upper radiator hose, is no getting hot. Watch out for the There is an engine coolant
longer hot. engine cooling fan. temperature gauge on the vehicle
Turn the pressure cap slowly By this time, the coolant level instrument cluster. See Engine
counterclockwise about inside the coolant surge tank Coolant Temperature Gauge on
one-quarter of a turn. If you hear may be lower. If the level is page 5‑10.
a hiss, wait for that to stop. This lower, add more of the proper If the decision is made not to lift the
will allow any pressure still left to DEX-COOL coolant mixture to hood when this warning appears,
be vented out the the coolant surge tank until the get service help right away. See
discharge hose. level reaches the indicated Roadside Assistance Program on
2. Keep turning the pressure cap level mark. page 13‑5.
slowly and remove it. 5. Replace the pressure cap. Be If the decision is made to lift the
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with sure the pressure cap is hood, make sure the vehicle is
the proper DEX-COOL coolant hand-tight. parked on a level surface.
mixture to the indicated Check the level in the coolant Check to see if the engine cooling
level mark. surge tank when the cooling system fan is running. If the engine is
has cooled down. If the coolant is overheating, the fan should be
not at the proper level, repeat running. If it is not, do not continue
Steps 1–3 and reinstall the pressure to run the engine and have the
cap. If the coolant still is not at the vehicle serviced.
proper level when the system cools
down again, see your dealer. Notice: Engine damage from
running the engine without
coolant is not covered by the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: warranty.
10-20 Vehicle Care
If Steam Is Coming from the If No Steam Is Coming from 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine
Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment idle in N (Neutral) while stopped.
If it is safe to do so, pull off the
If an engine overheat warning is road, shift to P (Park) or
{ WARNING displayed but no steam can be seen N (Neutral) and let the
or heard, the problem may not be engine idle.
Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine
can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the If the temperature overheat gauge is
just open the hood. Stay away vehicle: no longer in the overheat zone or an
from the engine if you see or hear .
overheat warning no longer
steam coming from it. Just turn it Climbs a long hill on a hot day. displays, the vehicle can be driven.
off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
the vehicle until it cools down. for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
. Idles for long periods in traffic.
Wait until there is no sign of vehicle distance from the vehicle in
steam or coolant before you open
. Tows a trailer. front. If the warning does not come
the hood. If the overheat warning is displayed back on, continue to drive normally.
with no sign of steam: If the warning continues, pull over,
If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids 1. Turn the air conditioning off. stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
in it can catch fire. You or others 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
could be badly burned. Stop the temperature and to the highest If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine if it overheats, and get out fan speed. Open the windows as engine for three minutes while
of the vehicle until the engine necessary. parked. If the warning is still
is cool. displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down. Also, see “Overheated
Engine Protection Operating Mode”
following.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-21
Overheated Engine Notice: After driving in the Adding Washer Fluid

overheated engine protection
Protection operating mode, to avoid engine
Operating Mode damage, allow the engine to cool
This emergency operating mode before attempting any repair. The
allows the vehicle to be driven to a engine oil will be severely
safe place in an emergency degraded. Repair the cause of
situation. If an overheated engine coolant loss, change the oil and
condition exists, an overheat reset the oil life system. See
Open the cap with the washer
protection mode which alternates Engine Oil on page 10‑9.
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
firing groups of cylinders helps the tank is full. See Engine
prevent engine damage. In this Washer Fluid Compartment Overview on
mode, a significant loss in power page 10‑6 for reservoir location.
What to Use
and engine performance will be
When windshield washer fluid is Notice
noticed. The temperature gauge will
indicate an overheat condition needed, be sure to read the . When using concentrated
exists. Driving extended km (mi) manufacturer's instructions before washer fluid, follow the
and/or towing a trailer in the use. If operating the vehicle in an manufacturer instructions for
overheat protection mode should be area where the temperature may fall adding water.
avoided. below freezing, use a fluid that has . Do not mix water with
sufficient protection against ready-to-use washer fluid.
freezing. Water can cause the solution
to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-22 Vehicle Care

. Fill the washer fluid tank only If the vehicle has rear drum brakes,
three-quarters full when it is { WARNING they do not have wear indicators,
very cold. This allows for but if a rear brake rubbing noise is
fluid expansion if freezing The brake wear warning sound heard, have the rear brake linings
occurs, which could damage means that soon the brakes will inspected immediately. Rear brake
the tank if it is not work well. That could lead to drums should be removed and
completely full. a crash. When the brake wear inspected each time the tires are
. Do not use engine coolant warning sound is heard, have the removed for rotation or changing.
(antifreeze) in the windshield vehicle serviced. Drum brakes have an inspection
washer. It can damage the hole to inspect lining wear during
windshield washer system Notice: Continuing to drive with scheduled maintenance. When the
and paint. worn-out brake pads could result front brake pads are replaced, have
in costly brake repair. the rear brakes inspected, too.
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Brake linings should always be
This vehicle has front disc brakes can cause a brake squeal when the replaced as complete axle sets.
and could have rear drum brakes or brakes are first applied or lightly Brake Pedal Travel
rear disc brakes. applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes. See your dealer if the brake pedal
Disc brake pads have built-in wear does not return to normal height,
indicators that make a high-pitched Properly torqued wheel nuts are or if there is a rapid increase in
warning sound when the brake pads necessary to help prevent brake pedal travel. This could be a sign
are worn and new pads are needed. pulsation. When tires are rotated, that brake service might be
The sound can come and go or be inspect brake pads for wear and required.
heard all the time the vehicle is evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
moving, except when applying the proper sequence to torque Brake Adjustment
brake pedal firmly. specifications in Capacities and Every time the brakes are applied,
Specifications on page 12‑2. with or without the vehicle moving,
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
the brakes adjust for wear.
Vehicle Care 10-23
Replacing Brake System Parts Brake Fluid since a leak means that sooner
or later the brakes will not
The braking system on a vehicle is
work well.
complex. Its many parts have to be
of top quality and work well together Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.
if the vehicle is to have really good Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
braking. The vehicle was designed If fluid is added when the linings are
and tested with top-quality brake worn, there will be too much fluid
parts. When parts of the braking when new brake linings are
system are replaced, be sure to get The brake/clutch master cylinder installed. Add or remove fluid, as
new, approved replacement parts. reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake necessary, only when work is done
If this is not done, the brakes might fluid as indicated on the reservoir on the brake/clutch hydraulic
not work properly. For example, cap. See Engine Compartment system.
installing disc brake pads that are Overview on page 10‑6 for the
wrong for the vehicle, can change
the balance between the front and
location of the reservoir. { WARNING
rear brakes — for the worse. The There are only two reasons why the If too much brake fluid is added, it
braking performance expected can brake fluid level in the reservoir
can spill on the engine and burn,
change in many other ways if the might go down:
if the engine is hot enough. You
wrong replacement brake parts are . The brake fluid level goes down or others could be burned, and
installed. because of normal brake lining the vehicle could be damaged.
wear. When new linings are Add brake fluid only when work is
installed, the fluid level goes done on the brake/clutch
back up. hydraulic system.
. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch
hydraulic system can also cause
a low fluid level. Have the brake/
clutch hydraulic system fixed,
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-24 Vehicle Care
Checking Brake Fluid Always clean the brake/clutch fluid

. If brake fluid is spilled on the
reservoir cap and the area around vehicle's painted surfaces,
The brake/clutch fluid can be the paint finish can be
the cap before removing it. This
checked without taking off the cap damaged. Be careful not to
helps keep dirt from entering the
by looking at the brake/clutch fluid spill brake fluid on the
reservoir.
reservoir. vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately.
The fluid level should be above
MIN. If it is not, have the brake/
{ WARNING
clutch hydraulic system checked to With the wrong kind of fluid in the Battery
see if there is a leak. brake/clutch hydraulic system, the Refer to the replacement number on
After work is done on the brake/ brakes might not work well. This the original battery label when a
clutch hydraulic system, make sure could cause a crash. Always use new battery is needed.
the level is above MIN but not over the proper brake/clutch fluid.
the MAX mark. { WARNING
When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a Notice
low level, the brake warning light Battery posts, terminals, and
. Using the wrong fluid can related accessories contain lead
comes on. See Brake System badly damage brake/clutch
Warning Light on page 5‑15. and lead compounds, chemicals
hydraulic system parts. For known to the State of California to
What to Add example, just a few drops of
cause cancer and reproductive
mineral-based oil, such as
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid harm. Wash hands after handling.
engine oil, in the brake
from a sealed container. See hydraulic system can
Recommended Fluids and damage brake hydraulic
Lubricants on page 11‑12. system parts so badly that
they will have to be replaced.
Do not let someone put in
the wrong kind of fluid.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-25
Vehicle Storage Starter Switch Check 3. For automatic transmission

vehicles, try to start the engine
{ WARNING { WARNING in each gear. The vehicle should
start only in P (Park) or
Batteries have acid that can burn When you are doing this N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
you and gas that can explode. in any other position, contact
inspection, the vehicle could
You can be badly hurt if you are your dealer for service.
move suddenly. If the vehicle
not careful. See Jump Starting on moves, you or others could be For manual transmission
page 10‑78 for tips on working injured. vehicles, put the shift lever in
around a battery without Neutral, push the clutch pedal
getting hurt. down halfway, and try to start
1. Before starting this check, be the engine. The vehicle should
sure there is enough room start only when the clutch pedal
Infrequent Usage: Remove the around the vehicle. is pushed down all the way to
black, negative (−) cable from the the floor. If the vehicle starts
2. Firmly apply both the parking
battery to keep the battery from when the clutch pedal is not
brake and the regular brake.
running down. pushed all the way down,
See Parking Brake on
Extended Storage: Remove the page 9‑33. contact your dealer for service.
black, negative (−) cable from the
Do not use the accelerator
battery or use a battery trickle
pedal, and be ready to turn off
charger.
the engine immediately if it
starts.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-26 Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission shift lever out of P (Park) with Park Brake and P (Park)
normal effort. If the shift lever
Shift Lock Control moves out of P (Park), contact
Mechanism Check
Function Check your dealer for service.
{ WARNING
{ WARNING Ignition Transmission When you are doing this check,
When you are doing this
Lock Check the vehicle could begin to move.
inspection, the vehicle could While parked, and with the parking You or others could be injured
move suddenly. If the vehicle brake set, try to turn the ignition to and property could be damaged.
moves, you or others could be LOCK/OFF in each shift lever Make sure there is room in front
injured. position. of the vehicle in case it begins to
. For automatic transmission roll. Be ready to apply the regular
vehicles, the ignition should turn brake at once should the vehicle
1. Before starting this check, be begin to move.
sure there is enough room to LOCK/OFF only when the
around the vehicle. It should be shift lever is in P (Park). The
parked on a level surface. ignition key should come out Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
only in LOCK/OFF. vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
2. Firmly apply the parking brake. your foot on the regular brake, set
See Parking Brake on
. For manual transmission
vehicles, the ignition key should the parking brake.
page 9‑33.
come out only in LOCK/OFF. . To check the parking brake's
Be ready to apply the regular
Contact your dealer if service is holding ability: With the engine
brake immediately if the vehicle
required. running and the transmission in
begins to move.
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
3. With the engine off, turn the pressure from the regular brake
ignition on, but do not start the pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
engine. Without applying the held by the parking brake only.
regular brake, try to move the I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-27

. To check the P (Park) covered by your warranty. Do not 3. With the latch open, pull the
mechanism's holding ability: allow the wiper arm to touch the wiper blade down toward the
With the engine running, shift to windshield. windshield far enough to release
P (Park). Then release the it from the J-hooked end of the
parking brake followed by the To replace the windshield wiper
blade: wiper arm.
regular brake.
1. Pull the wiper assembly away 4. Remove the wiper blade.
Contact your dealer if service is
required. from the windshield. Allowing the wiper blade arm to
touch the windshield when no
wiper blade is installed could
Wiper Blade Replacement damage the windshield. Any
Windshield wiper blades should be damage that occurs would not
inspected for wear or cracking. See be covered by the vehicle
Maintenance Schedule on warranty. Do not allow the wiper
page 11‑2 for more information. blade to touch the windshield.
Replacement blades come in 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
different types and are removed in blade replacement.
different ways. For proper
windshield wiper blade length and
type, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11‑13.
2. Lift up on the plastic latch in the
Notice: Allowing the wiper arm to
middle of the wiper blade where
touch the windshield when no
the wiper arm attaches.
wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not be
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-28 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement Signal and Parking
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on Lamps
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, page 10‑33.
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb‐changing procedure
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
Halogen Headlamps
{ WARNING
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure 1. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package. 2. High-Beam Headlamp/
Low-Beam Headlamp and DRL
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-29
High-Beam Headlamp/ 3. Disconnect the wiring harness Parking/Turn Signal Lamp

Low-Beam Headlamp and DRL connector from the bulb (3) by
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
pressing the connector
1. Open the hood. See Hood on page 10‑4.
release (2) and pulling
page 10‑4. straight back.
4. Remove the bulb (3) from the
headlamp assembly by turning
counterclockwise and pulling
straight back.
5. Install the new bulb in the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
6. Install the wiring harness
connector to the bulb. Be sure
the connector release (2) locks
into place.
2. Remove the parking/turn signal
7. Install the connector lamp bulb socket from the
2. Remove the connector
retaining tab (1). headlamp assembly by turning
retaining tab (1).
counterclockwise.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-30 Vehicle Care
Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
and Back-Up Lamps
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb 2. Remove the trunk deck trim
socket. cover (1).
4. Install the new bulb in the bulb 3. Remove the bulb socket (2) by
socket. turning counterclockwise and
5. Install the bulb socket into the Trunk Deck Inboard Taillamps pulling straight out.
headlamp assembly by turning 1. Open the trunk.
clockwise.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-31
To replace any one of these bulbs:

Stoplamp/Taillamp, Turn Signal,
Back-up, and Rear
Sidemarker Lamp
1. Open the trunk.
4. Remove the bulb from the 1. Sidemarker Lamp

socket. 2. Turn Signal Lamp
5. Install the new bulb in the bulb 3. Stoplamp/Taillamp
socket.
4. Back-up Lamp
6. Install the bulb socket by turning
clockwise.
7. Install the trunk deck trim cover. 2. Open the two screw covers.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-32 Vehicle Care
License Plate Lamp

To replace the license plate
lamp bulb:
3. Remove the two screws that 4. Remove the taillamp assembly

secure the taillamp assembly. by pulling it straight back.
5. Remove the bulb socket from
the taillamp assembly by turning
it counterclockwise. 1. Remove the two screws from the
6. Install a new bulb into the bulb license plate lamp assembly.
socket. 2. Turn and pull the license plate
7. Install the bulb socket into the lamp assembly down.
taillamp assembly by turning it
clockwise.
8. Install the taillamp assembly and
tighten the two screws.
9. Close the two screw covers.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-33
Replacement Bulbs Electrical System

Bulb
Exterior Lamp
Number Electrical System
Back-Up Lamp 921K Overload
Front and Rear 194 The vehicle has fuses and circuit
Sidemarker breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
Front Parking/Turn 7444NA
Signal Lamp When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
High‐Beam/Low‐ H13LL and closes, protecting the circuit
Bean and DRL until the current load returns to
3. Turn the bulb socket Headlamp normal or the problem is fixed. This
counterclockwise and pull greatly reduces the chance of circuit
License Plate Lamp W5W LL
straight out of the lamp overload and fire caused by
assembly. Rear Turn 7443NA electrical problems.
Signal Lamp
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it Fuses and circuit breakers protect
straight out of the socket. Stoplamp/Taillamp 3057K LCP power devices in the vehicle.
5. Push the new bulb into the Replace a bad fuse with a new one
socket. For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer. of the identical size and rating.
6. Install the bulb socket by turning If there is a problem on the road and
clockwise into the license plate a fuse needs to be replaced, the
lamp assembly. same amperage fuse can be
7. Replace the license plate lamp borrowed. Choose some feature of
assembly and tightien the two the vehicle that is not needed to use
screws to secure. and replace it as soon as possible.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-34 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment

An electrical overload may cause Breakers Fuse Block
the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
some cases to remain off. Have the
protected from short circuits by a
headlamp wiring checked right away
combination of fuses and circuit
if the lamps go on and off or
breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off.
chance of damage caused by
Windshield Wipers electrical problems.
If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the
heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse.
wipers will stop until the motor cools If the band is broken or melted,
and will then restart. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
Although the circuit is protected identical size and rating.
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses of the same amperage can To remove the fuse block cover,
cause wiper linkage damage. be temporarily borrowed from squeeze the clips and swing it up.
Always clear ice and heavy snow another fuse location, if a fuse goes
from the windshield before using the out. Replace the fuse as soon as Notice: Spilling liquid on any
windshield wipers. possible. electrical component on the
vehicle may damage it. Always
If the overload is caused by an To identify and check fuses, circuit keep the covers on any electrical
electrical problem and not snow or breakers, and relays, see Engine component.
ice, be sure to get it fixed. Compartment Fuse Block on
page 10‑34 and Instrument Panel
Fuse Block on page 10‑38.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-35
Mini Fuses Usage

4 Canister Vent
Solenoid
5 Ignition
7 Not Used
8 Fuel Injection
9 Fuel Injection/
Ignition System
10 Engine Control
Module
11 Lambda Sensor
13 Canister Vent
Solenoid
Engine Compartment Fuse Block 14 Not Used
15 Rear Wiper
The vehicle may not be equipped Mini Fuses Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and 16 Ignition/Air Quality
features shown. 1 Transmission Sensor/Aero‐Shutter
Control Module
17 Ignition/Airbag
2 Engine Control
Module 18 Fuel Control Module
3 Not Used 19 Not Used
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
20 Fuel Pump
10-36 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

23 Not Used 47 Lambda Sensor 63 Rear Window
Sensor
29 Not Used 48 Fog Lights
64 Air Quality Sensor
30 Antilock Brake 49 Not Used
System 65 Rear Fog Lamp
50 Not Used
31 Body Control 66 Rear Washer
51 Horn
Module
67 Fuel System Control
52 Ignition
32 Body Control Module
Module 53 Automatic Dimming
68 Not Used
Rearview Mirror
33 Front Seat Heating
69 Battery Voltage
54 Light Switch/Light
34 Sunroof (If Sensor
Control
Equipped)
70 Not Used
55 Mirror Folding
35 Infotainment
71 Not Used
System/Amplifier 56 Windshield Washer
36 Not Used 57 Steering J‐Case Usage
Column Lock Fuses
37 High Beam
Right Side 58 Not Used 6 Front Wipers
38 High Beam Left Side 60 Heated Mirror 12 Starter Solenoid
39 Not Used 61 Heated Mirror 21 Rear Power
40 Not Used 62 Air Conditioning Windows
46 Cooling Fan 22 Not Used
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-37
J‐Case Usage Micro Usage HC Relays Usage

Fuses Relays
9 Cooling Fan K2
24 Front Power 1 A/C Clutch
13 Cooling Fan K1
Windows
2 Starter Solenoid
25 Electronic Mini Relays Usage
4 Front Wiper Speed
Vacuum Pump
5 Front Wiper On 7 Ignition 87 Main
26 Antilock Brake
System Pump 6 Not Used 15 Ignition 15
27 Electronic Key 10 Cooling Fan K3 16 Not Used
System/PEPS 17 Not Used
12 Cooling Fan K3
28 Rear Window 14 Not Used
Defogger
41 Not Used U‐Micro Usage
42 Cooling Fan K2 Relays
43 Not Used 3 Cooling Fan K7
44 Not Used 8 Fuel Pump
45 Cooling Fan K1 11 Not Used
59 Not Used
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-38 Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse Fuses Usage

Block 1 Infotainment
System/Hands‐free
Phone
2 Not Used
3 Body Control
Module
4 Infotainment System
5 Information Display/
Parking Assist
6 Cigarette Lighter
7 Power Outlet
The instrument panel fuse block is 8 Body Control
in the driver side of the instrument Module
panel. To access the fuses:
9 Body Control
1. Open the fuse block cover by Module
pulling out at the top.
10 Body Control
2. Remove the lower edge of the Module
cover.
11 Interior Fan
3. Remove the cover. Instrument Panel Fuse Block
12 Not Used
To reinstall the cover, reverse the The vehicle may not be equipped
steps above. with all of the fuses, relays, and 13 Power Seat
features shown.Inf
ormat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-39
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires

14 Diagnostic 24 Body Control
Connector Module Tires
15 Airbag 25 Steering Every new GM vehicle has
Column Lock high-quality tires made by a
16 Central Locking
System/Tailgate 26 Not Used leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
17 Air Conditioning information regarding the tire
System Relays Usage
warranty and where to get
18 Not Used 1 Trunk Open service. For additional
19 Not Used 2 Logistics Module information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
20 Not Used 3 RAP Relay
21 Instrument Cluster { WARNING
22 Ignition/Electronic . Poorly maintained and
Key System improperly used tires are
23 Body Control dangerous.
Module . Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a result
of too much flexing. There
could be a blowout and a
serious crash. See Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑10.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-40 Vehicle Care
identified by the last two characters

WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
. Underinflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires can
same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the Consider installing winter tires on
tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire the vehicle if frequent driving on
could cause serious injury. service center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is
Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount expected. All-season tires provide
maintain the recommended the tires. adequate performance for most
pressure. Tire pressure winter driving conditions, but they
. Do not spin the tires in may not offer the same level of
should be checked when the excess of 56 km/h (35 mph)
tires are cold. traction or performance as winter
on slippery surfaces such as tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
. Overinflated tires are more snow, mud, ice, etc. See Winter Tires on page 10‑40.
likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may
or broken by a sudden impact cause the tires to explode.
— such as when hitting a Winter Tires
pothole. Keep tires at the This vehicle was not, originally,
recommended pressure. All-Season Tires equipped with winter tires. Winter
. Worn or old tires can cause a This vehicle may come with tires are designed for increased
crash. If the tread is badly all-season tires. These tires are traction on snow and ice-covered
worn, replace them. designed to provide good overall roads. Consider installing winter
performance on most road surfaces tires on the vehicle if frequent
. Replace any tires that have and weather conditions. Original driving on snow or ice-covered
been damaged by impacts equipment tires designed to GM's roads is expected. See your dealer
with potholes, curbs, etc. specific tire performance criteria for details regarding winter tire
(Continued) have a TPC specification code availability and proper tire selection.
molded onto the sidewall. Original Also, see Buying New Tires on
equipment all-season tires can be page 10‑55.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-41
With winter tires, there may be Low-Profile Tires Keep tires set to the correct
decreased dry road traction, inflation pressure and, when
increased road noise, and shorter If the vehicle has P225/45R18 possible, avoid contact with
tread life. After changing to winter size tires, they are classified as curbs, potholes, and other
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle low‐profile tires. These tires are road hazards.
handling and braking. designed for very responsive
If using winter tires: driving on wet or dry pavement, Summer Tires
however, may produce more
. Use tires of the same brand and This vehicle may come with high
tread type on all four wheel road noise and tend to wear
faster. performance summer tires. These
positions. tires have a special tread and
. Use only radial ply tires of the Notice: Low‐profile tires are compound that are optimized for
same size, load range, and more susceptible to damage maximum dry and wet road
speed rating as the original from road hazards or curb performance. This special tread and
equipment tires. impact than standard profile compound will decrease
tires. Tire and/or wheel performance in cold climates, and
Winter tires with the same speed on ice and snow. We recommend
rating as the original equipment tires assembly damage can occur
installing winter tires on the vehicle
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, when coming into contact
if frequent driving in cold
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter with road hazards like, temperatures or on snow or ice
tires with a lower speed rating are potholes, or sharp edged covered roads is expected. See
chosen, never exceed the tire's objects, or when sliding into a Winter Tires on page 10‑40.
maximum speed capability. curb. The warranty does not
cover this type of damage.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-42 Vehicle Care
Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the two digits represent the week
“Tire Size” illustration later in this (01–52) and the last two digits,
Useful information about a tire is section. the year. For example, the third
molded into its sidewall. The week of the year 2010 would
examples show a typical (2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date
passenger vehicle tire and a of 0310.
compact spare tire sidewall. Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to (4) Tire Identification Number
GM's specific tire performance (TIN): The letters and numbers
criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT (Department
code molded onto the sidewall. of Transportation) code are
GM's TPC specifications meet or the Tire Identification Number
exceed all federal safety (TIN). The TIN shows the
guidelines. manufacturer and plant code,
(3) DOT (Department of tire size, and date the tire was
Transportation): The manufactured. The TIN is
Department of Transportation molded onto both sides of the
(DOT) code indicates that the tire, although only one side may
tire is in compliance with the have the date of manufacture.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
U.S. Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
(1) Tire Size: The tire size is a Transportation Motor Vehicle of cord and number of plies in
combination of letters and Safety Standards. the sidewall and under the tread.
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height, DOT Tire Date of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
aspect ratio, construction type, Manufacture: The last four Grading (UTQG): Tire
digits of the TIN indicate the manufacturers are required to
tire manufactured
I
nfor
mat
i
date.
onPr
ovi
dedby:
The first grade tires based on three
Vehicle Care 10-43
performance factors: treadwear, (2) Temporary Use Only: The (4) Maximum Cold Inflation
traction, and temperature compact spare tire or temporary Load Limit: Maximum load that
resistance. For more information use tire should not be driven at can be carried and the
see Uniform Tire Quality speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). maximum pressure needed to
Grading on page 10‑57. The compact spare tire is for support that load.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation emergency use when a regular (5) Tire Inflation: The
Load Limit: Maximum load that road tire has lost air and gone temporary use tire or compact
can be carried and the flat. If the vehicle has a compact spare tire should be inflated to
maximum pressure needed to spare tire, see Compact Spare 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
support that load. Tire on page 10‑77 and If a Tire information on tire pressure and
Goes Flat on page 10‑60. inflation see Tire Pressure on
(3) Tire Identification Number page 10‑47.
(TIN): The letters and numbers (6) Tire Size: A combination of
following the DOT (Department letters and numbers define a
of Transportation) code are tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
the Tire Identification Number construction type, and service
(TIN). The TIN shows the description. The letter T as the
manufacturer and plant code, first character in the tire size
tire size, and date the tire was means the tire is for temporary
manufactured. The TIN is use only.
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
Compact Spare Tire Example
have the date of manufacture.
(1) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-44 Vehicle Care
(7) TPC Spec (Tire (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: diagonal or bias ply
Performance Criteria The United States version of a construction; and the letter B
Specification): Original metric tire sizing system. The means belted-bias ply
equipment tires designed to letter P as the first character in construction.
GM's specific tire performance the tire size means a passenger (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
criteria have a TPC specification vehicle tire engineered to the wheel in inches.
code molded onto the sidewall. standards set by the U.S. Tire
GM's TPC specifications meet or and Rim Association. (6) Service Description: These
exceed all federal safety characters represent the load
(2) Tire Width: The three-digit index and speed rating of the
guidelines. number indicates the tire section tire. The load index represents
width in millimeters from the load carrying capacity a tire
Tire Designations sidewall to sidewall. is certified to carry. The speed
Tire Size (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit rating is the maximum speed a
The following is an example of a number that indicates the tire tire is certified to carry a load.
typical passenger vehicle height-to-width measurements.
tire size. For example, if the tire size Tire Terminology and
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Definitions
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is Air Pressure: The amount of
60 percent as high as it is wide. air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
(4) Construction Code: A letter the tire. Air pressure is
code is used to indicate the type expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
of ply construction in the tire. or psi (pounds per square inch).
The letter R means radial ply
construction;Infothe
r
mat
i
letter
onProvi
D means
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-45
Accessory Weight: The Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer,
combined weight of optional amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and
accessories. Some examples of measured in kPa (kilopascal) date of production.
optional accessories are or psi (pounds per square inch) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
automatic transmission, power before a tire has built up heat Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
steering, power brakes, power from driving. See Tire Pressure on page 9‑10.
windows, power seats, and air on page 10‑47.
conditioning. GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Curb Weight: The weight of a Rating for the front axle. See
Aspect Ratio: The relationship motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits on
of a tire's height to its width. optional equipment including the page 9‑10.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
cords between the plies and the Rating for the rear axle. See
tread. Cords may be made from passengers and cargo.
Vehicle Load Limits on
steel or other reinforcing DOT Markings: A code molded page 9‑10.
materials. into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in Intended Outboard Sidewall :
Bead: The tire bead contains The side of an asymmetrical tire,
steel wires wrapped by steel compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation that must always face outward
cords that hold the tire onto when mounted on a vehicle.
the rim. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire includes the Tire Identification unit for air pressure.
in which the plies are laid at Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
alternate angles less than designator which can also
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-46 Vehicle Care
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A Normal Occupant Weight: The Recommended Inflation
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle Pressure: Vehicle
some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by manufacturer's recommended
vehicles. 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle tire inflation pressure as shown
Load Index: An assigned Load Limits on page 9‑10. on the tire placard. See Tire
number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : Pressure on page 10‑47 and
that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. Vehicle Load Limits on
carrying capacity of a tire. page 9‑10.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The
Maximum Inflation Pressure: side of an asymmetrical tire that Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces tire in which the ply cords that
which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a extend to the beads are laid at
The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that 90 degrees to the centerline of
molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears the tread.
Maximum Load Rating: The white lettering, or bears Rim: A metal support for a tire
load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or and upon which the tire beads
maximum permissible inflation model name molding that is are seated.
pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same Sidewall: The portion of a tire
moldings on the other sidewall between the tread and the bead.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire.
Weight: The sum of curb Speed Rating: An
weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A alphanumeric code assigned to
vehicle capacity weight, and tire used on passenger cars and a tire indicating the maximum
production options weight. some light duty trucks and speed at which a tire can
multipurpose vehicles. operate.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-47
Traction: The friction between sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Pressure
the tire and the road surface. Tire Quality Grading on
The amount of grip provided. page 10‑57. Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
Tread: The portion of a tire that Vehicle Capacity Weight: The effectively.
comes into contact with number of designated seating
the road. positions multiplied by Notice: Neither tire
68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated underinflation nor
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow overinflation is good.
bands, sometimes called wear cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑10. Underinflated tires, or tires
bars, that show across the tread that do not have enough air,
of a tire when only 1.6 mm Vehicle Maximum Load on the can result in:
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See Tire: Load on an individual tire
When It Is Time for New Tires due to curb weight, accessory
. Tire overloading and
on page 10‑54. weight, occupant weight, and overheating which could
cargo weight. lead to a blowout.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards): A tire Vehicle Placard: A label
. Premature or
information system that permanently attached to a irregular wear.
provides consumers with vehicle showing the vehicle . Poor handling.
ratings for a tire's traction, capacity weight and the . Reduced fuel economy.
temperature, and treadwear. original equipment tire size
Ratings are determined and recommended inflation Overinflated tires, or tires that
by tire manufacturers using pressure. See “Tire and Loading have too much air, can
government testing procedures. Information Label” under Vehicle result in:
The ratings are molded into the Load Limits on page 9‑10. . Unusual wear.
. Poor handling.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-48 Vehicle Care

. Rough ride. pressure should be at 420 kPa inflation pressure is high, press
. Needless damage from (60 psi). See Compact Spare on the metal stem in the center
road hazards. Tire on page 10‑77. of the tire valve to release air.
The Tire and Loading How to Check Recheck the tire pressure with
Information label on the vehicle the tire gauge.
Use a good quality pocket-type
indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure. Return the valve caps on the
tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to prevent leaks
inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire. and keep out dirt and moisture.
recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure
minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning Tire Pressure Monitor
support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven System
load carrying capacity. See for at least three hours or no
Vehicle Load Limits on The Tire Pressure Monitor System
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
page 9‑10.
Remove the valve cap from the technology to check tire pressure
How the vehicle is loaded tire valve stem. Press the tire levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
affects vehicle handling and ride gauge firmly onto the valve to the air pressure in your tires and
comfort. Never load the vehicle transmit tire pressure readings to a
get a pressure measurement.
with more weight than it was receiver located in the vehicle.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
designed to carry. matches the recommended Each tire, including the spare (if
pressure on the Tire and provided), should be checked
When to Check monthly when cold and inflated to
Loading Information label, no
Check the tires once a month or the inflation pressure recommended
further adjustment is necessary. by the vehicle manufacturer on the
more. Do not forget the compact If the inflation pressure is low,
spare, if the vehicle has one. vehicle placard or tire inflation
add air until the recommended pressure label. (If your vehicle has
The cold compact spare tire pressure is reached. Ifby:the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
ded tires of a different size than the size
Vehicle Care 10-49
indicated on the vehicle placard or pressure, even if under-inflation has Always check the TPMS malfunction
tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger telltale after replacing one or more
should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to
inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale. ensure that the replacement or
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been alternate tires and wheels allow the
vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction TPMS to continue to function
tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the properly.
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. See Tire Pressure Monitor
pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is Operation on page 10‑50.
of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a Federal Communications
malfunction, the telltale will flash for Commission (FCC) Rules and
Accordingly, when the low tire with Industry Canada
pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then
should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. Standards
soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon See Radio Frequency Statement on
to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as page 13‑15 for information
significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. regarding Part 15 of the Federal
causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is Communications Commission (FCC)
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be Rules and with Industry Canada
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS
vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety
ability. of reasons, including the installation
Please note that the TPMS is not a of replacement or alternate tires or
substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent
maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
responsibility to maintain correct tire
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-50 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor tires to the recommended pressure A Tire and Loading Information label
shown on the Tire and Loading shows the size of the original
Operation Information label. See Vehicle Load equipment tires and the correct
This vehicle may have a Tire Limits on page 9‑10. inflation pressure for the tires when
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in they are cold. See Vehicle Load
The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver Limits on page 9‑10, for an example
driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC) display. of the Tire and Loading Information
condition exists. TPMS sensors are The low tire pressure warning light label and its location. Also see Tire
mounted onto each tire and wheel and the DIC warning message come Pressure on page 10‑47.
assembly, excluding the spare tire on at each ignition cycle until the The TPMS can warn about a low
and wheel assembly. The TPMS tires are inflated to the correct tire pressure condition but it does
sensors monitor the air pressure in inflation pressure. Using the DIC, not replace normal tire
the tires and transmit the tire tire pressure levels can be viewed. maintenance. See Tire Inspection
pressure readings to a receiver For additional information and on page 10‑53, Tire Rotation on
located in the vehicle. details about the DIC operation and page 10‑53 and Tires on
displays see Driver Information page 10‑39.
Center (DIC) on page 5‑22. Notice: Tire sealant materials are
The low tire pressure warning light not all the same. A non-approved
may come on in cool weather when tire sealant could damage the
the vehicle is first started, and then TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This damage caused by using an
could be an early indicator that the incorrect tire sealant is not
When a low tire pressure condition air pressure is getting low and must covered by the vehicle warranty.
is detected, the TPMS illuminates be inflated to the proper pressure. Always use only the
the low tire pressure warning light GM-approved tire sealant
located on the instrument cluster. available through your dealer or
If the warning light comes on, stop included in the vehicle.
as soon as possible and inflate the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-51
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits TPMS sensor. The malfunction

. Replacement tires or wheels do
use a GM-approved liquid tire light and DIC message should not match the original equipment
sealant. Using non-approved tire go off after the road tire is tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
sealants could damage the TPMS replaced and the sensor other than those recommended
sensors. See Tire Sealant and matching process is performed could prevent the TPMS from
Compressor Kit on page 10‑62 for successfully. See "TPMS Sensor functioning properly. See Buying
information regarding the inflator kit Matching Process" later in this New Tires on page 10‑55.
materials and instructions. section. . Operating electronic devices or
. The TPMS sensor matching being near facilities using radio
TPMS Malfunction Light and
process was not done or not wave frequencies similar to the
Message TPMS could cause the TPMS
completed successfully after
The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The sensors to malfunction.
if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC If the TPMS is not functioning
are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after properly, it cannot detect or signal a
system detects a malfunction, the successfully completing the low tire condition. See your dealer
low tire warning light flashes for sensor matching process. See for service if the TPMS malfunction
about one minute and then stays on "TPMS Sensor Matching light and DIC message come on
for the remainder of the ignition Process" later in this section. and stay on.
cycle. A DIC warning message also
displays. The malfunction light and
. One or more TPMS sensors are
DIC warning message come on at missing or damaged. The DIC
each ignition cycle until the problem message and the malfunction
is corrected. Some of the conditions light should go off when the
that can cause these to come TPMS sensors are installed and
on are: the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
. One of the road tires has been your dealer for service.
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-52 Vehicle Care
TPMS Sensor Matching The TPMS sensor matching 7. Start with the driver side
Process process is: front tire.
Each TPMS sensor has a unique 1. Set the parking brake. 8. Place the relearn tool against
identification code. The identification 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the tire sidewall, near the valve
code needs to be matched to a new the engine off. stem. Then press the button to
tire/wheel position after rotating the activate the TPMS sensor.
tires or replacing one or more of the 3. Use the MENU button to select A horn chirp confirms that the
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor the Vehicle Information menu in sensor identification code has
matching process should also be the Driver Information been matched to this tire and
performed after replacing a spare Center (DIC). wheel position.
tire with a road tire containing the 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to 9. Proceed to the passenger side
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light the Tire Pressure Menu item front tire, and repeat the
and the DIC message should go off screen. procedure in Step 8.
at the next ignition cycle. The
5. Press the SET/CLR button to 10. Proceed to the passenger side
sensors are matched to the tire/
begin the sensor matching rear tire, and repeat the
wheel positions, using a TPMS
process. procedure in Step 8.
relearn tool, in the following order:
driver side front tire, passenger side A message requesting 11. Proceed to the driver side rear
front tire, passenger side rear tire, acceptance of the process tire, and repeat the procedure
and driver side rear. See your should display. in Step 8. The horn sounds two
dealer for service or to purchase a 6. Press the SET/CLR button again times to indicate the sensor
relearn tool. to confirm the selection. identification code has been
There are two minutes to match the matched to the driver side rear
The horn sounds twice to signal tire, and the TPMS sensor
first tire/wheel position, and the receiver is in relearn mode
five minutes overall to match all four matching process is no longer
and the TIRE LEARNING active. The TIRE LEARNING
tire/wheel positions. If it takes ACTIVE message displays on
longer, the matching process stops ACTIVE message on the DIC
the DIC screen. display screen goes off.
and must be restarted. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-53
12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. . The tread or sidewall is Anytime unusual wear is
13. Set all four tires to the
cracked, cut, or snagged noticed, rotate the tires as soon
recommended air pressure deep enough to show cord or as possible, check for proper tire
level as indicated on the Tire fabric. inflation pressure, and check for
and Loading Information label. . The tire has a bump, bulge, damaged tires or wheels. If the
or split. unusual wear continues after the
Tire Inspection rotation, check the wheel
. The tire has a puncture, cut, alignment. See When It Is Time
We recommend that the tires, or other damage that cannot
including the spare tire, if the for New Tires on page 10‑54
be repaired well because of and Wheel Replacement on
vehicle has one, be inspected the size or location of the
for signs of wear or damage at page 10‑59.
damage.
least once a month.
Replace the tire if: Tire Rotation
. The indicators at three or Tires should be rotated every
more places around the tire 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
can be seen. Maintenance Schedule on
page 11‑2.
. There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's Tires are rotated to achieve a
rubber. uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Use this rotation pattern when

rotating the tires.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-54 Vehicle Care
Do not include the compact When It Is Time for New

spare tire in the tire rotation. { WARNING Tires
Adjust the front and rear tires to Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Factors such as maintenance,
the recommended inflation parts to which it is fastened, can temperatures, driving speeds,
pressure on the Tire and make wheel nuts become loose vehicle loading, and road conditions
Loading Information label after after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires.
the tires have been rotated. See off and cause an accident. When
Tire Pressure on page 10‑47 changing a wheel, remove any
and Vehicle Load Limits on rust or dirt from places where the
page 9‑10. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor towel can be used; however, use
System. See Tire Pressure a scraper or wire brush later to
Monitor Operation on remove all rust or dirt.
page 10‑50.
Check that all wheel nuts are Lightly coat the center of the
properly tightened. See “Wheel wheel hub with wheel bearing
Nut Torque” under Capacities grease after a wheel change or
and Specifications on tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Treadwear indicators are one way to
page 12‑2. or rust build-up. Do not get
tell when it is time for new tires.
grease on the flat wheel Treadwear indicators appear when
mounting surface or on the the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
wheel nuts or bolts. or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 10‑53 and Tire
Rotation on page 10‑53.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-55
The rubber in tires ages over time. slow aging. This area should be free GM's exclusive TPC Spec
This also applies to the spare tire, of grease, gasoline, or other system considers over a dozen
if the vehicle has one, even if it is substances that can deteriorate critical specifications that impact
never used. Multiple factors rubber. the overall performance of the
including temperatures, loading Parking for an extended period can vehicle, including brake system
conditions, and inflation pressure cause flat spots on the tires that
maintenance affect how fast aging performance, ride and handling,
may result in vibrations while traction control, and tire
takes place. GM recommends that driving. When storing a vehicle for
tires, including the spare if pressure monitoring
at least a month, remove the tires or performance. GM's TPC Spec
equipped, be replaced after six raise the vehicle to reduce the
years, regardless of tread wear. The weight from the tires.
number is molded onto the tire's
tire manufacturer date is the last sidewall near the tire size. If the
four digits of the DOT Tire tires have an all-season tread
Identification Number (TIN) which is Buying New Tires
design, the TPC Spec number
molded into one side of the tire GM has developed and matched will be followed by MS for mud
sidewall. The first two digits specific tires for the vehicle. The and snow. See Tire Sidewall
represent the week (01–52) and the original equipment tires installed
last two digits, the year. For Labeling on page 10‑42.
were designed to meet General
example, the third week of the year GM recommends replacing worn
2010 would have a four-digit DOT
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec) tires in complete sets of four.
date of 0310. Uniform tread depth on all tires
system rating. When
Vehicle Storage replacement tires are needed, will help to maintain the
GM strongly recommends performance of the vehicle.
Tires age when stored normally
buying tires with the same TPC Braking and handling
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at Spec rating. performance may be adversely
least a month in a cool, dry, clean affected if all the tires are not
area away from direct sunlight to replaced at the same time.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-56 Vehicle Care
If proper rotation and

maintenance have been done, { WARNING { WARNING
all four tires should wear out at Tires could explode during Using bias-ply tires on the
about the same time. See Tire improper service. Attempting vehicle may cause the wheel
Rotation on page 10‑53 for to mount or dismount a tire rim flanges to develop cracks
information on proper tire could cause injury or death. after many miles of driving.
rotation. However, if it is Only your dealer or authorized A tire and/or wheel could fail
necessary to replace only one tire service center should suddenly and cause a crash.
axle set of worn tires, place the mount or dismount the tires. Use only radial-ply tires with
new tires on the rear axle. the wheels on the vehicle.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment { WARNING If the vehicle tires must be
tires may not be available for H, replaced with a tire that does not
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make
tires. Never exceed the winter brands, or types may cause sure they are the same size,
tire's maximum speed capability loss of control of the vehicle, load range, speed rating, and
when using winter tires with a resulting in a crash or other construction (radial) as the
lower speed rating. vehicle damage. Use the original tires.
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels. Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
System on page 10‑48.
Vehicle Care 10-57
The Tire and Loading Uniform Tire Quality

Information label indicates the { WARNING Grading
original equipment tires on the If different sized wheels are used,
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits Quality grades can be found
there may not be an acceptable
on page 9‑10. level of performance and safety if
where applicable on the tire
tires not recommended for those sidewall between tread shoulder
Different Size Tires and wheels are selected. This and maximum section width. For
Wheels increases the chance of a crash example:
and serious injury. Only use GM Treadwear 200 Traction AA
If wheels or tires are installed that
specific wheel and tire systems Temperature A
are a different size than the original
developed for the vehicle, and
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle The following information relates
performance, including its braking, have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician. to the system developed by the
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover United States National Highway
may be affected. If the vehicle has See Buying New Tires on
Traffic Safety Administration
electronic systems such as antilock page 10‑55 and Accessories and (NHTSA), which grades tires by
brakes, rollover airbags, traction Modifications on page 10‑3. treadwear, traction, and
control, electronic stability control, temperature performance. This
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance applies only to vehicles sold in
of these systems can also be the United States. The grades
affected. are molded on the sidewalls
of most passenger car tires.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-58 Vehicle Care
The Uniform Tire Quality Treadwear controlled conditions on

Grading (UTQG) system does The treadwear grade is a specified government test
not apply to deep tread, winter comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and
tires, compact spare tires, tires wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may
with nominal rim diameters of under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance.
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), specified government test Warning: The traction grade
or to some limited-production course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on
tires. graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction
While the tires available on one-half (1½) times as well on tests, and does not include
General Motors passenger cars the government course as a tire acceleration, cornering,
and light trucks may vary with graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction
respect to these grades, they performance of tires depends characteristics.
must also conform to federal upon the actual conditions of Temperature – A, B, C
safety requirements and their use, however, and may
The temperature grades are A
additional General Motors Tire depart significantly from the
(the highest), B, and C,
Performance Criteria (TPC) norm due to variations in driving
representing the tire's resistance
standards. habits, service practices and
to the generation of heat and its
All Passenger Car Tires Must differences in road
ability to dissipate heat when
Conform to Federal Safety characteristics and climate.
tested under controlled
Requirements In Addition To Traction – AA, A, B, C conditions on a specified indoor
These Grades. laboratory test wheel. Sustained
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the
and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate
the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and
pavement asInfomeasured excessive temperature can lead
r
mat
ionPr dedby: under
ovi
Vehicle Care 10-59
to sudden tire failure. The grade will not be necessary on a regular Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
C corresponds to a level of basis. However, check the nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
performance which all alignment if there is unusual tire System (TPMS) sensors with new
passenger car tires must meet wear or if the vehicle is pulling to GM original equipment parts.
one side or the other. If the vehicle
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
vibrates when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels might
{ WARNING
A represent higher levels of need to be rebalanced. See your Using the wrong replacement
performance on the laboratory dealer for proper diagnosis. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
test wheel than the minimum nuts can be dangerous. It could
required by law. Warning: The Wheel Replacement affect the braking and handling of
temperature grade for this tire is the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
Replace any wheel that is bent,
established for a tire that is cracked, or badly rusted or and cause loss of control, causing
properly inflated and not corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming a crash. Always use the correct
overloaded. Excessive speed, loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
underinflation, or excessive wheel nuts should be replaced. nuts for replacement.
loading, either separately or in If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
combination, can cause heat Some aluminum wheels can be Notice: The wrong wheel can
buildup and possible tire failure. repaired. See your dealer if any of also cause problems with bearing
these conditions exist. life, brake cooling, speedometer
Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of or odometer calibration,
Balance wheel that is needed. headlamp aim, bumper height,
vehicle ground clearance, and tire
The tires and wheels were aligned Each new wheel should have the
or tire chain clearance to the
and balanced at the factory to same load-carrying capacity,
body and chassis.
provide the longest tire life and best diameter, width, offset, and be
overall performance. Adjustments to mounted the same way as the one it
wheel alignment and tire balancing replaces.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-60 Vehicle Care
Used Replacement Wheels the accelerator pedal and grip the

WARNING (Continued) steering wheel firmly. Steer to
{ WARNING control and a crash. Use another
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
type of traction device only if its road, if possible.
Replacing a wheel with a used
manufacturer recommends it for
one is dangerous. How it has A rear blowout, particularly on a
the vehicle's tire size combination
been used or how far it has been curve, acts much like a skid and
and road conditions. Follow that
driven may be unknown. It could may require the same correction as
manufacturer's instructions. To
fail suddenly and cause a crash. used in a skid. Stop pressing the
avoid vehicle damage, drive
When replacing wheels, use a accelerator pedal and steer to
slowly and readjust or remove the
new GM original equipment straighten the vehicle. It may be
traction device if it contacts the very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
wheel.
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. to a stop, well off the road,
If traction devices are used, install if possible.
Tire Chains them on the rear tires.
{ WARNING
{ WARNING If a Tire Goes Flat
Driving on a flat tire will cause
Do not use tire chains. There is It is unusual for a tire to blowout permanent damage to the tire.
not enough clearance. Tire chains while driving, especially if the tires Re-inflating a tire after it has been
used on a vehicle without the are maintained properly. If air goes driven on while severely
proper amount of clearance can out of a tire, it is much more likely to underinflated or flat may cause a
cause damage to the brakes, leak out slowly. But if there ever is a blowout and a serious crash.
suspension, or other vehicle blowout, here are a few tips about Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
parts. The area damaged by the what to expect and what to do:
that has been driven on while
tire chains could cause loss of If a front tire fails, the flat tire severely underinflated or flat.
(Continued) creates a drag that pulls the vehicle (Continued)
toward that side.I
nf maTake
or t
ionPr
oviyour
dedby: foot off
Vehicle Care 10-61
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire

WARNING (Continued) and wheel damage by driving slowly WARNING (Continued)
to a level place, well off the road,
Have your dealer or an authorized if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to
tire service center repair or warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle.
replace the flat tire as soon as Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. 5. Place wheel blocks on both
possible. sides of the tire at the
{ WARNING opposite corner of the tire
being changed.
{ WARNING Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip This vehicle may come with a jack,
Lifting a vehicle and getting under off the jack and roll over or fall spare tire, and wheel block(s) or a
it to do maintenance or repairs is causing injury or death. Find a tire sealant and compressor kit. To
dangerous without the level place to change the tire. To use the jacking equipment to
appropriate safety equipment and help prevent the vehicle from change a spare tire safely, follow
training. If a jack is provided with moving: the instructions below. Then see
the vehicle, it is designed only for 1. Set the parking brake firmly. Tire Changing on page 10‑70. To
changing a flat tire. If it is used for use the tire sealant and compressor
anything else, you or others could 2. Put an automatic kit, see Tire Sealant and
transmission in P (Park) or a Compressor Kit on page 10‑62.
be badly injured or killed if the
manual transmission in
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire. 3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-62 Vehicle Care
WARNING (Continued)
It can cause unconsciousness
and even death. Never run the
engine in an enclosed area that
has no fresh air ventilation. For
more information, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑25.
1. Wheel Block
2. Flat Tire
The following information explains { WARNING
To use the wheel blocks, lift the how to repair or change a tire.
wheel block and lock it into place. Overinflating a tire could cause
Tire Sealant and the tire to rupture and you or
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
others could be injured. Be sure
use the following example as a Compressor Kit to read and follow the tire sealant
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1). and compressor kit instructions
{ WARNING and inflate the tire to its
recommended pressure. Do not
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed exceed the recommended
area with poor ventilation is pressure.
dangerous. Engine exhaust may
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
contains carbon monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-63
too severely damaged for the tire 6. Air Only Hose (Black)
{ WARNING sealant and compressor kit to be 7. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
effective. See Roadside Assistance
Storing the tire sealant and Program on page 13‑5. Tire Sealant
compressor kit or other
equipment in the passenger Read and follow all of the tire Read and follow the safe handling
compartment of the vehicle could sealant and compressor kit instructions on the label adhered to
cause injury. In a sudden stop or instructions. the sealant canister.
collision, loose equipment could The kit includes: Check the tire sealant expiration
strike someone. Store the tire date on the sealant canister. The
sealant and compressor kit in its sealant canister should be replaced
original location. before its expiration date.
Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and “Removal and Installation of the
compressor kit, there may not be a Sealant Canister” following.
spare tire, tire changing equipment,
and on some vehicles there may not There is only enough sealant to seal
be a place to store a tire. one tire. After usage, the sealant
canister and sealant/air hose
The tire sealant and compressor
assembly must be replaced. See
can be used to temporarily seal “Removal and Installation of the
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 inch) in Sealant Canister” following.
the tread area of the tire. It can also 1. Air Compressor
be used to inflate an under
inflated tire. 2. Tire Sealant Canister
If the tire has been separated from 3. Power Plug
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, 4. On/Off Button
or has a large puncture, the tire is
5. Pressure
Inf
orGauge
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-64 Vehicle Care
Using the Tire Sealant and If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 4. Remove the valve stem cap from
Compressor Kit to Temporarily and wheel damage by driving slowly the flat tire by turning it
Seal and Inflate a to a level place. Turn on the hazard counterclockwise.
Punctured Tire warning flashers. See Hazard 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (7)
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. onto the tire valve stem. Turn it
See If a Tire Goes Flat on clockwise until it is tight.
page 10‑60 for other important 6. Plug the power plug (3) into the
safety warnings. accessory power outlet in the
Do not remove any objects that vehicle. Unplug all items from
have penetrated the tire. other accessory power outlets.
1. Remove the tire sealant and See Power Outlets on page 5‑5.
compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle has an accessory
location. See Storing the Tire power outlet, do not use the
Sealant and Compressor Kit on cigarette lighter.
page 10‑69. If the vehicle only has a cigarette
Make sure the on/off button (4) lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
When using the tire sealant and is in the off (O) position. Do not pinch the power plug
compressor kit during cold 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (7) cord in the door or window.
temperatures, warm the kit in a and the power plug (3). 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
heated environment for five minutes.
3. Place the kit on the ground. must be running while using the
This will help to inflate the tire
Make sure the tire valve stem is air compressor.
faster.
positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-65
8. Press the on/off button (4) to The pressure gauge (5) may 10. Press the on/off button (4) to
turn the tire sealant and read higher than the actual tire turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit on. pressure while the compressor is compressor kit off.
The compressor will inject on. Turn the compressor off to The tire is not sealed and will
sealant and air into the tire. get an accurate pressure continue to leak air until the
reading. The compressor may vehicle is driven and the
The pressure gauge (5) will be turned on/off until the correct
initially show a high pressure sealant is distributed in the tire.
pressure is reached. Therefore, Steps 11–17 must
while the compressor pushes the
sealant into the tire. Once the Notice: If the recommended be done immediately after
sealant is completely dispersed pressure cannot be reached after Step 10.
into the tire, the pressure will approximately 25 minutes, the Be careful while handling the
quickly drop and start to rise vehicle should not be driven tire sealant and compressor kit
again as the tire inflates with farther. The tire is too severely as it could be warm after
air only. damaged and the tire sealant and usage.
compressor kit cannot inflate the
9. Inflate the tire to the tire. Remove the power plug from 11. Unplug the power plug (3) from
recommended inflation pressure the accessory power outlet and the accessory power outlet in
using the pressure gauge (5). unscrew the inflating hose from the vehicle.
The recommended inflation the tire valve. See Roadside 12. Turn the sealant/air hose (7)
pressure can be found on the Assistance Program on counterclockwise to remove it
Tire and Loading Information page 13‑5. from the tire valve stem.
label. See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑47. 13. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
14. Replace the sealant/air hose
(7), and the power plug (3)
back in their original location.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-66 Vehicle Care
18. Stop at a safe location and 20. Dispose of the used sealant
check the tire pressure. Refer canister (2) and sealant/air
to Steps 1–11 under “Using the hose (7) assembly at a local
Tire Sealant and Compressor dealer or in accordance with
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a local state codes and practices.
Tire (Not Punctured).” 21. Replace it with a new canister
15. If the flat tire was able to inflate If the tire pressure has fallen available from your dealer.
to the recommended inflation more than 68 kPa (10 psi) 22. After temporarily sealing a tire
pressure, remove the below the recommended using the tire sealant and
maximum speed label from the inflation pressure, stop driving compressor kit, take the
sealant canister (2) and place it the vehicle. The tire is too vehicle to an authorized dealer
in a highly visible location. severely damaged and the tire within 161 km (100 mi) of
Do not exceed the speed on sealant cannot seal the tire. driving to have the tire repaired
this label until the damaged tire See Roadside Assistance or replaced.
is repaired or replaced. Program on page 13‑5.
16. Return the equipment to its If the tire pressure has not
original storage location in the dropped more than 68 kPa
vehicle. (10 psi) from the recommended
inflation pressure, inflate the
17. Immediately drive the vehicle tire to the recommended
8 km (5 mi) to distribute the inflation pressure.
sealant in the tire.
19. Wipe off any sealant from the
wheel, tire or vehicle.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-67
Using the Tire Sealant and See If a Tire Goes Flat on 8. Plug the power plug (3) into the
Compressor Kit without page 10‑60 for other important accessory power outlet in the
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not safety warnings. vehicle. Unplug all items from
Punctured) 1. Remove the tire sealant and other accessory power outlets.
compressor kit from its storage See Power Outlets on page 5‑5.
To use the air compressor to inflate
a tire with air only and not sealant: location. See Storing the Tire If the vehicle has an accessory
Sealant and Compressor Kit on power outlet, do not use the
page 10‑69. cigarette lighter.
2. Unlock the air only hose (6) from If the vehicle only has a cigarette
the sealant canister (2) by lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
pulling up on the lever. Do not pinch the power plug
3. Pull the air only hose (6) from cord in the door or window.
the sealant canister (2). 9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
4. Remove the power plug (3) from must be running while using the
the air compressor (1). air compressor.
5. Place the kit on the ground. 10. Press the on/off button (4) to
Make sure the tire valve stem is turn the compressor on.
positioned close to the ground The compressor will inflate the
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire so the hose will reach it. tire with air only.
and wheel damage by driving slowly
6. Remove the tire valve stem cap
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
by turning it counterclockwise.
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. 7. Attach the air only hose (6) onto
the tire valve stem and press the
lever down to secure it.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-68 Vehicle Care
11. Inflate the tire to the 13. Unplug the power plug (3) from Removal and Installation of the
recommended inflation the accessory power outlet in Sealant Canister
pressure using the pressure the vehicle.
gauge (5). The recommended To remove the sealant canister:
14. Disconnect the air only hose
inflation pressure can be found (6) from the tire valve stem by
on the Tire and Loading lifting the lever. Replace the tire
Information label. See Tire valve stem cap.
Pressure on page 10‑47.
15. Replace the air only hose (6)
The pressure gauge (5) may and the power plug (3) back in
read higher than the actual tire its original location.
pressure while the compressor
is on. Turn the compressor off 16. Place the equipment in the 1. Unlock the air only hose (6) from
to get an accurate reading. The original storage location in the the sealant canister (2) by
compressor may be turned on/ vehicle. pulling up on the lever.
off until the correct pressure is The tire sealant and compressor kit 2. Pull the air only hose (6) from
reached. has an accessory adapter located in the sealant canister (2).
12. Press the on/off button (4) to a compartment on the bottom of its 3. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (7)
turn the tire sealant and housing that may be used to inflate from the compressor (1).
compressor kit off. air mattresses, balls, etc.
Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-69
To install a new sealant canister: To remove the kit:

1. Align the sealant/air hose (7) 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
with the slot in the air page 2‑12.
compressor.
2. Push the sealant canister (2)
down and turn it clockwise.
3. Wrap the sealant/air hose (7)
around the air compressor
channel to stow it in its original
location.
4. Push the air only hose (6) onto
4. Turn the sealant canister (2) so the sealant canister inlet and
the inflator filling hose is aligned push the lever down.
with the slot in the compressor.
5. Lift the sealant canister (2) from Storing the Tire Sealant
the compressor and replace with and Compressor Kit 2. Turn the left knob
a new sealant canister. See your counterclockwise and the right
dealer for more information. The tire sealant and compressor kit knob clockwise, 90 degrees, at
is located in the trunk, under the the same time. Then pull the
load floor, behind an access panel. access panel rearward and up to
remove it.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-70 Vehicle Care
Tire Changing 3. Turn the retainer nut (1)

counterclockwise to remove it.
Removing the Spare Tire and Then remove the tool bag
Tools tether (2) from the stow rod, the
tool bag (3) containing the wheel
To access the spare tire and tools:
wrench and wheel blocks, and
the spare tire (4).
4. Remove the jack, jack handle
extension, and two-piece
wrench, if equipped.
3. Pull the inflator kit rearward.

Squeeze the two tabs of the
quick release buckle to remove
the tire sealant and
compressor kit.
To store the inflator kit, reverse the 1. Retainer Nut
steps.
2. Tool Bag Tether
3. Tool Bag
4. Spare Tire
1. Three-Piece Wrench
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 2‑12. 2. Hex Head Jack
2. Lift the load floor. 3. Jack Handle Extension
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-71
4. Coin/Pierce Jack damaged. Store the wheel cover in

5. Two-Piece Wrench the trunk until the flat tire is repaired
or replaced.
This vehicle may have one of the
following: A coin/pierce jack (4), a Once you have removed the wheel
jack handle extension (3), and a cover, use the following procedure
two-piece wrench (5), or a hex head to remove the flat tire and install the
jack (2) and three-piece wrench (1). spare tire.
1. Do a safety check before
Removing the Flat Tire and proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Installing the Spare Tire Flat on page 10‑60 for more
This vehicle may have aluminum information.
wheels with exposed wheel nuts.
To remove the plastic covers and
Use the wheel wrench to loosen all
wheel nut caps, loosen the plastic
the wheel nuts. Do not remove
nut caps with the wheel wrench in a
them yet.
counterclockwise direction.
Or, this vehicle may have steel If needed, finish loosening them
wheels with plastic covers. with your fingers. The plastic nut
caps will not come off.
If needed, use the flat end of the
wheel wrench and pry along the
edge of the cover until it comes off.
The edge of the wheel cover could
be sharp, so do not try to remove it
with your bare hands. Do not drop
the cover or lay it face down, as it
could become scratched or
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-72 Vehicle Care
2. Turn the wheel wrench 5. If this vehicle is the RS model, Notice: Make sure that the jack
counterclockwise once on each locate the front or rear jack lift head is in the correct position
wheel nut to loosen it. Do not cover on the rocker molding or you may damage your vehicle.
remove them yet. near the tire being changed. The repairs would not be covered
3. Place the jack near the flat tire. Place your hand behind the by your warranty.
4. Place the wheel blocks on both edge of the cover on the rocker
sides of the tire at the opposite molding. Pull down and out to
corner of the tire being changed. remove the cover.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on The cover will remain attached
page 10‑60 for proper wheel to the molding by a tether.
block placement. 6. Place the jack under the vehicle.
7. If you have a coin/pierce jack,
attach the jack handle extension
to the jack by sliding the hook
through the end of the jack.
If you have a hex head jack,
place the hex tube end of the
8. Position the jack lift head at the
wrench over the hex head of
jack location nearest the flat tire.
the jack.
The location is indicated by a
notch in the flange. The jack
must not be used in any other
position.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-73
{ WARNING { WARNING
Getting under a vehicle when it is Lifting a vehicle and getting under
lifted on a jack is dangerous. it to do maintenance or repairs is
If the vehicle slips off the jack, dangerous without the
you could be badly injured or appropriate safety equipment and
killed. Never get under a vehicle training. If a jack is provided with
when it is supported only by the vehicle, it is designed only for
a jack. changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
{ WARNING is provided with the vehicle, only
Hex Head Jack Shown, Coin/
Pierce Jack Similar
Raising the vehicle with the jack use it for changing a flat tire.
9. Raise the jack by turning the
improperly positioned can handle clockwise until it comes
damage the vehicle and even in contact with the notch in the
make the vehicle fall. To help flange.
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-74 Vehicle Care
WARNING (Continued)
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Make sure the jack lift head 10. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
notch is placed in the flange 11. Remove the flat tire.
notch.
Raise the vehicle far enough off
the ground so there is enough
{ WARNING
room for the road tire to clear the Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
ground. parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come 12. Remove any rust or dirt from
off and cause an accident. When the wheel bolts, mounting
changing a wheel, remove any surfaces, and spare wheel.
rust or dirt from places where the
13. Place the compact spare tire
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In on the wheel-mounting surface.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-75
{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

Never use oil or grease on bolts aftermarket manufacturer when
or nuts because the nuts might using accessory locking wheel
come loose. The vehicle's wheel nuts. See Capacities and
could fall off, causing a crash. Specifications on page 12‑2 for
original equipment wheel nut
14. Reinstall the wheel nuts. torque specifications.
Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against Notice: Improperly tightened
the hub. wheel nuts can lead to brake
15. Lower the vehicle by turning pulsation and rotor damage. To 16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
the jack handle avoid expensive brake repairs, a crisscross sequence, as
counterclockwise. evenly tighten the wheel nuts in shown.
the proper sequence and to the
proper torque specification. See 17. Lower the jack all the way and
{ WARNING Capacities and Specifications on remove the jack from under the
page 12‑2 for the wheel nut vehicle.
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
torque specification. 18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or with the wheel wrench.
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-76 Vehicle Care
Notice: Wheel covers will not fit

on the vehicle's compact spare.
If you try to put a wheel cover on
the compact spare, the cover or
the spare could be damaged.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{ WARNING
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
Front Jack Cover Shown, Rear equipment in the passenger Coin/Pierce Jack Shown, Hex
compartment of the vehicle could
Jack Cover Similar Head Jack Similar
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
19. If this vehicle is the RS model, collision, loose equipment could 3. Place the flat tire in the storage
snap the jack cover back into strike someone. Store all these in compartment with the valve
place. the proper place. stem down.
20. Remove the wheel blocks and 4. Place the jack and jack handle
return them to their proper Storing the Flat Tire and Tools extension, if the vehicle has one,
storage location. in the foam container.
1. Replace the wheel wrench and
When reinstalling the wheel cover or wheel blocks in the tool bag. 5. Place the foam container inside
center cap on the full-size tire, the flat tire. Align the hole with
tighten all five plastic caps hand 2. Remove the foam container from the stow rod.
snug with the aid of the wheel the rear storage compartment.
6. Place the tool bag tether over
wrench and tighten them with the the stow rod and the tool bag
wheel wrench an additional rear of the flat tire.
one-quarter of a turn. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-77
7. Turn the retainer nut clockwise If this vehicle has a compact spare Notice: When the compact spare
until tight. tire, it was fully inflated when new; is installed, do not take the
8. Replace the load floor. however, it can lose air over time. vehicle through an automatic car
Check the inflation pressure wash with guide rails. The
The load floor may not lay flat. regularly. It should be 420 kPa compact spare can get caught on
The compact spare is for temporary (60 psi). the rails which can damage the
use only. Replace the compact Stop as soon as possible and check tire, wheel, and other parts of the
spare tire with a full-size tire as that the spare tire is correctly vehicle.
soon as you can. inflated after being installed on the Do not use the compact spare on
Storing the Compact Spare Tire vehicle. The compact spare tire is other vehicles.
and Tools designed for temporary use only. Do not mix the compact spare tire or
The vehicle will perform differently wheel with other wheels or tires.
Reverse the instructions for with the spare tire installed and it is
removing the spare tire and tools to They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
recommended that the vehicle and its wheel together.
store the compact spare tire. speed be limited to 80 km/h
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of Notice: Tire chains will not fit the
Compact Spare Tire the spare tire, have the standard tire compact spare. Using them can
repaired or replaced as soon as damage the vehicle and the
chains. Do not use tire chains on
{ WARNING convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area. the compact spare.
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-78 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps

could result in costly damage to
The jump start negative grounding
point (1) for the discharged battery
For more information about the the vehicle that would not be is the engine block or an engine
vehicle battery, see Battery on covered by the warranty. mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as
page 10‑24. far away from the discharged
Trying to start the vehicle by
If the battery has run down, try to pushing or pulling it will not battery as possible.
use another vehicle and some work, and it could damage the The jump start positive terminal on
jumper cables to start your vehicle. vehicle. the discharged battery (2) is located
Be sure to use the following steps to in the engine compartment on the
do it safely. driver side of the vehicle.
The jump start positive terminal (3)
{ WARNING and negative terminal (4) are on the
battery of the vehicle providing the
Batteries can hurt you. They can jump start.
be dangerous because:
The positive jump start connection
. They contain acid that can for the discharged battery is under a
burn you. trim cover. Open the cover to
. They contain gas that can expose the terminal.
explode or ignite. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must
. They contain enough have a 12-volt battery with a
electricity to burn you. 1. Discharged Battery Negative negative ground system.
Grounding Point Notice: Only use a vehicle that
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these 2. Discharged Battery Positive has a 12-volt system with a
things can hurt you. Terminal negative ground for jump
starting. If the other vehicle does
3. Good Battery Negative Terminal
4. Good Battery
I
nfor Positive
mat
ionPr dedby:Terminal
ovi
Vehicle Care 10-79
not have a 12-volt system with a 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

negative ground, both vehicles Turn off all lights and WARNING (Continued)
can be damaged. accessories in both vehicles,
except the hazard warning Be sure the battery has enough
2. Position the two vehicles so that water. You do not need to add
they are not touching. flashers if needed.
water to the battery installed in
your new vehicle. But if a battery
3. Set the parking brake firmly and
put the shift lever in P (Park)
{ WARNING has filler caps, be sure the right
with an automatic transmission, An electric fan can start up even amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
or Neutral with a manual when the engine is not running add water to take care of that
transmission. See Shifting Into and can injure you. Keep hands, first. If you do not, explosive gas
Park on page 9‑22 with an clothing and tools away from any could be present.
automatic transmission, underhood electric fan.
or Parking on page 9‑24 with a Battery fluid contains acid that
manual transmission. can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
Notice: If any accessories are left
on or plugged in during the jump { WARNING your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
starting procedure, they could be medical help immediately.
damaged. The repairs would not Using a match near a battery can
be covered by the vehicle cause battery gas to explode.
warranty. Whenever possible, People have been hurt doing this,
turn off or unplug all accessories and some have been blinded.
on either vehicle when jump Use a flashlight if you need more
starting the vehicle. light.
(Continued)
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-80 Vehicle Care
9. Start the engine in the vehicle Towing

{ WARNING with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
Fans or other moving engine least four minutes. Towing the Vehicle
parts can injure you badly. Keep
10. Try to start the vehicle that had Notice: Incorrectly towing a
your hands away from moving disabled vehicle may cause
parts once the engine is running. the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it damage. The damage would not
probably needs service. be covered by the vehicle
5. Connect one end of the red warranty.
positive (+) cable to the Notice: If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
positive (+) terminal on the car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck.
discharged battery. wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the If a wheel lift tow truck is used, the
6. Connect the other end of the red vehicle. The repairs would not be drive wheels cannot contact the
positive (+) cable to the covered by the vehicle warranty. road while the vehicle is being
positive (+) terminal of the good Always connect and remove the towed. A wheel dolly must be used
battery. jumper cables in the correct to lift all drive wheels off the ground.
7. Connect one end of the black order, making sure that the Consult your dealer or a
negative (–) cable to the cables do not touch each other or professional towing service if the
negative (–) terminal of the good other metal. disabled vehicle must be towed.
battery. Jumper Cable Removal To tow the vehicle behind another
8. Connect the other end of the Reverse sequence exactly when vehicle for recreational purposes,
black negative (–) cable to the removing jumper cables. such as behind a motor home, see
negative (–) grounding point for “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this
the discharged battery. section.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-81

. How far the vehicle will be
Recreational Vehicle towed. Some vehicles have
Dinghy Towing (With
Towing Automatic Transmission)
restrictions on how far and how
Recreational vehicle towing refers to long they can tow.
towing the vehicle behind another . The proper towing equipment.
vehicle – such as behind a motor See your dealer or trailering
home. The two most common types professional for additional advice
of recreational vehicle towing are and equipment
known as dinghy towing and dolly recommendations.
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
. If the vehicle is ready to be
ground. Dolly towing is towing the towed. Just as preparing the
vehicle with two wheels on the vehicle for a long trip, make sure
ground and two wheels up on a the vehicle is prepared to be
device known as a dolly. towed.
Here are some important things to Notice: If the vehicle is towed

consider before recreational vehicle with all four wheels on the
towing: ground, the drivetrain
. The towing capacity of the components could be damaged.
towing vehicle. Be sure to read The repairs would not be covered
the tow vehicle manufacturer's by the vehicle warranty. Do not
recommendations. tow the vehicle with all four
wheels on the ground.
Vehicles with an automatic
transmission should not be towed
with all four wheels on the ground.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-82 Vehicle Care
If the vehicle must be towed, a dolly 3. Turn the ignition to ACC/

should be used. See "Dolly Towing" ACCESSORY.
that follows for more information. 4. To prevent the battery from
Dinghy Towing (With Manual draining while the vehicle is
Transmission) being towed, remove fuse 22,
23, 24, and 25 from the
instrument panel fuse block. See
Instrument Panel Fuse Block on
Remember to reinstall the fuses
once the destination has been
reached.
Notice: Towing the vehicle from
Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is the rear could damage it. Also,
exceeded while towing the repairs would not be covered by
vehicle, it could be damaged. the vehicle warranty. Never have
Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph) the vehicle towed from the rear.
while towing the vehicle.
To dinghy tow the vehicle from the

front with all four wheels on the
ground:
1. Position the vehicle to tow and
then secure it to the towing
vehicle.
2. Shift the transmission to Neutral.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-83
Dolly Towing 4. Clamp the steering wheel in a Appearance Care

straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing. Exterior Care
5. Remove the key from the Washing the Vehicle
ignition. To preserve the vehicle's finish,
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
7. Release the parking brake.
Notice: Do not use
petroleum-based, acidic,
or abrasive cleaning agents as
they can damage the vehicle's
paint, metal, or plastic parts.
If damage occurs, it would not be
Tow the vehicle with the two rear
covered by the vehicle's warranty.
wheels on the ground and the front
Approved cleaning products can
wheels on a dolly:
be obtained from your dealer.
To tow the vehicle with two wheels Follow all manufacturer
on the ground and a dolly: directions regarding correct
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. product usage, necessary safety
precautions, and appropriate
2. Shift the automatic transmission disposal of any vehicle care
into P (Park) or a manual Notice: Towing the vehicle from
the rear could damage it. Also, product.
transmission into 1 (First) gear.
repairs would not be covered by
3. Set the parking brake. the vehicle warranty. Never have
the vehicle towed from the rear.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-84 Vehicle Care
Notice: Avoid using damage the vehicle's finish if they Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
high-pressure washes closer than remain on painted surfaces. Wash Parts
30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the the vehicle as soon as possible. Regularly clean bright metal parts
vehicle. Use of power washers If necessary, use non-abrasive with water or chrome polish on
exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) cleaners that are marked safe for chrome or stainless steel trim,
can result in damage or removal painted surfaces to remove foreign if necessary.
of paint and decals. matter.
For aluminum, never use auto or
Rinse the vehicle well, before Occasional hand waxing or mild chrome polish, steam, or caustic
washing and after, to remove all polishing should be done to remove soap to clean. A coating of wax,
cleaning agents completely. If they residue from the paint finish. See rubbed to high polish, is
are allowed to dry on the surface, your dealer for approved cleaning recommended for all bright metal
they could stain. products. parts.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean Do not apply waxes or polishes to
chamois or an all-cotton towel to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
avoid surface scratches and water decals, simulated wood, or flat paint Lenses and Emblems
spotting. as damage can occur. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
Notice: Machine compounding or soft cloth, and a car washing soap
Finish Care
aggressive polishing on a to clean exterior lamps and lenses.
Application of aftermarket clearcoat basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Follow instructions under "Washing
sealant/wax materials is not may damage it. Use only the Vehicle" later in this section.
recommended. If painted surfaces non-abrasive waxes and polishes
are damaged, see your dealer to that are made for a basecoat/
have the damage assessed and clearcoat paint finish on the
repaired. Foreign materials such as vehicle.
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree To keep the paint finish looking new,
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from keep the vehicle garaged or
industrial chimneys, etc., can covered whenever
I
nfor
mat
i
possible.
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-85
Shutter System blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and Weatherstrips

a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
Apply silicone grease on
treatments may cause wiper
weatherstrips to make them last
streaking.
longer, seal better, and not stick or
Replace the wiper blades if they are squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips
worn or damaged. Damage can be once a year. Black marks from
caused by extreme dusty rubber material on painted surfaces
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, can be removed by rubbing with a
snow and ice. clean cloth. See Recommended
Clear ice and snow from the wiper Fluids and Lubricants on
blades before using them. If frozen page 11‑12.
to the windshield, carefully loosen Tires
them or thaw them. Damaged wiper
blades should be replaced. See Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
The vehicle may have a shutter Wiper Blade Replacement on clean the tires.
system designed to help increase page 10‑27 for more information. Notice: Using petroleum-based
fuel economy. Keep the shutter tire dressing products on the
system clean for proper operation. Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wipers. If the wiper motor overheats, vehicle may damage the paint
Windshield and Wiper Blades the windshield wipers will stop until finish and/or tires. When applying
the motor cools and the wiper a tire dressing, always wipe off
Clean the outside of the windshield any overspray from all painted
control is turned off. See Electrical
with glass cleaner. surfaces on the vehicle.
System Overload on page 10‑33 for
Clean rubber blades using lint-free more information.
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-86 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum automatic car wash that uses Underbody Maintenance
or Chrome silicone carbide tire cleaning
Use plain water to flush dirt and
brushes. Damage could occur
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild debris from the vehicle's underbody.
and the repairs would not be
soap and water to clean the wheels. Your dealer or an underbody car
After rinsing thoroughly with clean washing system can do this. If not
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. Steering, Suspension, and removed, rust and corrosion can
A wax may then be applied. Chassis Components develop.
Notice: Chrome wheels and other Visually inspect front and rear Sheet Metal Damage
chrome trim may be damaged if suspension and steering system for
the vehicle is not washed after If the vehicle is damaged and
damaged, loose, or missing parts or requires sheet metal repair or
driving on roads that have been signs of wear. Inspect the power
sprayed with magnesium, replacement, make sure the body
steering for proper hook-up, binding, repair shop applies anti-corrosion
calcium, or sodium chloride. leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually
These chlorides are used on material to parts repaired or
check constant velocity joints, replaced to restore corrosion
roads for conditions such as ice rubber boots, and axle seals for
and dust. Always wash the protection.
leaks.
chrome with soap and water after Original manufacturer replacement
exposure. Body Component Lubrication parts will provide the corrosion
Notice: To avoid surface damage, Lubricate all key lock cylinders, protection while maintaining the
do not use strong soaps, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and vehicle warranty.
chemicals, abrasive polishes, steel fuel door hinge unless the Finish Damage
cleaners, brushes, or cleaners components are plastic. Applying
that contain acid on aluminum or silicone grease on weatherstrips Quickly repair minor chips and
chrome-plated wheels. Use only with a clean cloth will make them scratches with touch-up materials
approved cleaners. Also, never last longer, seal better, and not stick available from your dealer to avoid
drive a vehicle with aluminum or or squeak.
chrome-plated wheels through an
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-87
corrosion. Larger areas of finish hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect To prevent damage, do not clean
damage can be corrected in your repellent from all interior surfaces or the interior using the following
dealer's body and paint shop. permanent damage may result. cleaners or techniques:
Chemical Paint Spotting Your dealer may have products for . Never use a razor or any other
cleaning the interior. Use cleaners sharp object to remove a soil
Airborne pollutants can fall upon specifically designed for the from any interior surface.
and attack painted vehicle surfaces surfaces being cleaned to prevent
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
. Never use a brush with stiff
permanent damage. Apply all bristles.
discolorations, and small, irregular cleaners directly to the cleaning
dark spots etched into the paint cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly . Never rub any surface
surface. on any switches or controls. aggressively or with excessive
Cleaners should be removed pressure.
Interior Care quickly. Never allow cleaners to . Do not use laundry detergents or
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, remain on the surface being dishwashing soaps with
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. cleaned for extended periods degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
Immediately remove any soils. Note of time. use approximately 20 drops per
that newspapers or dark garments Cleaners may contain solvents that 3.78 L (1 gal) of water.
that can transfer color to home can become concentrated in the A concentrated soap solution will
furnishings can also permanently interior. Before using cleaners, read leave a residue that creates
transfer color to the vehicle's and adhere to all safety instructions streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
interior. on the label. While cleaning the use solutions that contain strong
interior, maintain adequate or caustic soap.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the ventilation by opening the doors and . Do not heavily saturate the
instrument cluster. Using a mild windows. upholstery when cleaning.
soap solution, immediately remove . Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
10-88 Vehicle Care
Interior Glass Coated Moldings To clean:

To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Coated moldings should be cleaned. 1. Saturate a clean lint-free
dampened with water. Wipe droplets colorfast cloth with water or club
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
left behind with a clean dry cloth. soda. Microfiber cloth is
sponge or soft lint-free cloth
Commercial glass cleaners may be recommended to prevent lint
dampened with water.
used, if necessary, after cleaning transfer to the fabric or carpet.
the interior glass with plain water. . When heavily soiled, use warm
2. Remove excess moisture by
soapy water.
Notice: To prevent scratching, gently wringing until water does
never use abrasive cleaners on Fabric/Carpet/Suede not drip from the cleaning cloth.
automotive glass. Abrasive 3. Start on the outside edge of the
Start by vacuuming the surface
cleaners or aggressive cleaning soil and gently rub toward the
using a soft brush attachment. If a
may damage the rear window center. Fold the cleaning cloth to
rotating brush attachment is being
defogger. a clean area frequently to
used during vacuuming, only use it
Notice: Cleaning the windshield on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, prevent forcing the soil in to the
with water during the first three to gently remove as much of the soil fabric.
six months of ownership will as possible using one of the 4. Continue gently rubbing the
reduce tendency to fog. following techniques: soiled area until there is no
Speaker Covers . Gently blot liquids with a paper longer any color transfer from
towel. Continue blotting until no the soil to the cleaning cloth.
Vacuum around a speaker cover more soil can be removed.
gently, so that the speaker will not 5. If the soil is not completely
be damaged. Clean spots with just . For solid soils, remove as much removed, use a mild soap
water and mild soap. as possible prior to vacuuming. solution followed only by club
soda or plain water.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Vehicle Care 10-89
If the soil is not completely using mild soap. Do not use bleach Cleaners containing these
removed, it may be necessary to or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly solvents can permanently change
use a commercial upholstery and air dry before next use. the appearance and feel of leather
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Notice: Do not attach a device or soft trim and are not
hidden area for colorfastness before with a suction cup to the display. recommended.
using a commercial upholstery This may cause damage and Do not use cleaners that increase
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring would not be covered by the gloss, especially on the instrument
formation occurs, clean the entire warranty. panel. Reflected glare can decrease
fabric or carpet. visibility through the windshield
Following the cleaning process, a Instrument Panel, Leather, under certain conditions.
paper towel can be used to blot Vinyl, & Other Plastic Surfaces
Notice: Use of air fresheners may
excess moisture. Use a soft microfiber cloth cause permanent damage to
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces dampened with water to remove plastics and painted surfaces.
dust and loose dirt. For a more If an air freshener comes in
and Vehicle Information and thorough cleaning, use a soft
Radio Displays contact with any plastic or
microfiber cloth dampened with a painted surface in the vehicle,
For vehicles with high gloss mild soap solution. blot immediately and clean with a
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a Notice: Soaking or saturating soft cloth dampened with a mild
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. leather, especially perforated soap solution. Damage caused by
Before wiping the surface with the leather, as well as other interior air fresheners would not be
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle surfaces, may cause permanent covered by the vehicle warranty.
brush to remove dirt that could damage. Wipe excess moisture
scratch the surface. Then use the Cargo Cover and
from these surfaces after
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to cleaning and allow them to dry
Convenience Net
clean. Never use window cleaners naturally. Never use heat, steam, Wash with warm water and mild
or solvents. Periodically hand wash spot lifters, or spot removers. Do detergent. Do not use chlorine
the microfiber cloth separately, not use cleaners that contain bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
silicone orInfwax-based
or
mat
ionPr dedby: products.
ovi then dry completely.
10-90 Vehicle Care
Care of Safety Belts Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the
proper floor mat usage: Floor Mats
Keep belts clean and dry.
. The original equipment floor Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
{ WARNING mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
to unlock each retainer and remove.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacing, it is recommended

It may severely weaken them. In that GM certified floor mats be
a crash, they might not be able to purchased. Non-GM floor mats
provide adequate protection. may not fit properly and may
Clean safety belts only with mild interfere with the pedals. Always
soap and lukewarm water. check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
. Use the floor mat with the
Floor Mats correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
{ WARNING . Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
If a floor mat is the wrong size or Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
is not properly installed, it can . Use only a single floor mat on
retainer openings over the carpet
interfere with the pedals. the driver side.
retainers and snapping into position.
Interference with the pedals can . Do not place one floor mat on
cause unintended acceleration Make sure the floor mat is properly
top of another.
and/or increased stopping secured in place.
distance which can cause a crash Verify the floor mat does not
and injury. Make sure the floor interfere with the pedals.
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information technicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oil
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
the required maintenance for the tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help blades.
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 protect against major repair
Notice: Damage caused by
expenses resulting from neglect or
improper maintenance can lead to
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may
costly repairs and may not be
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Special Application Services Maintenance intervals, checks,
responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application inspections, recommended fluids,
all required maintenance performed.
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 and lubricants are important to
Your dealer has trained technicians keep the vehicle in good working
Additional Maintenance who can perform required condition.
and Care maintenance using genuine
The Tire Rotation and Required
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have up‐to‐
Services are the responsibility of the
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 date tools and equipment for fast
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
and accurate diagnostics. Many
Recommended Fluids have your dealer perform these
dealers have extended evening and
Recommended Fluids and services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Saturday hours, courtesy
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
transportation, and online
Maintenance Replacement keep the vehicle in good working
scheduling to assist with service
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13 condition, improves fuel economy,
needs.
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Maintenance Records Your dealer recognizes the
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-15 importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair Iservices.
nf
ormat
ionPr
ovi
With trained
dedby:
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use

. Frequently towing a trailer.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
Maintenance
. Used for high speed or
There may need to be more competitive driving. Schedule
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services ‐
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery Owner Checks and Services
Normal are for vehicles that: service.
At Each Fuel Stop
. Carry passengers and cargo Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
. Check the engine oil level. See
within recommended limits on Engine Oil on page 10‑9.
the Tire and Loading Information Required Services ‐ Severe chart.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits Once a Month
on page 9‑10. { WARNING . Check the tire inflation
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can pressures. See Tire Pressure on
surfaces within legal driving page 10‑47.
be dangerous and can cause
limits. serious injury. Perform . Inspect the tires for wear. See
. Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the Tire Inspection on page 10‑53.
Recommended Fuel on required information, proper tools, . Check the windshield washer
page 9‑46. and equipment are available. fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to page 10‑21.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services ‐ Normal chart. work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work on page 10‑4.
The Additional Required Services ‐
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.
. Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required

. Visually inspect windshield wiper
Services Every 12 000 km/ blades for wear, cracking,
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL or contamination. See Exterior
SOON DIC message or Code 82 7,500 mi Care on page 10‑83. Replace
DIC message displays, have the Rotate the tires, if recommended for worn or damaged wiper blades.
engine oil and filter changed within the vehicle, and perform the See Wiper Blade Replacement
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven following services. See Tire on page 10‑27.
under the best conditions, the Rotation on page 10‑53.
engine oil life system might not
. Check tire inflation pressures.
indicate the need for vehicle service
. Check engine oil level and oil See Tire Pressure on
for more than a year. The engine oil life percentage. If needed, page 10‑47.
and filter must be changed at least change engine oil and filter, and . Inspect tire wear. See Tire
once a year and the oil life system reset oil life system. See Engine
Inspection on page 10‑53.
must be reset. Your trained dealer Oil on page 10‑9 and Engine Oil
Life System on page 10‑12. . Visually check for fluid leaks.
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
. Check engine coolant level. See
accidentally, service the vehicle Engine Coolant on page 10‑16. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the page 10‑14.
. Check windshield washer fluid
last service. Reset the oil life . Inspect brake system.
level. See Washer Fluid on
system when the oil is changed.
page 10‑21.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑12.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:

. Visually inspect steering, . Check starter switch. See Starter . Check accelerator pedal for
suspension, and chassis Switch Check on page 10‑25. damage, high effort, or binding.
components for damaged, loose, . Check automatic transmission Replace if needed.
or missing parts or signs of shift lock control function. See . Visually inspect gas strut for
wear. See Exterior Care on Automatic Transmission Shift signs of wear, cracks, or other
page 10‑83. Lock Control Function Check on damage. Check the hold open
. Check restraint system page 10‑26. ability of the strut. See your
components. See Safety System . Check ignition transmission lock. dealer if service is required.
Check on page 3‑15. See Ignition Transmission Lock . Check tire sealant expiration
. Visually inspect fuel system for Check on page 10‑26. date, if equipped. See Tire
damage or leaks. . Check parking brake and Sealant and Compressor Kit on
. Visually inspect exhaust system automatic transmission park page 10‑62.
and nearby heat shields for mechanism. See Park Brake and . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
loose or damaged parts. P (Park) Mechanism Check on if equipped. See Sunroof on
. Lubricate body components. See page 10‑26. page 2‑20.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Footnotes — Maintenance (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines (4) Or every five years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required and hoses for proper hook-up, comes first. See Cooling System on
Services — Normal routing, and condition. Check that page 10‑15.
(1) Or every two years, whichever the purge valve, if the vehicle has (5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. More frequent one, works properly. Replace as comes first.
replacement may be needed if the needed.
(6) Inspect for fraying, excessive
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy (3) Or every four years, whichever cracking, or damage; replace,
traffic, areas with poor air quality, comes first. if needed.
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Footnotes — Maintenance (3) Or every four years, whichever Special Application

Schedule Additional Required comes first.
Services — Severe (4) Or every five years, whichever
Services
(1) Or every two years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System on . Severe Commercial Use
comes first. More frequent page 10‑15. Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
replacement may be needed if the (5) Or every 10 years, whichever components every 5 000 km/
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy comes first. 3,000 mi.
traffic, areas with poor air quality, .
(6) Inspect for fraying, excessive Have underbody flushing service
or areas with high dust levels.
cracking, or damage; replace, performed once a year.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow, if needed.
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition. Check that
the purge valve, if the vehicle has
one, works properly. Replace as
needed.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Additional Battery Brakes

The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are
Maintenance and Care the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving.
Your vehicle is an important additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include
investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break‐down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing
may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping.
repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. . Trained dealer technicians have
performance, additional
maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment
required. It is recommended that the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and
your dealer perform these services the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts
— their trained dealer technicians connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle.
know your vehicle best. Your dealer corrosion‐free.
Fluids
can also perform a thorough Belts
assessment with a multi‐point Proper fluid levels and approved
inspection to recommend when your . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s
vehicle may need attention. The squeak or show signs of systems and components. See
following list is intended to explain cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and
the services and conditions to look . Trained dealer technicians can Lubricants on page 11‑12 for GM
for that may indicate services are inspect the belts and approved fluids.
required. recommend replacement when . Engine oil and windshield
necessary. washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Hoses Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the

Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. split in the tire.
that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of wear may include
. Trained dealer technicians can
With a multi‐point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ inspect and recommend the right
dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer tires. Your dealer can also
advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing
tire wear. services to ensure smooth
Lamps vehicle operation at all speeds.
Properly working headlamps, . As part of the multi‐point Your dealer sells and services
taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer name brand tires.
important to see and be seen on technicians can visually inspect
the road. the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care
of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like
. Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise
attention include dimming, failure new, vehicle care products are
when service is needed. available from your dealer. For
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be Tires information on how to clean and
checked periodically to ensure protect the vehicle’s interior and
Tires need to be properly inflated, exterior, see Interior Care on
that they light when braking. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining page 10‑87 and Exterior Care on
. With a multi‐point inspection, the tires can save money, fuel, and page 10‑83.
your dealer can check the lamps can reduce the risk of tire failure.
and note any concerns. . Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Wheel Alignment Windshield Wiper Blades

Wheel alignment is critical for For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned
ensuring that the tires deliver best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to
optimal wear and performance. clean and clear. provide a clear view.
. Signs that the alignment may . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking,
need to be adjusted include scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield,
pulling, improper vehicle . Trained dealer technicians can and worn or split rubber.
handling, or unusual tire wear. inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can
. Your dealer has the required recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and
equipment to ensure proper if needed. replace them when needed.
wheel alignment.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Recommended Fluids
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of
the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is
recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑9.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10‑16.
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461, in
Canada 88863462).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19259104, in Canada 19259105).
Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified here by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 13272719 AC3144C
1.8L L4 Engine 13272720 AC3145C
Engine Oil Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 93185674 PF2257G
1.8L L4 Engine 93185674 PF2257G
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176
Spark Plugs
1.4L L4 Engine 55576026 41–117
1.8L L4 Engine 55580961 41–120
Wiper Blades
Driver – 60.0 cm (23.6 in) 96910777 —
Passenger – 45.0 cm (17.7 in) 96910780 —
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Odometer
Reading
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Odometer
Reading
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Odometer
Reading
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the glove
box, has the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information.
corner of the instrument panel, on .
the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special
seen through the windshield from equipment.
outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the
the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle.
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. Please refer to Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
1.4L L4 Engine 5.5 L 5.8 qt
1.8L L4 Engine 6.5 L 6.9 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
1.4L L4 Engine 4.0 L 4.25 qt
1.8L L4 Engine 4.0 L 4.25 qt
Fuel Tank
Standard Fuel Tank 59.0 L 15.6 gal
With RPO NL6 Fuel Tank 48.0 L 12.6 gal
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Transmission Fluid
Automatic — 6 Speed 4.0 L 4.2 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
1.4L L4 (LUV) B Automatic 0.70 mm (0.028 in)
Manual
1.8L L4 (LUW) H Automatic 0.70 mm (0.028 in)
Manual
1.8L L4 (LWE) G Automatic 0.70 mm (0.028 in)
Manual
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
1.4L L4 Engine
1.8L L4 Engine I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service Radio Frequency
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation Radio Frequency with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications If the matter has already been
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any
resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you.
Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
1-800-263-3777 (English), with the new vehicle. However,
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program
if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Inc.
toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard
inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business Suite 800
following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838
give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights.
representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
. Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered
Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves
be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility
. Dealership name and location. limitations and/or discontinue its
dispute resolution program prior to
. Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program.
present mileage. program is free of charge and your
case will generally
I
nfor
mat
i be
onPr heard
ovi
dedby: within
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada Limited United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division
of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer Assistance
factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Center
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170
the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5170
an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com
may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification
before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-222-1020
designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
settlement process, from the time Telephone Devices (TTYs))
you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance:
decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872
about 70 days. We believe our From U.S. Virgin Islands:
impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9994
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Canada Assistance Center. Any TTY user in I (Service History): View

the U.S. can communicate with printable dealer-recorded service
General Motors of Canada Limited
Chevrolet by dialing: records and self-recorded service
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in records.
CA1-163-005
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive D (Preferred Dealer
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Information): Select a preferred
www.gm.ca Online Owner Center dealer and view dealer location,
1-800-263-3777 (English) Online Owner Experience maps, phone numbers, and hours.
1-800-263-7854 (French) (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Warranty Tracking
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Information): Track the vehicle’s
The Chevrolet online owner
Telephone devices (TTYs)) warranty information.
experience is a one-stop resource
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
that allows interaction with J (Recall Information): View
Chevrolet and keeps important active recalls or search by Vehicle
Overseas vehicle-specific information in one Identification Number (VIN). See
place. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Please contact the local General
on page 12‑1.
Motors Business Unit. Membership Benefits
E (Vehicle Information): H (Other Account Information):
Customer Assistance for View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
Download owner manuals and view
radio, and OnStar account
Text Telephone (TTY) vehicle-specific how-to videos.
information.
Users G (Maintenance Information): F (Live Chat Support): Chat live
View maintenance schedules,
To assist customers who are deaf, with online help representatives.
required alerts, OnStar onboard
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired Visit my.chevrolet.com to register
vehicle diagnostic information, and
and who use Text Telephones
schedule service appointments. your vehicle.
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also

(Canada) chevroletowner.ca has a Mobility Program. Call
Reimbursement Program 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for
Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner details. TTY users call
Centre: 1-800-263-3830.
. Chat live with online help
representatives. Roadside Assistance
. Use the Vehicle Tools section. Program
. Access third party enthusiast For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
sites and social media networks. This program is available to 1-800-243-8872; (Text Telephone
. Locate owner resources such as qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438).
lease-end, financing, and reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
warranty information. aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800.
. required for the vehicle, such as
Retrieve your favorite articles, Service is available 24 hours a day,
hand controls or a wheelchair/
quizzes, tips, and multimedia 365 days a year.
scooter lift for the vehicle.
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance
Sections. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance,
call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information
. Download the owner manual for
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready:
your vehicle, quickly and easily.
Telephone (TTY) users, call
. Find the 1-800-833-9935.
. Your name, home address, and
Chevrolet-recommended home telephone number.
maintenance services for your . Telephone number of your
vehicle. location.
. Location of the vehicle.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:

. Model, year, color, and license Chevrolet and General Motors of
. Flat Tire Change: Service to
plate number of the vehicle. Canada Limited reserve the right to change a flat tire with the spare
. Odometer reading, Vehicle limit services or payment to an tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
Identification Number (VIN), and owner or driver if they decide the must be in good condition and
delivery date of the vehicle. claims are made too often, or the properly inflated. It is the owner's
same type of claim is made many responsibility for the repair or
. Description of the problem. times. replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.
Coverage Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to
Services are provided up to 5 years/ . Emergency Fuel Delivery: jump start a dead battery.
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever Delivery of enough fuel for the
comes first. vehicle to get to the nearest Services Not Included in
In the U.S., anyone driving the service station. Roadside Assistance
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a . Lock-Out Service: Service to . Impound towing caused by
person driving the vehicle without unlock the vehicle if you are violation of any laws.
permission from the owner is not locked out. A remote unlock may
covered.
. Legal fines.
be available if you have OnStar.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of For security reasons, the driver
. Mounting, dismounting,
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. must present identification or changing of snow tires,
Chevrolet and General Motors of before this service is given. chains, or other traction devices.
Canada Limited reserve the right to . Emergency Tow from a Public
. Towing or services for vehicles
make any changes or discontinue Road or Highway: Tow to the driven on a non-public road or
the Roadside Assistance program at nearest Chevrolet dealer for highway.
any time without notification. warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud,Infoor
r
matsnow.
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Services Specific to
. Alternative Service: If If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles assistance cannot be provided into the service department
right away, the Roadside immediately, keep driving it until it
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement Assistance advisor may give can be scheduled for service,
is approximately $5 Canadian. permission to get local unless, of course, the problem is
Diesel fuel delivery may be emergency road service. You will safety related. If it is, please call
restricted. Propane and other receive payment, up to $100, your dealership, let them know this,
fuels are not provided through after sending the original receipt and ask for instructions.
this service. to Roadside Assistance.
. Mechanical failures may be If your dealer requests you to bring
Lock-Out Service: Vehicle the vehicle for service, you are
registration is required. covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not urged to do so as early in the work
. Trip Interruption Benefits and covered by the warranty are the day as possible to allow for
Assistance: Must be over owner responsibility. same-day repair.
250 kilometers from where your
trip was started to qualify. Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation
General Motors of Canada Program
Limited requires Appointments
pre-authorization, original When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
detailed receipts, and a copy of service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating
the repair orders. Once request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
authorization has been received, scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
the Roadside Assistance advisor and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the
will help to make arrangements of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
and explain how to receive dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada),
payment. inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Several Courtesy Transportation destination with minimal interruption Courtesy Rental Vehicle
options are available to assist in of your daily schedule. This includes Your dealer may arrange to provide
reducing inconvenience when one-way or round-trip shuttle service you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
warranty repairs are required. within reasonable time and distance reimburse you for a rental vehicle
Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
part of the New Vehicle Limited Public Transportation or Fuel for an overnight warranty repair.
Warranty. A separate booklet Reimbursement Rental reimbursement will be limited
entitled “Limited Warranty and and must be supported by original
Owner Assistance Information” If the vehicle requires overnight receipts. This requires that you sign
furnished with each new vehicle warranty repairs, and public and complete a rental agreement
provides detailed warranty coverage transportation is used instead of and meet state/provincial, local, and
your dealer's shuttle service, the rental vehicle provider requirements.
information.
expense must be supported by Requirements vary and may include
Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up minimum age requirements,
to the maximum amount allowed by insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Warranty service can generally be GM for shuttle service. In addition,
completed while you wait. However, You are responsible for fuel usage
for U.S. customers, should you charges and may also be
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
arrange transportation through a responsible for taxes, levies, usage
to minimize inconvenience by
friend or relative, limited fees, excessive mileage, or rental
providing several transportation reimbursement for reasonable fuel
options. Depending on the usage beyond the completion of the
expenses may be available. Claim repair.
circumstances, your dealer can offer
amounts should reflect actual costs
one of the following: and be supported by original It may not be possible to provide a
Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
information regarding the allowance
Shuttle service is the preferred
amounts for reimbursement of fuel
means of offering Courtesy
or other transportation costs.
Transportation. Dealers may provide
shuttle service to get you to your
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Additional Program value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
Information be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
All program options, such as shuttle related failures are not covered by
service, may not be available at Collision Parts that warranty.
every dealer. Please contact your
Genuine GM Collision parts are new Aftermarket collision parts are also
dealer for specific information
parts made with the same materials available. These are made by
about availability. All Courtesy
and construction methods as the companies other than GM and may
Transportation arrangements will be
parts with which the vehicle was not have been tested for the vehicle.
administered by appropriate dealer
originally built. Genuine GM As a result, these parts may fit
personnel.
Collision parts are the best choice to poorly, exhibit premature durability/
General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed corrosion problems, and may not
unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety perform properly in subsequent
or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM covered by the GM New Vehicle
resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
eligibility pursuant to the terms and failure related to such parts is not
Recycled original equipment parts
conditions described herein at its covered by that warranty.
may also be used for repair. These
sole discretion.
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility
Collision Damage Repair prior crashes. In most cases, the GM also recommends that you
If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from choose a collision repair facility that
collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. meets your needs before you ever
damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM need collision repairs. Your dealer
technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to may have a collision repair center
equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally with GM-trained technicians and
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of able to recommend a collision repair
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information:
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number.
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Insuring the Vehicle Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number.
Protect your investment in the GM Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Owner name, address, and
vehicle with comprehensive and parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number.
collision insurance coverage. There you may be charged at the end of
are significant differences in the the lease for poor quality repairs.
. Vehicle license plate number.
quality of coverage afforded by . Vehicle make, model, and
various insurance policy terms.
If a Crash Occurs model year.
Many insurance policies provide If there has been an injury, call . Vehicle Identification
reduced protection to the GM emergency services for help. Do not
Number (VIN).
vehicle by limiting compensation for leave the scene of a crash until all
damage repairs by using matters have been taken care of. . Insurance company and policy
aftermarket collision parts. Some Move the vehicle only if its position number.
insurance companies will not puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the
specify aftermarket collision parts. instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle.
When purchasing insurance, we officer.
recommend that you ensure that the Choose a reputable repair facility
Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts.
vehicle will be repaired with GM to police and other parties involved
original equipment collision parts. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
in the crash. section.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What
insurance carrier, consider switching Roadside Assistance Program on Will You See after an Airbag
to another insurance carrier. page 13‑5. Inflates? on page 3‑22.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions
Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and
you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle.
In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that
damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy Owner Information
that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written
repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended
repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational
vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. The
Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within Owner Manual includes the
required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all
be original equipment parts, either
models.
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty
the GM vehicle warranty. Booklet.
Service Manuals
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, RETAIL SELL PRICE:
but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the shipping fees.
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Portfolio: Owner
initially value the repair using Manual only.
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
the repair professional, and insist on RETAIL SELL PRICE:
Service Bulletins
Genuine GM parts. Remember, $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins give additional shipping fees.
obligated to have the vehicle technical service information
repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service
even if your insurance coverage General Motors cars and trucks.
does not pay the full cost. I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Current and Past Models Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot

Technical Service Bulletins and become involved in individual
Manuals are available for current
Defects problems between you, your
and past model GM vehicles. dealer, or General Motors.
Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: To contact NHTSA, you may
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday to the United States call the Vehicle Safety Hotline
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. a crash or could cause injury or write to:
Or write to: death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA
Helm, Incorporated inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Attention: Customer Service Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590
47911 Halyard Drive (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
You can also obtain other
Plymouth, MI 48170 General Motors.
information about motor
Prices are subject to change without If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from
notice and without incurring complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov.
obligation. Allow ample time for investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. and remedy campaign.
funds.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Reporting Safety Defects Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: Vehicle Data

to the Canadian Chevrolet Motor Division
Recording and
Government Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center Privacy
If you live in Canada, and you P.O. Box 33170
believe that the vehicle has a safety Detroit, MI 48232-5170 The vehicle has a number of
defect, notify Transport Canada computers that record information
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 about the vehicle’s performance and
immediately, and notify General
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 how it is driven. For example, the
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
(French), or write: vehicle uses computer modules to
Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510 or write to: General Motors of Canada Limited monitor and control engine and
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: transmission performance, to
Transport Canada monitor the conditions for airbag
CA1-163-005
Road Safety Branch deployment and deploy them in a
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
80 rue Noel crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
Reporting Safety Defects may store data to help the dealer
to General Motors technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or about how the vehicle is operated,
Transport Canada) in a situation like such as rate of fuel consumption or
this, notify General Motors. average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a if the vehicle is leased, with the
better understanding of the consent of the lessee; in response
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and to an official request by police or
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are similar government office; as part of
main purpose of an EDR is to recorded by your vehicle only if a GM's defense of litigation through
record, in certain crash or near non-trivial crash situation occurs; no the discovery process; or, as
crash-like situations, such as an air data are recorded by the EDR under required by law. Data that GM
bag deployment or hitting a road normal driving conditions and no collects or receives may also be
obstacle, data that will assist in personal data (e.g., name, gender, used for GM research needs or may
understanding how a vehicle’s age, and crash location) are be made available to others for
systems performed. The EDR is recorded. However, other parties, research purposes, where a need is
designed to record data related to such as law enforcement, could shown and the data is not tied to a
vehicle dynamics and safety combine the EDR data with the type specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
systems for a short period of time, of personally identifying data
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
routinely acquired during a crash OnStar®
investigation.
record such data as: If the vehicle is equipped with
To read data recorded by an EDR, OnStar® and has an active
. How various systems in your special equipment is required, and subscription, additional data may be
vehicle were operating; access to the vehicle or the EDR is collected through the OnStar
. Whether or not the driver and needed. In addition to the vehicle system. This includes information
passenger safety belts were manufacturer, other parties, such as about the vehicle’s operation; about
buckled/fastened; law enforcement, that have the collisions involving the vehicle; the
.
special equipment, can read the use of the vehicle and its features;
How far (if at all) the driver was information if they have access to
depressing the accelerator and/ and, in certain situations, the
the vehicle or the EDR. location and approximate GPS
or brake pedal; and,
GM will not access this data or speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
. How fast the vehicle was share it with others except: with the
traveling. consent of theInfovehicle
r
mat
ionPr downer
oviedby: or,
OnStar Terms and Conditions and Radio Frequency Radio Frequency

Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
Identification (RFID) Statement
RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that
Infotainment System vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that
pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal
If the vehicle is equipped with a system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC)
navigation system as part of the connection with conveniences such rules and with Industry Canada
infotainment system, use of the as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.
system may result in the storage of transmitters for remote door locking/
destinations, addresses, telephone Operation is subject to the following
unlocking and starting, and two conditions:
numbers, and other trip information. in-vehicle transmitters for garage
See the infotainment manual for door openers. RFID technology in 1. The device may not cause
information on stored data and for GM vehicles does not use or record harmful interference.
deletion instructions. personal information or link with any 2. The device must accept any
other GM system containing interference received, including
personal information. interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
2 NOTES
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview Push = to:

. Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
OnStar Overview .
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Navigation voice commands.
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Requires the available Directions
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 comprehensive, in-vehicle system
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Push | to connect to a live
for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to:
OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic
OnStar Additional Services.
. Verify account information or
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 update contact information.
The OnStar system status light is .
next to the OnStar buttons. If the Get driving directions. Requires
status light is: the available Directions and
Connections service plan.
. Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive On-Demand
. Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics for a check of the
. Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
Push | or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Push the OnStar Emergency
Advisor. button > to get a priority
connection to an Emergency
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
Advisor available 24/7 to:
14-2 OnStar
. Get help for an emergency.
OnStar Services equipped with automatic door locks,
and can help police locate the
. Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert. vehicle if it is stolen.
Emergency
. Get crisis assistance and
evacuation routes.
With Automatic Crash Response, Navigation
the built-in system can automatically
OnStar navigation requires the
connect to help in most crashes,
Directions and Connections
even if help cannot be requested.
service plan.
Push > to connect to an
Push | to receive directions or
Emergency Advisor. GPS
have them sent to the vehicle
technology is used to identify the
navigation screen, if equipped.
vehicle location and can provide
Destinations can also be forwarded
critical information to emergency
to the vehicle from Google Maps™
personnel. The Advisor is also
or MapQuest.com. The OnStar
trained to offer critical assistance in
mapping database is continuously
emergency situations before first
updated. Visit www.onstar.com for
responders arrive.
coverage maps.
Security Turn-by-Turn Navigation
OnStar provides services like Stolen 1. Push | to connect to a live
Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition Advisor.
Block, and Roadside Assistance,
if the vehicle is equipped with these 2. Request directions.
services. OnStar can unlock the 3. Directions are downloaded to the
vehicle doors remotely, if it is vehicle.
4. Follow the voice-guided
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby: commands.
OnStar 14-3
Using Voice Commands 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds Destination Download: Push |,
During a Planned Route with the last direction given, then then request the Advisor to
responds with “OnStar ready,” download directions to the
Cancel Route then a tone. navigation system in the vehicle.
1. Push = . System responds: 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice After the call ends, push the “Go”
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say commands. button on the navigation screen to
“Cancel route.” System begin driving directions.
Get My Destination
responds: “Do you want to Destinations can also be
cancel directions?” 1. Push = . System responds: downloaded on the go. For
2. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. information about eNav, Destination
“OK, request completed, thank 2. Say “Get my destination.” Download, and coverage maps visit
you, goodbye.” System responds with address www.onstar.com.
Route Preview and the distance to the
destination, then responds with Connections
1. Push = . System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice calls to be made and received from
2. Say “Route preview.” System commands. the vehicle. The vehicle can also be
responds with the next three controlled from a cell phone through
maneuvers. Other Navigation Services the OnStar RemoteLink mobile app.
Available from OnStar See www.onstar.com for
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice coverage maps.
commands. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers
to send destinations from Google Hands-Free Calling
Repeat Maps and MapQuest.com to their
Turn-by-Turn Navigation or 1. Push = . System responds:
1. Push = . System responds:
screen-based navigation system. “OnStar ready.”
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. When ready, the directions will be
downloadedI
nf
to
or
mat
theovivehicle.
i
onPr dedby:
14-4 OnStar
2. Say “Call.” System responds: End a Call Place a Call Using a Stored
“Please say the name or number Number
to call.” Push = . System responds: “Call
ended.” 1. Push = . System responds:
3. Say the entire number without
“OnStar ready.”
pausing, including a “1” and the Store a Name Tag for Speed
area code. System responds: Dialing 2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System
“OK calling.” responds: “OK, calling
1. Push = . System responds: <name tag>.”
Calling 911 Emergency “OnStar ready.”
Verify Minutes and Expiration
1. Press = . The system responds 2. Say “Store.” System responds:
“OnStar Ready,” followed by “Please say the number you Push = and say “Minutes” then
a tone. would like to store.” “Verify” to check how many minutes
3. Say the entire number without remain and their expiration date.
2. Say “Call.” The system responds
“Please say the name or number pausing. System responds: OnStar Mobile App
to call.” “Please say the name tag.”
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
3. Say “911” without pausing. The 4. Pick a name tag. System mobile app to your iPhone, Android
system responds “911.” responds: “About to store <name or BlackBerry smartphone to check
tag>. Does that sound OK?” vehicle fuel level, oil life, or tire
4. Say “Call.” The system responds
“OK, dialing 911.” 5. Say “Yes” or “No” to try again. pressure; to start the vehicle (if
System responds: “OK, storing equipped) or unlock it; or to connect
Retrieve My Number <name tag>.” to an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar
RemoteLink information and
1. Push = . System responds: compatibility, see www.onstar.com.
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is.” I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
OnStar 14-5
Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works

OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information Automatic Crash Response,
perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
transmission, antilock brakes, and Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
major vehicle systems. It also Push | to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not
Pressure Monitoring System. If a account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available
diagnostics check is needed receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For
ownership has changed, OnStar more information, a full description
between e-mails, push |, and an
may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system
Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and
information. conditions, see www.onstar.com
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada);
Reactivation for Subsequent contact OnStar at 1-888-4ONSTAR
Owners (1-888-466-7827) or TTY
Push | and follow the prompts to 1-877-248-2080; or push | to
speak to an Advisor as soon as speak with an Advisor. OnStar
possible after acquiring the vehicle. services require a vehicle electrical
The Advisor will update vehicle system, wireless service, and GPS
records and will explain the OnStar satellite technologies to be available
service offers and options available. and operating for features to
function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
14-6 OnStar
OnStar service cannot work unless See Radio Frequency Statement on TTY Users
your vehicle is in a place where page 13‑15 for information
OnStar has the ability to
OnStar has an agreement with a regarding Part 15 of the Federal
communicate to the deaf,
wireless service provider for service Communications Commission (FCC)
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
in that area, and the wireless rules and Industry Canada
customers while in the vehicle. The
service provider has coverage, Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
available dealer-installed TTY
network capacity, reception, and
Services for People with system can provide in-vehicle
technology compatible with OnStar
Disabilities access to all of the OnStar services,
service. Service involving location
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
information about the vehicle cannot Advisors provide services to help Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
work unless GPS signals are subscribers with physical disabilities
available, unobstructed, and and medical conditions. OnStar.com
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar service may not Push | for help with: The website provides access to
work if the OnStar equipment is not account information, manages the
. Locating a gas station with an OnStar subscription, and allows
properly installed or it has not been attendant to pump gas.
properly maintained. If equipment or viewing of videos of each service.
software is added, connected,
. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., Get subscription plan pricing and
or modified, OnStar service may not that meets accessibility needs. sign up for OnStar Vehicle
work. Other problems beyond the Diagnostics. Click on the “My
. Providing directions to the Account” tab on the home page.
control of OnStar may prevent closest hospital or pharmacy in
service such as hills, tall buildings, urgent situations.
tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a
crash, or wireless phone network
congestion or jamming.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
OnStar 14-7
OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues

. In emergency situations, OnStar
Number (PIN) can use the last stored GPS
Some OnStar services are disabled location to send to emergency
A PIN is needed to access some of after five days. OnStar cannot responders.
the OnStar services, like Remote perform Remote Door Unlock or
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the
. A temporary loss of GPS can
Assistance. You will be prompted to vehicle has been off continuously cause loss of the ability to send
change the PIN the first time when for five days. After five days, OnStar a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.
speaking with an Advisor. To can contact Roadside Assistance The Advisor may give a verbal
change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar and a locksmith to help gain access route or may ask for a call back
and provide the Advisor with the to the vehicle. after the vehicle is driven into an
current number. open area.
Global Positioning
Warranty System (GPS) Cellular and GPS Antennas
OnStar equipment may be . Obstruction of the GPS can Avoid placing items over or near the
warranted as part of the New occur in a large city with tall antenna to prevent blocking cellular
Vehicle Limited Warranty. The buildings; in parking garages; and GPS signal reception. Cellular
manufacturer of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels, reception is required for OnStar to
furnishes detailed warranty underpasses, or parking send remote signals to the vehicle.
information. garages; or in an area with very Unable to Connect to OnStar
dense trees. If GPS signals are Message
Languages not available, the OnStar system
The vehicle can be programmed to should still operate to call If there is limited cellular coverage
respond in French or Spanish. Push OnStar. However, OnStar could or the cellular network has reached
| and ask an Advisor. Advisors can have difficulty identifying the maximum capacity, this message
speak French or Spanish. exact location. may come on. Push | to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
14-8 OnStar
Vehicle and Power Issues Third parties may unlawfully THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
intercept or access transmissions “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
OnStar services require a vehicle
and private communications without ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
electrical system, wireless service,
consent. IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
and GPS satellite technologies to be
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
available and operating for features OnStar - libcurl and unzip OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
to function properly. These systems acknowledgments FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
may not operate if the battery is
Certain OnStar components include AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
discharged or disconnected.
libcurl and unzip software. Below THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
Add-on Electrical Equipment are the notices and licenses EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
associated with this software: COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
The OnStar system is integrated LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
into the electrical architecture of the libcurl: DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
vehicle. Do not add any electrical WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
equipment. See Add-On Electrical COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE CONTRACT, TORT OR
Equipment on page 9‑56. Added OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
electrical equipment may interfere Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
with the operation of the OnStar Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
system and cause it to not operate. All rights reserved. USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
Privacy THE SOFTWARE.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
The complete OnStar Privacy and distribute this software for any Except as contained in this notice,
Statement may be found at purpose with or without fee is the name of a copyright holder shall
www.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitive hereby granted, provided that the not be used in advertising or
users of wireless communications above copyright notice and this otherwise to promote the sale, use
are cautioned that the privacy of any permission notice appear in all or other dealings in this Software
information sent via wireless cellular copies. without prior written authorization of
communications cannot be assured. the copyright holder.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
OnStar 14-9
unzip: Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, 2. Redistributions in binary form

This is version 2005-Feb-10 Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, (compiled executables) must
of the Info-ZIP copyright and Rich Wales, Mike White reproduce the above copyright
license. The definitive version of this This software is provided “as is,” notice, definition, disclaimer, and
document should be available without warranty of any kind, this list of conditions in
at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ express or implied. In no event shall documentation and/or other
license.html indefinitely. Info-ZIP or its contributors be held materials provided with the
liable for any direct, indirect, distribution. The sole exception
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All to this condition is redistribution
rights reserved. incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or of a standard UnZipSFX binary
For the purposes of this copyright inability to use this software. (including SFXWiz) as part of a
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as self-extracting archive; that is
the following set of individuals: Permission is granted to anyone to permitted without inclusion of
use this software for any purpose, this license, as long as the
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, including commercial applications, normal SFX banner has not
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, and to alter it and redistribute it been removed from the binary or
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed freely, subject to the following disabled.
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris restrictions:
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, 3. Altered versions–including, but
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, 1. Redistributions of source code not limited to, ports to new
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, must retain the above copyright operating systems, existing
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, notice, definition, disclaimer, and ports with new graphical
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, this list of conditions. interfaces, and dynamic, shared,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, or static library versions–must
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai be plainly marked as such and
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, must not be misrepresented
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, as being the original source.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
14-10 OnStar
Such altered versions also must

not be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including, but
not limited to, labeling of the
altered versions with the names
“Info-ZIP” (or any variation
thereof, including, but not limited
to, different capitalizations),
“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or
“MacZip” without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP.
Such altered versions are
further prohibited from
misrepresentative use of the
Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own source
and binary releases.
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
INDEX i-1
A Airbags Audio System

Adding Equipment to the Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Accessories and
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-12 Automatic
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Climate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-3
Add-On Electrical
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Additional Information
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Alarm Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-14
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Automatic Transmission
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Air Filter, Passenger
Antenna Shift Lock Control
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13 Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13 Auxiliary
Airbag System
Antilock Brake Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 B
Appearance Care Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Passenger Sensing
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
What Makes an Airbag
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Voltage and Charging
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Assistance Program, Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
What Will You See after an
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-27
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . 7-18, 7-20, 7-24
When Should an Airbag
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-19
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
i-2 INDEX
Brake C Check
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-15 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Ignition
California
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32 Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-26
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33 Child Restraints
Perchlorate Materials
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Infants and Young
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Lower Anchors and
Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-38
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Capacities and
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45, 3-48
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Halogen Headlamps . . . . . . . . 10-28 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Carbon Monoxide
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Headlamps, Front Turn Cleaning
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Signal, and Parking Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83
Cargo
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-32 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1
Cautions, Danger, and
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . 10-30 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-1
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-13
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
INDEX i-3
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Door

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-9 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 Text Telephone (TTY) Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Customer Information Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Compressor Kit, Tire Service Publications Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Ordering Information . . . . . . .13-11 Driver Information
Connections Customer Satisfaction Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Driving
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Characteristics and
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 D Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-51
Coolant Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-9 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Danger, Warnings, and Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Engine Temperature Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-20
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14 Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Daytime Running Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-7
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Courtesy Transportation Devices Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37 Diagnostics Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
i-4 INDEX
E Engine (cont'd) Fluid

Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-13
Electrical Equipment,
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Overheated Protection Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Electrical System
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Fog Lamps
Engine Compartment
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Fuses and Circuit
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Front Fog Lamp
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . .5-20 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Instrument Panel Fuse
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-25 Front Seats
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Emergency
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Engine
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Filling a Portable Fuel
Check and Service Engine
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 F Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Filter, Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-47
Coolant Temperature
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-19
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4 Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
Cooling System Messages . . .5-28
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 Requirements, California . . . . .9-47
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
INDEX i-5
Fuses Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Engine Compartment GM Mobility Reimbursement Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-7
Fuses and Circuit Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 H Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Instrument Panel Fuse Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-4 How to Wear Safety Belts
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Headlamps Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
G Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Gasoline Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 I
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . 9-14, 9-17
Gauges Daytime Running Ignition Transmission Lock
Engine Coolant Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Halogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Infants and Young Children,
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-21 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Warning Lights and Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Instrument Panel
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Heater Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
General Information Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Heating and Air Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50 Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1, 8-3
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
i-6 INDEX
J Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Reduced Engine Power . . . . . .5-20
K Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-10
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-29 LATCH System Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Keyless Entry Replacing Parts after a StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Traction Control System
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-18
L Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-42 Lighting Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Lamps Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Warning, Power Steering . . . . .5-17
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Locks
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Lights Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Antilock Brake System Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Headlamps, Front Turn (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Signal, and Parking Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-15 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-19
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-13 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 for Children (LATCH
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-19 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
High-Beam On I
nforma. t.ion. P.r.ov.id.ed. b.y:. . . . . . .5-20
INDEX i-7
M Messages (cont'd) N
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Maintenance Navigation
Object Detection System . . . . .5-30
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Maintenance Schedule New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Recommended Fluids
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 O
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-13 Object Detection System
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Object Detection, Side Blind
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Mirrors
Messages Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Automatic Dimming
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Off-Road
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Battery Voltage and Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Oil
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-28 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-30
Monitor System, Tire
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 OnStar®
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
i-8 INDEX
OnStar® Additional P Power

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Park
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . .5-20
Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-22
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Brake and P (Park)
Operation, Infotainment Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-26
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Power Steering Warning
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-24
Ordering Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Passenger Airbag Status
Service Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11 Pregnancy, Using Safety
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Outlets Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Passenger Compartment Air
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Privacy
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Overheated Engine Radio Frequency
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-24
Protection Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15
Perchlorate Materials
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Program
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7
Personalization
Overview, Infotainment Proposition 65 Warning,
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-18, 7-20, 7-24
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
INDEX i-9
R Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roof

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Radio Frequency
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-15
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Replacement Parts Running the Vehicle While
Radios
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-30 S
Replacing LATCH System Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Replacing Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-43
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-16 How to Wear Safety Belts
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Reporting Safety Defects Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Recommended
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-16
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
Restraints Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-15
Recommended Fluids and
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36 Safety Defects Reporting
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Retained Accessory Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
Records
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15
Ride Control Systems U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Recreational Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Roads Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Reduced Engine Power
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Roadside Assistance Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7
Reimbursement Program,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
i-10 INDEX
Seats Service (cont'd) Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Publications Ordering Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7 Starting the Vehicle
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Messsages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Shift Lock Control Function Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . .5-17
Securing Child Check, Automatic Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45, 3-48 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Security Shifting Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23 Storage Areas
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2 Side Blind Zone Alert . . . . . . . . . . 9-41 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Sidemarker Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Signals, Turn and Storing the Tire Sealant
Accessories and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Spare Tire Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Specifications and Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-15 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Maintenance, General Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 System
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 StabiliTrak Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15, 7-1
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
INDEX i-11
T Tires (cont'd) Trailer

Sealant and Compressor Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69 Transmission
Taillamps
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Terminology and Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-15
Uniform Tire Quality Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Transportation Program,
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Wheel Alignment and Tire Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Tires
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-59 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
When It Is Time for New Turn and Lane-Change
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 Turn Signal
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Towing Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-51
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-50
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-55 U
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-50 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-39
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-81 Uniform Tire Quality
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Traction Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-48
Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-34
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Control System (TCS)/
Sealant and
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:
i-12 INDEX
V W
Vehicle Warning
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Identification Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1 Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Wheels
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Alignment and Tire
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Vehicle Care When It Is Time for New
Storing the Tire Sealant Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-69 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-36
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-27
I
nfor
mat
ionPr
ovi
dedby:

2013 Cruze

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

2013 Cruze

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 6/11/12 Black plate (1,1)

2013 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

2013 Chevrolet Cruze Owner Manual M

Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Using this Manual Symbols

Vehicle Symbol Chart . : Fuel Gauge

In Brief Vehicle Features

26. Climate Control Systems on Initial Drive

27. Passenger Airbag Status For more detailed information, refer

Press o { to activate the safety If available, move the lever up or

Interior Mirror Steering Wheel Interior Lighting

Reading Lamps Instrument Panel Illumination Exterior Lighting

5 : Turns on the headlamps, Windshield Wiper/Washer

Climate Controls 7. Rear Window Defogger 7. Rear Window Defogger

6. Driver and Passenger Heated Up‐Shift Light Vehicle Features

Ultrasonic Parking Assist Power Outlets Performance and

As the owner of a new Chevrolet,

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

With an active OnStar subscription,

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from transmitter has been removed from

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Programming Transmitters to 2. Insert the vehicle key of the new

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

Programming without a 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

6. Remove the transmitter from the 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Remote Vehicle Start Other conditions can affect the

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The engine will continue to run for Canceling a Remote Start

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

To lock or unlock a door from

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Safety Locks The rear door power windows are Doors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

Remote Trunk Release If the engine is running, the doors

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicle Security Disarming the System

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Immobilizer Operation If the engine still does not start, and

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Folding Mirrors Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Press o { to activate the rear Sun Visors Roof

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

To express open or close the Sunshade

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats and Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Adding Equipment to the

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 3-3